Part Xi-Electrical Equipment

RUSSIAN MARITIME REGISTER OF SHIPPING Corr.
Electronic version of printed

document approved on 30.09.16
RULES
FOR THE CLASSIFICATION
AND CONSTRUCTION
OF SEA-GOING SHIPS
PART XI
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
ND No 2-020101-095-E
Saint-Petersburg
Edition 2017
Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships of Russian Maritime Register of
Shipping have been approved in accordance with the established approval procedure and come into force on
1 January 2017.
The present twentieth edition of the Rules is based on the nineteenth edition (2016) taking into account the
additions and amendments developed immediately before publication.
The unified requirements, interpretations and recommendations of the International Association of
Classification Societies (IACS) and the relevant resolutions of the International Maritime Organization (IMO)
have been taken into consideration.
The Rules are published in the following parts:
Part I "Classification";
Part II "Hull";
Part III "Equipment, Arrangements and Outfit";
Part IV "Stability";
Part V "Subdivision";
Part VI "Fire Protection";
Part VII "Machinery Installations";
Part VIII "Systems and Piping";
Part IX "Machinery";
Part X "Boilers, Heat Exchangers and Pressure Vessels";
Part XI "Electrical Equipment";
Part XII "Refrigerating Plants";
Part XIII "Materials";
Part XIV "Welding";
Part XV "Automation";
Part XVI "Hull Structure and Strength of Glass-Reinforced Plastic Ships and Boats";
Part XVII "Distinguishing Marks and Descriptive Notations in the Class Notation Specifying Structural
and Operational Particulars of Ships";
Part XVIII "Common Structural Rules for Bulk Carriers and Oil Tankers". The text of the Part is identical
to that of the IACS Common Structural Rules;
Part XIX "Additional Requirements for Structures of Container Ships and Ships, Dedicated Primarily to
Carry their Load in Containers". The text of the Part is identical to IACS UR SUA "Longitudinal Strength
Standard for Container Ships" (June 2015) and S34 "Functional Requirements on Load Cases for Strength
Assessment of Container Ships by Finite Element Analysis" (May 2015).
Parts I to XVII are published in electronic format and hard copy in Russian and English. In case of
discrepancies between the Russian and English versions, the Russian version shall prevail.
Parts XVIII to XIX are published in English and in electronic format only.
ISBN 978-5-89331-346-8 POCCHHCKHH MopcKofi peracTp CyHOXOflCTBa, 2017

As compared to the previous edition (2016), the twentieth edition contains the following amendments.
RULES FOR THE CLASSIFICATION A N D CONSTRUCTION OF SEA-GOING SHIPS
PART XL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
1. Chapter 1.3: para 1.3.2.5 has been amended to specify the list of the electrical equipment of domestic
services.
2. Chapter 7.13: para 7.13.3 has been deleted considering the requirements of IACS MSC.l/Circ.1387.
3. Chapter 7.14: in paras 7.14.7 and 7.14.13 the requirements for lens resolutions of digital cameras and
LCD monitors have been introduced.
4. Chapter 9.3: para 9.3.1.11 has been specified to include the services listed in 9.3.1.
5. Chapter 9.4: para 9.4.5 has been deleted considering the requirements of SOLAS-74.
6. Chapter 9.7: para 9.7.5 has been amended in compliance with IACSE UR E 21 (Sept 2005).
7. Chapter 16.8: para 16.8.1.1 has been amended in compliance with IACS UR E 7 (Rev.4 Apr 2016).
8. Chapter 17.10: para 17.10.2.2 has been amended in compliance with IEC 60092-501.10.
Chapter 17.11: the title has been amended;
9. para 17.11.1 has been amended in compliance with IACS UR E24 (June 2016);
has been supplemented with new para 17.11.5 in compliance with IACS UR E24 (June 2016).
10. Section 18: paras 18.2.3.2 and 18.4.1.1 have been amended in compliance with IACS UR Ell
(Rev.3 Feb. 2015).
11. Chapter 19.11: paras 19.11.1.1, 19.11.2.5, 19.11.2.5.1.5, 19.11.2.5.2.3, 19.11.3.6 have been
supplemented with the requirements in compliance with IACS SC79 (Rev.4 Oct 2015).
12. Editorial amendments have been made.
CONTENTS
PART XI. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
1 General 7 5.10 Electric drives of watertight andfiredoors . . . 34
1.1 Application 7 5.11 Electric drives for oil burner units of boilers
1.2 Definitions and explanations 7 and incinerators 35
1.3 Scope of surveys 8 5.12 Electric drives of dewatering arrangements
1.4 Technical documentation 9 of forward spaces of bulk carriers 35
2 General requirements 11 6 Lighting 36
2.1 Operating conditions 11 6.1 General 36
2.2 Electromagnetic compatibility 12 6.2 Power supply of main lighting electric
2.3 Materials 14 circuits 36
2.4 Structural requirements and protection of 6.3 Emergency lighting 37
electrical equipment 14 6.4 Switches in lighting circuits 37
2.5 Protective earthing of metal parts, which do 6.5 Gas discharge lamp installations 37
not carry current 15 6.6 Socket outlets 37
2.6 Lightning protection 17 6.7 Illumination 38
2.7 Arrangement of electrical equipment . . . . 18 6.8 Navigation lights 38
2.8 Special electrical spaces 18 6.9 Lighting and illumination means
2.9 Safe-type electrical equipment 19 ofhelidecks 39
2.10 Antistatic earthing 20 7 Internal communication and signalling . . . 40
2.11 Arrangements and systems for insulation 7.1 Electric engine room telegraphs 40
resistance monitoring 21 7.2 Internal service communication 40
3 Main electrical power source 22 7.3 Signalling. General 41
3.1 Composition and capacity of main 7.4 General alarm system 41
electrical power source 22 7.5 Fire detection and fire alarm system 42
3.2 Generator sets 22 7.6 Release indication offiresmothering system. . . 45
3.3 Number and capacity of transformers. . . . 23 7.7 Indication of closing watertight and fire
3.4 Power supply from an external source of doors 45
electrical power 23 7.8 Sound signals in engineers'
3.5 Connection of electrical power supply units . . 24 accommodation spaces 46
4 Distribution of electrical power 25 7.9 Personnel alarm 46
4.1 Distribution systems 25 7.10 Cargo hold water level alarm system
4.2 Permissible voltage 25 on bulk carriers, passenger ships carrying
4.3 Power supply of essential services 25 36 persons and more and single-hold
4.4 Power supply of electrical (electronic) cargo ships other than bulk carriers 46
automation systems 26 7.11 Alarm of ultimate concentration of
4.5 Power supply to integrated bridge control dangerously explosive and noxious gases. . . . 46
console 26 7.12 Indication of door position in ro-ro
4.6 Switchboard and switchgear 27 passenger ships and ro-ro cargo ships . . . . 47
5 Electric drives for shipboard mechanisms 7.13 Release indication of fixed local
and equipment 31 application fire extinguishing system 48
5.1 General 31 7.14 Television surveillance and
5.2 Interlocking of machinery operation . . . . 31 indication system 48
5.3 Safety isolation devices 31 7.15 Sewage holding tanks level alarm 49
5.4 Switchgear and control gear 31 7.16 Bulkhead shaft-gland, bearing and pump
5.5 Electric drives and control of steering gear . . 32 case temperature excess alarm 49
5.6 Electric drives of anchor and mooring 7.17 Maximum permissible cargo temperature
machinery 33 excess alarm 49
5.7 Electric drives of pumps 33 7.18 Overpressure or underpressure in the cargo
5.8 Electric drives of fans 34 tanks alarm system 49
5.9 Electric drives of boat winches 34 7.19 High- and limit-level alarms
in cargo tanks 49
Contents 5
8 Protective devices 50 14 Electrical apparatus and accessories . . . . 66

8.1 General 50 14.1 Electrical apparatus 66
8.2 Protection of generators 50 14.2 Electrical accessories 67
8.3 Protection of electric motors 51 15 Electrical cooking and heating appliances. . 69
8.4 Steering gear protection 52 15.1 General 69
8.5 Protection of transformers 52 15.2 Heating appliances 69
8.6 Protection of accumulator batteries 52 15.3 Oil, fuel and water heaters 69
8.7 Protection of pilot lamps, voltmeters, 15.4 Systems utilising heating cables 70
capacitors and voltage coils 52 16 Cables and wires 71
8.8 Protection of power semiconductor units . . . 53 16.1 General 71
8.9 Residual-current devices (RCD) 53 16.2 Cable conductors 71
9 Emergency electrical installations 54 16.3 Insulating materials 71
9.1 General 54 16.4 Cable sheathing 71
9.2 Spaces of emergency sources of electrical 16.5 Protective coverings 72
power 54 16.6 Marking 72
9.3 Emergency sources of electrical power in 16.7 Hookup wires 72
cargo ships 55 16.8 Cabling 72
9.4 Distribution of electrical power from 17 Electric propulsion plants 80
emergency sources 56 17.1 General 80
9.5 Starting arrangements for emergency 17.2 Definitions and explanations 80
diesel generators 56 17.3 Configuration of electric propulsion
9.6 Alarm system and protection of emergency plants 81
diesel generator drives 57 17.4 Excitation systems 81
9.7 Uninterruptible power system (UPS) . . . . 57 17.5 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) . . . . 82
10 Electrical machines 58 17.6 Prime movers of electric propulsion
10.1 General 58 plant generators 82
10.2 Slip rings, commutators and brushes . . . . 58 17.7 Electric propulsion plant generators 82
10.3 Bearings 58 17.8 Electric propulsion plant switchboards . . . . 83
10.4 Temperature detectors 59 17.9 Electric propulsion plant power
10.5 Overcurrent 59 transformers 83
10.6 Alternating-current generators 59 17.10 Electric propulsion plant semiconductor
10.7 Direct-current generators 60 converters 84
10.8 Electromagnetic brakes 60 17.11 Protection Arrangements for
10.9 Asynhronous electric motors supplied Harmonic Filters 84
from frequency converters 60 17.12 Electric propulsion motors 84
11 Transformers 61 17.13 Special requirements for podded Azimuth
11.1 General 61 Thruster Drives and Steerable propeller drives 85
11.2 Overload, voltage variation and operation 17.14Electric propulsion plants control systems . . 86
in parallel 61 17.15 Electric couplings 88
12 Power semiconductor units 62 18 Additional requirements for electrical
12.1 General 62 equipment designed for a voltage in excess
12.2 Permissible parameters of voltage of 1000 V up to 15 kV 91
distortion 62 18.1 General 91
12.3 Control and signalling systems 62 18.2 System design 91
12.4 Measuring instruments 62 18.3 Electrical machines 93
13 Accumulator batteries 63 18.4 Power transformers 93
13.1 General 63 18.5 Cables 94
13.2 Arrangement of accumulator batteries . . . 63 18.6 Switchgear and controlgear assemblies. . . . 94
13.3 Heating 64 18.7 Installation 95
13.4 Ventilation 64 19 Requirements for electrical equipment
13.5 Charging of accumulator batteries 64 proceeding from ship purpose 97
13.6 Installation of electrical equipment in 19.1 Passenger ships 97
battery compartments 64 19.2 Oil tankers and oil recovery ships 100
13.7 Electrical starters for internal 19.3 Ships intended for carriage of motor vehicles
combustion engines 64 withfiielin their tanks including compressed
hidrogen or national gas for their propulsion . 103
6 Contents
19.4 Special purpose ships 103 20 Requirementsplants

for electrical equipment of
19.5 Container ships 105 refrigerating 114
19.6 Catamarans 106 20.1 General 114
19.7 Floating cranes and crane ships 106 20.2 Power supply and switching 114
19.8 Floating docks 106 20.3 Ventilation 114
19.9 Berth-connected ships 110 20.4 Lighting 114
19.10 Fishing vessels 110 21 Spare parts 115
19.11 Ships carrying dangerous goods Ill
1 GENERAL
1.1 APPLICATION ductive plastics, compounds, mastics, antistatic paint
coatings, etc.
1.1.1 The requirements of the present Part of the S a f e t y v o l t a g e is any voltage not dangerous
Rules apply to electrical installations in ships subject to the personnel. This condition is considered to be
to the Register survey, as well as to individual types satisfied if the windings of transformers, converters,
of electrical equipment in accordance with 1.3. and other devices to step down voltage are electrically
1.1.2 It is recommended that the relevant separated and if the value of stepped-down voltage
requirements of the present Part shall be also applied across these devices or sources of electrical power
to electrical equipment, which is installed in ships not does not exceed:
specified in 1.3.2 and 1.3.3. 50 V between poles for direct current;
50 V between phases or between phases and the
ship's hull for alternating current.
1.2 DEFINITIONS AND EXPLANATIONS
S h a f t g e n e r a t o r s are generators driven by
the main machinery and supplying the ship's mains
or separate consumers.
1.2.1 Definitions and explanations relating to the G a l v a n i c i n t r i n s i c s a f e t y is such a state
general terminology of the Rules are given in Part I of the ship equipment and systems, under which the
"Classification". possibility of fire or explosion due to electric sparking
For the purpose of the present Part of the Rules in case of galvanic contact of the ship with a shore
the following definitions and explanations have been structure or another ship caused by electrochemical
adopted. phenomena and stray currents in surrounding sea
E m e r g e n c y l i g h t i n g is lighting of ship's water and ground is excluded.
spaces and zones by means of lighting fixtures fed M a i n s w i t c h b o a r d is a switchboard in-
from the emergency source of power or from the tended to be supplied directly from the main source
transitional emergency source of power. of electrical power and to supply the ship services.
E m e r g e n c y s o u r c e of e l e c t r i c a l E a r t h i n g is electrical connection of a part of
p o w e r is a source of electrical power intended to electrical equipment to be earthed to ship's hull.
supply necessary ship's services in case of power L i g h t n i n g p r o t e c t i o n z o n e is the area,
failure on the main switchboard. within the limits of which the ship's space is protected
E m e r g e n c y t r a n s i t i o n a l s o u r c e of against direct lightning strokes.
e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r is a source of electrical power Uninterruptible power system
intended to supply necessary ship's services from the ( U P S ) is combination of converters (rectifier-
moment of the power failure on the main switchboard inverter), switches (bypass) and energy storage
busbars until the emergency generator is switched on to means, for example, batteries, constituting a power
supply the emergency switchboard busbars. system for maintaining continuity of load power in
E m e r g e n c y s w i t c h b o a r d is a switch- case of input power failure.
board intended to be supplied directly from the C o m p e t e n t b o d y is an organization posses-
emergency or emergency transitional source of electrical sing appropriate knowledge and experience in a
power in case of failure of the main source of electrical specific area, which documents are recognized by
power and to supply the emergency services. the Register.
A n t i s t a t i c e a r t h i n g is electrical connec- S h i p ' s h u l l means all ship's metal parts,
tion to ensure grading of static electricity potentials which have a reliable electrical connection to the
of the structural parts of equipment and ship's hull outer metal shell plating. For ships with non-
due to their direct contact or through antistatic conducting hull, it is a special copper sheet with the
earthing conductors. area of not less than 0,5 m 2 and the thickness not less
The antistatic earthing conductors are: than 2 mm, which is fixed to the outside of the ship's
metal conductors connecting equipment subject shell plating at a level below the light load waterline
to antistatic earthing, cable shields, piping, etc, to one and is used for earthing all the equipment installed on
another and/or to ship's hull or other equipment board the ship.
earthed; A i r t e r m i n a t i o n n e t w o r k is the upper
layers of conductive substances applied onto part of the lightning protection device intended for
equipment surfaces, such as: metal coatings, con- the perception of atmospherics.
8 Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
N o n - e s s e n t i a l s e r v i c e s are services, the 1.3.2 Survey of ship's electrical equipment.

temporary disconnection of which does not impair Main and emergency sources of electrical power,
the safety of navigation, the safety of human life and power and lighting transformers and converters (both
the safety of cargo on board. rotating and static), main and other switchboards,
M a i n e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r p l a n t is a space cable network, as well as electrical equipment,
where the main source of electrical power is placed. systems and arrangements listed in 1.3.2.1 to 1.3.2.4
M a i n e l e c t r i c a l p o w e r s o u r c e is a are subject to survey on board the ship.
source of electrical power intended to supply all 1.3.2.1 Primary essential services are:
electrical equipment and systems essential for main- .1 steering gear;
taining the ship in normal operational and habitable .2 pumps of hydraulic systems of CP-propellers;
condition, without resorting to the emergency source .3 scavenging air blower, fuel oil supply pumps,
of electrical power. fuel valve cooling pumps, lubricating oil pumps and
E s s e n t i a l s e r v i c e s are services normal cooling water pumps for main and auxiliary engines
operation whereof ensures safe navigation, safety of and turbines necessary for propulsion;
human life and safety of cargo on board ship; .4 forced draught fans, feed water pumps, water
essential services are divided into primary and circulating pumps, vacuum pumps and condensate
secondary services. pumps for steam plants on steam turbine ships, and
P r i m a r y e s s e n t i a l s e r v i c e s are the also for auxiliary boilers on ships where steam is used
services, which need to be in continuous operation for equipment supplying primary essential services;
to maintain propulsion and steering of the ship. Such .5 oil burning installations for steam plants on steam
services are those listed in 1.3.2.1. turbine ships and for auxiliary boilers where steam is
S e c o n d a r y e s s e n t i a l s e r v i c e s are the used for equipment supplying primary essential services;
services, which need not necessarily be in continuous .6 electrical equipment for azimuth thrusters
operation to maintain propulsion and steering but which are the sole means for propulsion/steering
which are necessary for maintaining the ship safety. with lubricating oil pumps, cooling water pumps;
These services shall be ready for the immediate .7 electrical equipment for electric propulsion
activation. Such services are those listed in 1.3.2.2. plant and azimuth electric propulsion plant with
D o w n c o n d u c t o r is a conductor, which lubricating oil pumps, cooling water pumps and
electrically connects the air termination network to forced draught systems;
the earth termination network. .8 electric generators and associated power
S p e c i a l e l e c t r i c a l s p a c e s are spaces or sources supplying the above equipment;
locations intended expressly for electrical equipment .9 hydraulic pumps supplying the above equipment;
and accessible only to operating personnel. .10 viscosity control equipment for heavy fuel oil;
Not readily ignitable electrically .11 navigation lights, aids and signals;
i n s u l a t i n g m a t e r i a l is a material, which .12 internal communication devices/systems;
sustaines the tests specified in the Rules for Technical .13 lighting system;
Supervision during Construction of Ships and Manu- .14 control, monitoring, alarm and safety devices/
facture of Materials and Products for Ships. systems for equipment to primary essential services;
E l e c t r i c a l i n s t a l l a t i o n of low p o w e r .15 other primary essential services needed to
is an electrical installation of a ship with the total ensure that the ship is used in compliance with its
power of supply sources up to 50 kW (kVA). purpose and class notation, as required by the Register.
E l e c t r o s t a t i c i n t r i n s i c s a f e t y is such 1.3.2.2 Secondary essential services are:
a state of the ship equipment and systems, under .1 windlass;
which the possibility of fire or explosion due to static .2 fuel oil transfer pumps and fuel oil treatment
electricity discharges is excluded. equipment;
.3 lubrication oil transfer pumps and lubrication
oil treatment equipment;
1.3 SCOPE OF SURVEYS
.4 pre-heaters for heavy fuel oil;
.5 starting air and control air compressors;
.6 bilge, ballast and heeling pumps;
1.3.1 General. .7 fire pumps and other fire extinguishing
medium pumps;
General provisions applicable to the classifica- .8 ventilating fans for engine and boiler rooms;
tion procedure, survey during ship's construction and .9 services considered necessary to maintain
manufacture of the equipment are stated in the dangerous spaces in a safe condition, including
General Regulations for the Classification and Other services for hull earthing on oil tankers, lightning
Activity and in Part I "Classification".
Part XI. Electrical Equipment 9
protection and services ensuring electrostatic and 1.3.3 Survey during manufacture of electrical
galvanic intrinsic safety; equipment.
.10 fire alarm systems; 1.3.3.1 The following kinds of electrical equipment
.11 electrical equipment for watertight closing intended for use in installations and systems listed in
appliances; 1.3.2 are subject to survey during manufacture:
.12 electric generators and associated power .1 generating sets;
sources supplying the above equipment; .2 electric machines;
.13 hydraulic pumps supplying the above equipment; .3 transformers;
.14 tunnel and azimuth thrusters; .4 switchboards;
.15 inert gas devices/systems in oil tankers; .5 control and monitoring panels;
.16 control, monitoring, alarm and safety devices/ .6 electric slip couplings and brakes;
systems for cargo containment systems; .7 apparatus and devices for electrical protection,
.17 electric drives for refrigerating plants, speci- starting, control and switching;
fied in 1.1, Part XII "Refrigerating Plants"; .8 apparatus and devices of internal communica-
.18 control, monitoring, alarm and safety devices/ tion and signalling;
systems for equipment to secondary essential services; .9 power semiconductor converters and other
.19 other secondary essential services needed to similar power units;
ensure that the ship is used in compliance with its .10 fuel and oil heaters;
purpose and Class notation, as required by the Register. .11 accumulator batteries;
1.3.2.3 Services for habitability are those services, .12 cables and wires;
which need to be in operation for maintaining the .13 fixed electrical measuring instruments;
vessel's minimum comfort conditions for the crew .14 electrical apparatus and facilities to measure
and passengers. Examples of equipment for main- non-electrical values;
taining conditions of habitability are as follows: .15 space heating and cooking appliances;
.1 cooking; .16 lighting switches and accessories;
.2 heating; .17 stationary lighting fixtures;
.3 domestic refrigeration; .18 control and monitoring devices;
.4 domestic ventilation; .19 other equipment not listed above as required
.5 sanitary and fresh water; by the Register.
.6 electric generators and associated power 1.3.3.2 The safe type electrical equipment shall be
sources supplying equipment specified in 1.3.2.3.1 surveyed (with respect to its safety) by a competent
to 1.3.2.3.5. authority whose documents are recognized by the
1.3.2.4 Other electrical services are: Register, irrespective of whether or not this equip-
.1 electrical equipment of processing machinery ment is subject to survey according to the require-
of ships used for processing the living resources of the ments of 1.3.3.1.
sea and not engaged in their catching (refer to 1.3.3.3 Scope of tests of electrical equipment
19.4.4.1); after manufacture and requirements for tests are
.2 electrical equipment of fishing and processing given in the Rules for Technical Supervision during
machinery of fishing vessels (refer to 19.10.1.1); Construction of Ships and Manufacture of Materi-
.3 other mechanisms and devices not listed above als and Products for Ships.
as required by the Register.
1.3.2.5 Electrical equipment of domestic services,
as well as the equipment not supplying primary and 1.4 TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
secondary essential services, including the specified in
1.3.2.4, shall be subject to survey on board the ship
only in respect to the following: 1.4.1 General provisions applicable to the proce-
.1 influence exerted by the operation of this dure of approval of technical documentation are set
equipment on the quality of electrical power pro- forth in the General Regulations for the Classifica-
duced by the shipboard electrical power plant; tion and Other Activity. The scope of technical
.2 selection of the types and sections of cables and documentation on electrical equipment for the entire
wires, as well as the methods of cable installation; ship to be submitted to the Register for consideration
3 insulation resistance, earthing and protective is stated in 3.2, Part I "Classification".
devices, refer also to 10.1.11, Part V "Technical Super- 1.4.2 Prior to starting the survey of the electrical
vision during Construction of Ships" of the Rules for equipment manufacture, the following documenta-
Technical Supervision during Construction of Ships and tion shall be submitted to the Register for considera-
Manufacture of Materials and Products for Ships. tion:
.1 description of the principle of operation and .7 busbar calculation of electrodynamic and

main characteristics; thermal short circuit strength for switchboards,
.2 specification (list of items), which indicates all if rated current of the generators operating separately
the components, instruments and materials used and or total current of the generators operating in parallel
their technical characteristics; exceeds 1000 A;
.3 general view drawing with sectional views; .8 data concerning immunity to static or dynamic
.4 circuit diagram; interference or method of electromagnetic compat-
.5 programme of tests; ibility testing;
.6 results of rotor shaft (armature) calculation .9 measures to be taken for interference suppres-
and drawing of fastening of poles, active iron core, sion.
commutator, etc., as well as welded joints of the When necessary, the Register may require sup-
spoke rib and the shaft, for electric machines with plementary technical documentation and data on
rated current in excess of 1000 A; reliability to be submitted.
2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.1 OPERATING CONDITIONS Electrical equipment located on the sources of

vibrations (diesel engines, compressors, etc.) or in the
2.1.1 Influence of climatic conditions. steering gear room shall be capable of reliable
2.1.1.1 The rated ambient air and cooling water performance at vibrations of 2 to 100 Hz, i.e. with
temperatures for electrical equipment shall be those an amplitude of displacement of 1,6 mm for
specified in Table 2.1.1.1. frequency range of 2 to 25 Hz and an acceleration
2.1.1.2 Electrical equipment shall be capable of of 4,0 g for frequency range of 25 to 100 Hz.
reliable performance at a relative air humidity of Electrical equipment shall also be capable of
75 3 per cent and a temperature of +45 2 C or at reliable performance at shocks having an acceleration
a relative air humidity 80 3 per cent and a temperature of 5,0 g and at a frequency of 40 to 80 shocks
of +40 2 C, as well as at a relative humidity of per minute.
95 3 per cent and a temperature of +25 2 C. 2.1.2.2 Electrical equipment shall be capable of
2.1.1.3 Where electrical equipment is installed reliable performance with the ship having continuous
within environmentally controlled spaces the ambient list up to 15 and trim up to 5, as well as with the
temperature, for which the equipment shall be ship rolling up to 22,5 with period of rolling of
suitable, may be reduced as against the value given 7 9 s and pitching up to 10.
in Table 2.1.1.1 and maintained at a value not less Emergency equipment shall also be capable of
than + 35 C, provided: functioning reliably with the ship having continuous
.1 the equipment is not for use for emergency list up to 22,5 and trim up to 10, or within the same
services and is located outside the machinery spaces; limits of simultaneous list and trim.
.2 temperature control is achieved by at least two In gas carriers and chemical tankers, the emergency
cooling units so arranged that in the event of loss of electrical power sources shall be capable of reliable
one cooling unit, the remaining unit is capable of performance with the ship having list up to 30.
satisfactorily maintaining the design temperature; 2.1.2.3 Electrical equipment shall possess the rele-
.3 the equipment installed in such spaces shall be vant mechanical strength and shall be so located as to
able to work safely at temperature of +45 C until avoid the risk of mechanical damage (refer also to 2.7.4).
the nominal working ambient temperature may be 2.1.3 Permissible variations of supply parameters.
achieved; the cooling equipment shall be rated for 2.1.3.1 Electrical equipment shall be so designed
+ 45 C ambient temperature; that it remains operative in all cases, except as noted
.4 audible and visual alarms shall be provided at in 10.8.2, 14.1.3.2 to 14.1.3.3 at all variations from
a continually manned control station to indicate any the supply voltage and frequency as specified in
malfunction of the cooling units. Table 2.1.3.1 (refer also to 3.1.2.2 and 16.8.3.3).
2.1.2 Mechanical effects. 2.1.3.2 In ships of restricted area of navigation R3, it
2.1.2.1 Electrical equipment shall be capable of is allowed to use for machinery and gear of non-
reliable performance at vibrations with frequency of essential services the electrical equipment (of general
2 to 80 Hz, i.e. with an amplitude of displacements of commercial type) not fully complying with the above
1 mm for frequency range of 2 to 13,2 Hz and an requirements, which is subject to special considera-
acceleration of 0,7 g for frequency range of 13,2 tion by the Register in each case.
to 80 Hz.
T a b l e 2.1.1.1
Ambient air and cooling water temperature, C
Nos Location of equipment
Unrestricted service Navigation outside the tropical zone
Air Water Air Water
1 Machinery and special electrical + 45 ... 0 + 32 + 40 ... 0 + 25
spaces, galleys
2 Weather decks + 45 ... - 2 5 + 40 ... - 2 5
3 Other spaces + 40 ... 0 + 40 ... 0
N o t e . Electronic elements and devices designed for mounting in the switchboards, panels or casings shall be capable of reliable
performance at an ambient air temperature up to 55 C.
Temperature up to 70 C shall not lead to failure of the elements, devices and systems.
T a b l e 2.1.3.1 .3 electrostatic discharges with a voltage ampli-

Variations from rated values tude of 8 kV;
Parameters
for long periods, for short periods
.4 radio frequency electromagnetic fields within a
% range of 80 MHz 2 GHz with a root-mean-square
% time, s value of field intensity of 10 V/m;
Voltage (a.c) + 6...-10 20 1,5 .5 nanosecond voltage pulse with an amplitude of
Frequency
5
10 5 2 kV for the power supply and of 1 kV for signalling
Voltage (d.c.) 10 5 cyclic variations and control cables with a duration of 5/50 ns;
10
ripple .6 radio frequency interference in conductivity
N o t e . When the services are fed from accumulator circuits within a range of 150 kHz to 80 MHz with a
battery: root-mean-square voltage of 3 V and 80 per cent
long-period voltage variation within + 30 to 25 per cent
for the equipment fed from the accumulator battery connected modulation at a frequency of 1 kHz;
to the charging unit; .7 microsecond voltage pulse in supply circuits
long period voltage variation within + 20 to 25 per cent with an amplitude of 1 kV for symmetrical pulse feed
for the equipment, which is not connected to the charging unit.
and of 2 kV for non-symmetrical pulse feed with a
duration of 1,2/50 |j,s.
2.2 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY
2.2.1.3 The voltage curve harmonic distortion
factor shall not exceed 10 per cent and shall be
determined by the formula
2.2.1 General.
2.2.1.1 The present requirements are applicable to
1
- ft 00 ,
electrical equipment and automation equipment to Ku~~Uc\ln: (2.2.1.3)
ensure electromagnetic compatibility on board. E U2n-\W %
2.2.1.2 Failure-free performance of the equip- where UUcn== actual n
circuit voltage;
harmonic component voltage;
ment shall be ensured under conditions of inter- n = higher harmonic component order.
ference having the following parameters:
.1 static and variable (50 Hz) magnetic field in The value of Ku is specified for the complete
accordance with Table 2.2.1.2.1. electrical power system of a ship.
T a b l e 2.2.1.2.1 On special agreement with the Register, busbars
Class of Intensity, A/m
with KU>\Q % may be used for power supply to
equipment powerful sources of the harmonic components of
static field variable field (50 Hz) voltage and to electrical equipment not sensitive to
1 100 100 such harmonic components, provided that the
2 400 400 busbars are connected to the main busbars through
3 1000 1000 isolating devices (refer to 2.2.2.2).
2.2.1.4 The intensity levels of radio interference
Installation of equipment is permitted: from equipment in the power supply circuits shall not
class 1 at a distance of 2 m and more from a exceed the following values within the frequency
powerful field source (busbar, group transformer); bands given below:
class 2 at a distance of 1 m and more from a for the equipment installed on open deck and
powerful field source; navigation bridge:
class 3 irrespective of the distance from field 10 150 kHz - 96 50 dBuV/m;
source of any kind; 150 350 kHz - 60 50 dBuV/m;
.2 harmonic components of voltage in supply 350 kHz 30 MHz - 50 dBuV/m;
circuits in accordance with the higher harmonics for the equipment installed in machinery and
diagram for ship mains to be found in Fig. 2.2.1.2.2 other enclosed spaces:
on a logarithmic scale; 10 150 kHz - 12069 dBuV/m;
UAJC,% 150 500 kHz - 79 dBuV/m;
500 kHz 30 MHz - 73 dBuV/m.
Artificial mains network and quasi-peak measuring
receiver shall be used for measuring the intensity level
of radio interference. The receiver bandwidth when
measurements are taken within the frequency band
Harmonic from 10 to 150 kHz shall be 200 Hz and within the
_
component
order
frequency band from 150 kHz to 30 MHz 9 kHz.
Fig. 2.2.1.2.2
Diagram of higher harmonic components for ship mains
2.2.1.5 On ships, for which the level of radio cable branch boxes and cable distribution boxes, and
interference from power semiconductor converters in way of cable penetrations through bulkheads.
cannot be limited in conformity with 2.2.1.4, the 2.2.2.6 The earthing installed for the purpose of
mains of automation, radio and navigational equip- interference protection shall have an electric resis-
ment shall be galvanically isolated from the mains of tance not greater than 0,02 ohm, minimum length
those converters so that at least 40 db are damped possible, shall be resistant to vibration and corrosion,
within the frequency range 0,01 30 MHz. and shall be readily accessible for inspection.
The power supply cables of equipment having the 2.2.2.7 Cable screens shall not be used as return
radio interference levels in excess of those stipulated conductors.
by 2.2.1.4 shall be laid at least 0,2 m away from the 2.2.2.8 By the type of signals conveyed, ship
cables of other equipment groups where the common cables are subdivided in groups as follows:
cable run is longer than 1 m (refer to 2.2.2.8). .1 coaxial cables of radio receivers and conveying
2.2.1.6 The levels of the radio interference video signals with the level of signals 0,1 iN to 500 iN;
electromagnetic field induced at a distance of 3 m .2 screened or coaxial cables conveying analogue
from the equipment shall not exceed the following or digital signals with a level 0,1 to 115 V;
values within the frequency bands given below: .3 screened cables of telephone and radio broad-
for the equipment installed on open deck and casting apparatus, control and signalling network
navigation bridge: with the level of signals 0,1 to 115 V;
150 300 kHz - 80 52 dBuV/m; .4 unscreened and located below the deck or
300 kHz 30 MHz - 52 34 dBuV/m; screened and located above the deck cables of power
30 2000 MHz - 54 dBuV/m, except for the band and lighting network with the level of signals
156 165 MHz where the level shall be equal to 10 to 1000 V;
24 dBuV/m. .5 coaxial or screened cables of the transmitting
for the equipment installed in machinery and aerials of radio transmitters, radar installations and
other enclosed spaces: echo sounders, power semiconductor converters with
150 kHz 30 MHz - 80 50 dBuV/m; the level of signals 10 to 1000 V.
30 100 MHz - 60 54 dBuV/m, except for 2.2.2.9 Cable of the same group may be laid in
the band 156 165 MHz where the level shall be the same cable run provided interference-sensitive
equal to 24 dBuV/m. equipment is not influenced by the difference in the
Quasi-peak measuring receiver shall be used to levels of signals conveyed. Where cable lengths laid in
take measurements. The receiver bandwidth within parallel are in excess of 1 m, the cables (cable runs) of
the frequency band from 150 kHz to 30 MHz and different groups shall be laid at least 0,1 m apart and
from 156 to 165 MHz shall be 9 kHz and within the their intersections shall be effected at right angles.
frequency band from 30 to 156 MHz and from The radar installation and echo sounder cables
165 MHz to 1 GHz - 120 kHz. mentioned in 2.2.2.8.5 shall either be double-screened
2.2.2 Measures to ensure electromagnetic or, if they are coaxial, laid inside a metal pipe. The
compatibility. outer screen shall be earthed, as well as the principal
2.2.2.1 To ensure protection of radio equipment screen of the cable.
against electromagnetic interference, the require- 2.2.2.10 When electrical equipment is installed or
ments of Part IV "Radio Equipment" of the Rules cables are laid in the vicinity of magnetic compasses
for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships shall be and to ensure protection against interference from
considered. other navigational equipment, the requirements of
2.2.2.2 For the purpose of dividing the power Part V "Navigational Equipment" of the Rules for
supply of the ship, rotary converters, special trans- the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships and Appendices 1
formers and filters shall be used. and 2, Section 16, Part V "Technical Supervision
2.2.2.3 Power cable screens or metal armour shall during Construction of Ships" of the Rules for
be connected to the metal casing of relevant equip- Technical Supervision during Construction of Ships
ment and shall be earthed as frequently as possible, at and Manufacture of Materials and Products for
each end as a minimum. Ships shall be considered.
2.2.2.4 The screens of signal cables shall be 2.2.2.11 On all ships constructed from non-
earthed at one point on the side of the initial signal conductive materials, for which radio equipment is
processing block. The cable shall have an external required by the Rules, all cables located within 9 m
insulating sheath. from the aerials shall be shielded or otherwise
2.2.2.5 Continuous screening shall be ensured, protected from radio interference, and all the equip-
and for this purpose cable screens shall be connected ment on board those ships shall be fitted with devices
to equipment casings, and it shall also be ensured in for radio interference suppression.
2.3 MATERIALS heating and also indicated in Section 15 of non-

combustible materials.
2.3.2.5 For insulation materials used for the
2.3.1 Structural materials. manufacture of cables, refer to 16.3.
2.3.1.1 The structural parts of electrical equip-
ment shall be fabricated of durable materials not
containing asbestos, rated at least as having low 2.4 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROTECTION
flame-spread characteristics, resistant to sea air, oil OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
and fuel vapour effects, or reliably protected against
such effects. 2.4.1 General.
For equipment installed or intended for use in 2.4.1.1 Such parts as require replacement while in
dangerous spaces and zones, the structural parts of service shall be easily dismountable.
electrical equipment shall be fabricated of materials 2.4.1.2 Where screw fastenings are employed,
ensuring electrostatic and galvanic intrinsic safety. provision shall be made of exclude self-loosening of
2.3.1.2 Screws, nuts, hinges and similar items screws and nuts or, where dismantling and opening
designed to fasten enclosures of the electrical equipment are a frequent occurrence, loss of same.
to be installed on weather decks or in spaces with 2.4.1.3 Gaskets used in components of electrical
increased humidity shall be made of corrosion-resistant equipment (such as doors, covers, sight holes,
materials or have effective corrosion-resistant covering. packing glands, etc.) shall ensure adequate protection
2.3.1.3 All current-carrying parts of electrical when in service.
equipment shall be of copper, copper alloys or other The gaskets shall be secured to the covers or casings.
materials of equivalent qualities, with the exception of: 2.4.1.4 If the casings, panels and covers of
.1 rheostat elements, which shall be made of electrical equipment, installed where unspecialized
mechanically strong materials having high resistivity personnel has access to it, render lived parts
and capable of withstanding high temperatures; inaccessible, they shall be opened with tools only.
.2 short-circuit rotor windings of asynchronous 2.4.1.5 Suitable water drainage arrangements shall
and synchronous motors, which may be made of be provided in electrical equipment where condensa-
aluminium or its alloys resistant to sea conditions; tion is likely to occur. Channels shall be fitted inside
.3 carbon brushes, cermet contacts and other the equipment to provide for condensate drainage
similar parts when the properties specified so require; from all equipment components. The windings and
.4 parts of electrical equipment directly connected to live parts shall be so arranged or protected that they
the ship's hull in case of hull-return single-wire system. are not exposed to the effects of such condensate as
2.3.2 Insulating materials. may accumulate inside the equipment.
2.3.2.1 Insulating materials of live parts shall not 2.4.1.6 Electrical equipment with forced ventila-
contain asbestos and shall have adequate dielectric tion, designed for installation in bottom parts of
strength and resistance to creepage currents, moisture damp spaces, shall be provided with a ventilation
and oil, as well as sufficient mechanical strength, or system so as to avoid, as far as possible, suction of
else be suitably protected. moisture and oil vapours inside the equipment.
The heating temperature of current-carrying 2.4.1.7 Where measuring instruments with oil,
parts and their connections shall not exceed the steam or water supply are fitted in the control panel
permissible heating temperature of the insulating or desk, measures shall be taken to prevent these
materials at the rated load. agents from making contact with the live parts in case
2.3.2.2 Non-flammable liquids may be used for of damage to the instruments or pipelines.
cooling uninsulated parts of electrical equipment. 2.4.2 Insulation clearances.
The use of flammable oils for this purpose is subject Clearances between live parts at different poten-
to special consideration by the Register in each case. tials, or between live parts and earthed metal parts or
2.3.2.3 The insulating materials used for winding outer enclosure, both in air and across the insulant
insulation in machines, apparatus and other equip- surface shall be in conformity with the operating
ment for essential services shall comply with the voltage and operating conditions of the installation,
agreed standards. with the properties of the insulating materials used
The use of insulating materials not inferior to duly taken into account.
Class E is recommended. 2.4.3 Internal wiring.
2.3.2.4 Conductors used in electrical devices for 2.4.3.1 Stranded wires shall be used for internal
internal connections shall have insulation made of wiring of electrical equipment throughout. Hookup
materials rated at least as having low flame-spread wires shall be marked according to connection
characteristics and for apparatus with increased diagram.
The use of solid wires is subject, in each case, to 2.5.1 Parts to be earthed.
special consideration by the Register. 2.5.1.1 Metal parts of electrical equipment, which
2.4.3.2 For internal wiring of switchboards, are likely to be touched under service conditions and
control desks, other distribution and switching which may become live in the event of damage to the
arrangements, etc., wires of not less than 1 mm 2 in insulation (except for those mentioned under 2.5.1.2),
cross-sectional area shall be used. shall have a reliable electric contact with a compo-
For systems of control, protection, measurement nent fitted with an earth terminal (refer also to 2.5.3).
of different parameters, signalling and internal 2.5.1.2 Protection earthing is not required for:
communication the use of wires having a cross- .1 electrical equipment supplied with current at
sectional area not less than 0,5 mm 2 is permitted. safety voltage;
For electronic and electrical devices for transforma- .2 electrical equipment provided with double or
tion and transmission of low-power signals wires not reinforced insulation;
less than 0,2 mm2 in cross-sectional area may be used. .3 metal parts of electrical equipment fastened in
2.4.3.3 Current-carrying parts shall be so attached non-conducting material or passing therethrough and
that they will not have to sustain any additional separated from the earthed and live parts in such a
mechanical stresses; such parts shall not be attached by manner that under normal operating conditions these
screws fitted directly into insulating materials. parts cannot become live or come in contact with
2.4.3.4 Stranded cores, cables and wires shall earthed parts;
have their ends fitted out to suit the type of terminal .4 bearing housings isolated to guard against
used, or shall be provided with lugs. circulating currents;
2.4.3.5 Insulated wires shall be laid up and .5 lamp caps and fasteners for luminescent lamps,
secured in such a manner that the method used for lamp shades, reflectors and guards supported on
their attachment and arrangement does not lead to lamp holders or lighting fixtures constructed of, or
reduced insulation resistance and that they are not shrouded in non-conducting material;
exposed to damage due to electrodynamic loads, .6 cable clips, cleats, etc.;
vibrations or shocks. .7 individual consumer under voltage up to
2.4.3.6 Arrangements shall be made to ensure 250 V supplied through an isolation transformer.
that the temperatures allowed for insulated wires 2.5.1.3 The shields and metal armour of cables
under normal service conditions or for the duration shall be earthed.
of short-circuit current breaking are not exceeded. 2.5.1.4 The secondary windings of all instrument
2.4.3.7 Insulated wires shall be so connected to transformers for current and voltage shall be earthed.
terminals or busbars that the wire insulation shall not 2.5.2 Earthing of aluminium structures in steel
be exposed to the overheating temperature under ships.
rated operating conditions. Superstructures of aluminium alloys fastened to
2.4.4 Protection of electrical equipment. the ship steel hull but insulated therefrom shall be
2.4.4.1 Depending on location, the use shall be made earthed by at least two special wires, which will not
of electrical equipment in appropriate protective enclo- start electrolytic corrosion at the points of their
sure, or other suitable measures shall be taken to protect contact with the superstructure and the hull. The
the equipment from harmful effect of the environment conductivity of each wire shall not be lower than the
and to protect the personnel from electric shock hazards. equivalent conductivity of a copper wire having a
2.4.4.2 The minimal degree of protection of cross-sectional area of 16 mm 2 . Such earthing
electrical equipment installed in ship's spaces and connections shall be provided at different locations
zones shall be chosen from Table 2.4.4.2. around superstructure perimeter, shall be accessible
for inspection and protected from damage.
2.5.3 Earth terminals and conductors.
2.5 PROTECTIVE EARTHING OF METAL PARTS, 2.5.3.1 Bolts for fastening the earthing conductor
WHICH DO NOT CARRY CURRENT to the ship's hull shall have a diameter not less than
6 mm. For cables and wires having a cross-sectional
Metal enclosures of electrical equipment oper- area of 2,5 mm 2 and 4 mm 2 it is permitted to use
ated at a voltage exceeding the safety level or having bolts (screws) 4 mm and 5 mm in diameter,
no double or reinforced insulation shall be fitted with respectively. Such bolts shall not be used for other
an earth terminal marked with the symbol 4-. purposes.
Provision shall be made for earthing inside and The bolts screwed into material (without nuts)
outside of the electrical equipment enclosure depen- shall be manufactured of brass or other corrosion-
dent on its purpose. resistant material.
T a b l e 2.4.4.2
Spaces, in which electrical equipment is Type of electrical equipment
installed
Electric machines, Switchboards, Communication and Space heating Lighting
transformers control gear, signalling equipment, and cooking fixtures
starters automation equipment, appliances
accessories (switchers,
sockets, junction boxes)
Spaces and zones, in which explosive Ex Ex Ex,
mixtures of vapours, gases or dust with air (refer to 2.9,
are likely to occur (refer to 2.9, 19.2.4) (refer to 2.9, 19.2.4) 19.2.4)
Dry spaces, dry accommodation spaces IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Navigation bridge, radio room IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22
Service spaces, steering gear rooms, IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22
refrigerating plant rooms (except for
ammonia equipment), emergency diesel
generator rooms, general purpose stores.
Pantries, provision stores
Engine Above plating IP22 IP22 IP44 IP22 IP22
and
boiler rooms Below plating IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44
Control stations (dry) IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22 IP22
Enclosed separator rooms IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44
Premises and spaces IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44

protected by the fixed local
application fire extinguishing
systems1
Refrigerated spaces, galleys, laundries, IP44 IP44 IP55 IP44 IP44
bathrooms and showers
Catch processing spaces2, shafting tunnels, IP55 IP55 IP55 IP55 IP55
cargo holds
Open decks IP56 IP56 IP56 IP56 IP56
1 The electrical equipment within adjacent areas not exposed to direct spray, upon agreement with the Register may have a lower
degree of protection provided relevant measures of the electrical equipment protection are taken (e.g. installation of extra inlet ventilation
openings, filters, baffles, etc).
2 For the electrical equipment installed in the catch processing spaces an additional protection is recommended to enable
sanitarization of the equipment with sea water.
N o t e . Where the enclosure of equipment does not guarantee the necessary protection, alternative methods of protection or
alternative arrangement of equipment shall be applied to ensure the degree of protection stipulated by the Table.
Ship's hull in places of earthing conductor between the equipment enclosure and the metal ship's
connections shall be cleaned to metal and properly hull under all operating conditions.
protected against corrosion. For earthing effected with an external earthing
2.5.3.2 Fixed electrical equipment shall be conductors, the use shall be made of copper
earthed by means of external earthing conductors conductors, as well as conductors of any other
or an earthing core in the feeding cable. corrosion-resistant metal provided the resistance of
When earthing is effected with a special core of the these conductors does not exceed that of the required
feeding cable, it shall be connected to the earthing copper conductor. The cross-sectional area of copper
device inside the enclosure of the electrical equipment. earthing conductor shall not be less than that
Such earthing effected with external earthing specified in Table 2.5.3.2.
conductors need not be provided in case the arrange- In case earthing is effected with a special core, the
ment of equipment ensures a reliable electrical contact cross-sectional area of this core shall be equal to the
T a b l e 2.5.3.2
Cross-sectional area of cable Cross-sectional area of earthing conductor of fixed electrical equipment, mm 2 , min
core connected to consumer,
mm 2 solid stranded
Up to 2,5 2,5 1,5
2,5 to 120 Half the cross-sectional area of cable core connected, but not less than 4
Over 120 70
nominal area of the feeding cable core for cables, 2.6.1.2 In ships, where consequential effects of
having a cross-sectional area up to 16 mm 2 and at lightning strokes may cause a fire or explosion,
least half the cross-sectional area of the feeding cable lightning protection earthing devices shall also be
core, but not less than 16 mm 2 for cables having a fitted to preclude consequential sparking.
cross-sectional area over 16 mm2. 2.6.1.3 Lightning protection device shall consist
2.5.3.3 Earthing of movable, loose and portable of an air termination, down conductor and earth
consumers shall be effected through and earthed jack termination. On metal masts no special lightning
in the socket outlet or other earthed contact device protection device need be fitted if provision is made
and a copper earthing core of the feeding flexible for reliable electrical connection of the mast to the
cable. The cross-sectional area of the earthing core metal hull or earthing point.
shall not be less than the nominal cross-sectional area 2.6.2 Air termination network.
of the feeding flexible cable core for cables up to 2.6.2.1 In metal ships the ship's vertical structures
16 mm 2 and at least half the cross-sectional area of (masts, derrick posts, superstructures, etc.) may be used
the feeding flexible cable core, but not less than as air termination if provision is made for reliable
16 mm2, for cables over 16 mm2. electrical connection of these structures to the metal hull.
2.5.3.4 Earthing of the fixed equipment shall be Additional air terminations shall be used only
non-disconnectable. when ship's structural elements proper do not
2.5.3.5 Earthing of shields and metal armour of provide for reliable lightning protection.
cables shall be effected in one of the following ways: 2.6.2.2 If electrical equipment is installed on the
.1 using a copper earth wire of a cross-section not top of the metal mast, provision shall be made for an
less than 1,5 mm 2 for cable conductors with a cross- air termination network, which is effectively earthed.
sectional area up to 25 mm 2 and not less than 4 mm 2 2.6.2.3 On each mast or top mast of non-
for cable conductors with a cross-sectional area over conducting material an effectively earthed air termi-
25 mm2; nation shall be provided.
.2 by adequate attachment of the shields and 2.6.2.4 The air termination shall be made of a rod
metal armour to the hull; at least 12 mm in diameter. The rod may be of
.3 by means of cable gland rings provided these copper, copper alloys or steel protected against
are characterized by corrosion resistance, good corrosion. For aluminium masts aluminium rods
conductivity and elasticity. shall be used.
Except for cables of end branches of circuit, 2.6.2.5 The air termination shall be fitted to the
which may be earthed at the supply end only, mast in such a manner that it projects at least 300 mm
earthing can be effected at both cable ends. Cable above the top of the mast or above any device fitted
shields and metal armour may be earthed in another on its top.
approved way, provided these methods do not 2.6.3 Down conductor.
hamper the operation of equipment. 2.6.3.1 The down conductor shall be made of a
2.5.3.6 The external earthing conductors shall be rod, strip or multiwire cable having a cross-sectional
accessible for inspection and protected against get- area not less than 70 mm 2 for copper or its alloys and
ting loose and mechanical damage. not less than 100 mm 2 for steel. Steel down
conductors shall be protected against corrosion.
2.6.3.2 Down conductors shall run on the outer
2.6 LIGHTNING PROTECTION
side of masts and superstructures with a minimum
number of bends, which shall be gradual and have as
large radius as possible.
2.6.1 General. 2.6.3.3 Down conductors shall not run through
dangerous spaces and zones.
2.6.1.1 In ships provision shall be made for lightning 2.6.3.4 In ships with non-metal hull the down
protection devices covering the zone to be protected. conductor of the lightning protection device shall be
laid separately throughout its length (including its 2.7 ARRANGEMENT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
connection to the earth termination network), with-
out connecting to the busbars of the protective and
operation earthing circuits. 2.7.1 Electrical equipment shall be installed in
2.6.4 Earth termination network. such a manner as to provide convenient access to
2.6.4.1 In composite ships the metal stem or other controls and to all parts that require maintenance,
metal structures immersed in water under any naviga- inspection and replacement.
tion condition may be used as earth termination. 2.7.2 The horizontal-shaft electric machines
2.6.4.2 Means shall be provided on board the shall be so installed that the shaft is positioned
ship to allow for connecting the ship's steel hull or the parallel to the centre line of the ship. Installation of
earth termination network to the shore-based light- machines with the shaft positioned in another
ning protection device earthing when the ship is in a direction is permitted only in those cases when
dock or on a slipway. the design of the machine ensures its normal
2.6.4.3 Earthing of ships with non-conducting operation under conditions specified in 2.1.2.2.
hulls shall be in accordance with 1.2 (refer to the 2.7.3 The air-colled electrical equipment shall be
definition "Ship's hull"). so located that cooling air is not taken from bilges or
2.6.5 Connections in lightning protection device. other spaces wherein the air may be contaminated
2.6.5.1 Connections between the air termination with substances having a harmful effect on insula-
network, down conductor and earth termination tion.
network shall be welded or bolted with clamps. 2.7.4 The electrical equipment placed in locations
2.6.5.2 The contacting surface area between the subject to vibration and shocks, which are heavier
down conductor, air termination network and earth than those specified in 2.1.2.1 and which are
termination network shall not be less than 1000 mm2. impossible to eliminate, shall be so designed as to
The connecting clamps and connecting bolts shall ensure its normal operation under these conditions or
be made of copper, copper alloys or steel protected to mounted on relevant shock absorbers.
against corrosion. 2.7.5 Electrical equipment shall be fixed in
2.6.6 Lightning protection earthing devices. position in such a manner that the strength of decks,
2.6.6.1 Lightning protection earthing referred to bulkheads and skin is not impaired as a result of this.
in 2.6.1.2 shall be provided for isolated metal 2.7.6 No electrical equipment shall be located in
structures, flexible connections, pipes, screens of spaces wherein explosives are stored. Lighting of such
power and communication lines, pipeline entries into spaces shall be provided with lighting fixtures fitted in
dangerous spaces. adjacent flameproof spaces. If this is impracticable, the
2.6.6.2 All pipelines conveying petroleum pro- electrical equipment shall be of the design and type
ducts and other pipelines associated with dangerous which prevent potential ignition and explosion.
spaces and zones and located on open decks or in 2.7.7 When the enclosures of electrical equipment
spaces free from electromagnetic screening shall be are made from different material than the structures
earthed to the ship's hull at least at 10 m intervals on which they are installed, care shall be taken, if
throughout their length. necessary, to prevent electrolytic corrosion.
All pipelines, which are located on the upper deck
where explosive gases may be present and which are
not associated with dangerous spaces and zones, shall 2.8 SPECIAL ELECTRICAL SPACES
be earthed to the ship's hull at least at 30 m intervals
throughout their length. 2.8.1 The doors of special electrical spaces shall
2.6.6.3 Metal parts near down conductors shall be locked. These doors shall open on the outside.
be earthed if they are not fixed to earthed structures In case the doors face corridors and passageways
and have no other metal connection to the ship's hull. in accommodation and service spaces, it is permitted
In so doing, facilities or metal parts located at a that these doors open on the inside on condition that
distance of up to 200 mm from the down conductor protection guards and stops are provided. A warning
shall be so connected to the down conductor that notice shall be placed on the door. From the inside of
consequential sparking is excluded. the space the door shall open without a key.
2.6.6.4 The joints of earthing elements shall be 2.8.2 Special electrical spaces shall not be adjacent
accessible for inspection and protected from mecha- to the tanks filled with flammable liquids. If this
nical damage. requirement is not feasible from the structural point of
view, measures shall be taken eliminating the possibility
of flammable liquid penetration into these spaces.
2.8.3 No exits, side scuttles of the opening type or 2.9.4 In spaces where explosive mixture of dust or
other openings are permissible from special electrical fibre with air may accumulate electrical equipment
spaces into dangerous spaces. with the degree of protection not below IP65 shall be
2.8.4 Handrails of non-conducting material shall installed.
be installed in special electrical spaces, in passage- Electrical equipment of IP55 type may be
ways and servicing areas when the open-type permitted where the occurrence of explosive mixture
electrical equipment is used. of dust or fibre with air is temporary, resulting from
the damage or infiltration from processing equipment
in operation or ventilation cutoff.
2.9 SAFE-TYPE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT Electrical equipment installed in these spaces
shall have such protective enclosure that the tem-
2.9.1 The requirements of the paragraph are perature of its upper horizontal surfaces or those
applicable to all ships, in which enclosed or semi- inclined more than 60 to the horizontal is, under
enclosed spaces and zones explosive mixtures of conditions of continuous operation, by 75 C below
vapours, gases or dust with air are likely to occur in the smouldering point of dust accumulated in these
dangerous concentrations. spaces (the smouldering point shall be determined for
The following spaces and zones fall under this a layer of dust 5 mm thick).
category: paint lockers, lantern rooms (for oil 2.9.5 Lighting fixtures of safe type shall be so
lanterns), storerooms for cylinders with flammable installed that a free space around them is not less
gases, battery compartments and spaces, which than 100 mm, excluding the place of the fastenings.
contain tanks, machinery and pipes for flammable 2.9.6 Any equipment installed in dangerous
liquids having a flash point 60 C and below. spaces and zones, except for fire detectors, shall be
Additional requirements for installation of elec- provided with switches fitted at a safe position
trical equipment in oil tankers are specified in 19.2; in outside dangerous spaces and zones to disconnect
ships intended for the carriage of motor vehicles with all live conductors.
fuel in their tanks in 19.3; in ships intended for the 2.9.7 Fastening of electrical equipment directly to
carriage of dangerous goods in 19.11. the walls of tanks intended for flammable liquids is
2.9.2 Safe type of the equipment shall be not allowed. In any case, electrical equipment shall be
confirmed by a certificate issued by a competent fastened at a distance not less than 75 mm from the
body. For simple electrical apparatus and compo- tank walls.
nents specified in 19.2.4.1.2 and 19.2.4.2.3, a certifi- 2.9.8 In enclosed and semi-enclosed spaces where
cate issued by a competent body as regards safety is an explosive mixture of gas or vapour with air is not
not required. The manufacturer's confirmation of the likely to occur, but direct openings lead to dangerous
product compliance with IEC 60079-11 and 60079-0 spaces, electrical equipment of safe type shall be
(or equivalent national standards) will be sufficient. generally installed.
2.9.3 In dangerous spaces and zones, only safe Installation of electrical equipment of non-safe
type electrical equipment may be installed, the type, is permitted if the following conditions are
protection level of which corresponds to the category observed:
and group of the most dangerous gas mixture: .1 operation of alarms (visual and audible) and
.1 paint lockers sub-group IIB, temperature automatic disconnection of power supply (in sound
class T3 (refer also to 2.9.16); cases with time delay) to electrical equipment if the
.2 storerooms for cylinders with flammable gases ventilation is shut off;
sub-group IIC, temperature class T2; .2 interlocking to provide for possible connection
.3 battery compartments sub-group IIC, of electrical equipment only after adequate ventila-
temperature class Tl; tion of the space (at least 10 air changes).
.4 spaces which enclose tanks, machinery and 2.9.9 In compartments/holds intended for carriage of
piping for inflammable liquids having a flash flammable cargoes the electrical equipment, which is
point 60 C and below sub-group IIB, temperature essential for the safety and control of the ship, shall have
class T3. a possibility to be completely isolated and protected
Depth-sounder oscillators and associated cables against unauthorised actuation. The equipment shall be
shall be installed in compliance with the requirements isolated from locations outside the dangerous zones by
of 3.7.4 and 3.8.3, Part V "Navigational Equipment" of removing special disconnectors, by switches with inter-
the Rules for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships, and locking devices or other effective means.
ventilator motors shall be installed in spaces adapted If provision of such equipment is necessary for
for the carriage of dangerous cargoes in compliance the safety and control of the ship, the equipment shall
with 12.7.4, Part VIII "Systems and Piping". be of certified safe type: intrinsically safe (Exia or
Exib), pressurised enclosure (Exp), flameproof (Exd), cables) of armoured type or installed in metallic
increased safety (Exe). conduits shall be used.
2.9.10 In dangerous spaces and zones only those 2.9.16.4 In the areas on open deck within 1 m of
cables may be laid, which serve the electrical inlet and exhaust ventilation openings or within 3 m of
equipment fitted in such spaces and zones subject to exhaust mechanical ventilation outlets, the following
the requirements of 2.9.11. electrical equipment may be installed: safe type equip-
The through runs of cables may be permitted in ment permitted by 2.9.16.1, equipment of protection
the above spaces and zones provided the require- class (Exn), appliances, which do not generate arcs or
ments of 2.9.11 to 2.9.15 are met. sparks in service and which surface does not reach
No connections of cables laid in dangerous zones are unacceptably high temperature under normal conditions.
permitted. In cases where the connections are inevitable, 2.9.16.5 Enclosed spaces giving access to the
they shall be subject to special consideration by the paint locker may be considered as non-hazardous,
Register. In such cases, the connections shall be made provided that:
using metal-reinforced/shock-resistant plastic junction .1 the door to the paint locker is a gastight door with
boxes of certified safe type or using thermocontractable/ self-closing devices without holding-back arrangements;
capsulated cable sleeves of approved type. .2 the paint locker is provided with an acceptable,
2.9.11 Cables installed in dangerous spaces and independent, natural ventilation system ventilated
zones shall have protective covering of one of the from a safe area;
following types: .3 warning notices are fitted adjacent to the paint
.1 metal armour or braid with additional insula- locker entrance stating that the store contains
tion covering; flammable liquids.
.2 lead sheath with additional mechanical protection;
.3 copper or stainless steel sheath (only for cables
with mineral insulation). 2.10 ANTISTATIC EARTHING
2.9.12 Cables passing through dangerous spaces
and zones shall be suitably protected against mechan- 2.10.1 Antistatic earthing is a mandatory mean of
ical damage. ensuring electrostatic intrinsic safety for all types of
Penetrations of cables through decks and bulk- ships having dangerous spaces and zones.
heads shall be sealed to avoid ingress of flammable 2.10.2 Equipment to be installed on board, in
gases or vapours. enclosed and semi-enclosed spaces and zones where
2.9.13 All shields and metal braids of cables of explosive mixtures of vapours, gases or dust with air
power circuits for electric motors and lighting likely to occur (refer to 2.9.1), as well as any portable
systems, which pass through dangerous spaces and equipment to be brought and installed in such spaces
zones or supply the electrical equipment installed in shall be antistatically earthed.
these spaces, shall be earthed at both ends at least. 2.10.3 Bonding straps shall be required for cargo
2.9.14 Cables of intrinsically safe circuits shall tanks/process plant/piping systems which are not perma-
not be used for more than one intrinsically safe device nently connected to the hull of the ship, e.g.
and shall be laid separately from other cables. .1 independent cargo tanks;
2.9.15 Cables of portable electrical equipment, .2 cargo tanks/piping systems which are electri-
except for cables of intrinsically safe circuits, shall not cally separated from the hull of the ship;
pass through dangerous spaces and zones. .3 pipe connections arranged for the removal of
2.9.16 Additional requirements for electrical equip- spool pieces;
ment installed in paint lockers. .4 wafer-style valves with non-conductive
2.9.16.1 Electrical equipment shall be installed in (e.g PTFE) gaskets or seals.
paint lockers and in ventilation ducts serving 2.10.4 The following equipment does not require
such spaces only when it is essential for operational use of the antistatic earthing conductors:
services. .1 fixed and portable electrical equipment shields and
Safe type equipment of the following type is metal armour of cables earthed in accordance with 2.5;
acceptable: intrinsically safe (Exi), pressurized (Exp), .2 pipes and conduits for installation of cables
flameproof (Exd), increased safety (Exe), special earthed in accordance with 16.8.8;
protection (Exs). .3 electrical equipment, automation equipment,
2.9.16.2 The minimum requirements for the safe radio equipment and navigational equipment earthed
type equipment are as follows: explosion group IIB, in accordance with 2.2.2;
temperature class T3. .4 equipment and structures provided with light-
2.9.16.3 In paint lockers and spaces mentioned ning protection earthing in accordance with 2.6.6.
under 2.9.16.4, cables (through-runs or terminating
2.10.5 Arrangement and monitoring of antistatic ing components relative to ship's hull. Measurements
earthing. periodicity during the periodic monitoring shall not
2.10.5.1 Where bonding straps are required, they exceed 300 s.
shall be: clearly visible so that any shortcomings can be 2.11.2 In the networks with the voltage 1000 V
clearly detected; designed and sited so that they are and above monitoring of the insulation resistance
protected against mechanical damage and that they are shall be carried out only alive with the use of passive
not affected by high resistivity contamination e.g. monitoring methods (for example, with the use of
corrosive products or paint; easy to install and replace. zero-sequence current transformer).
2.10.5.2 Bonding straps shall be connected to the 2.11.3 Devices for insulation resistance monitor-
non-metallic equipment, e.g. plastic pipes, in a ing in the networks with the voltage up to 1000 V
manner defined by the manufacturer of the equip- shall:
ment. Design of the bonding straps being the be fitted with an indicator showing the insulation
component part of the equipment delivered to the resistance value;
ship shall meet the requirements of relevant Parts of have visible and audible alarm at decrease of
the Rules or the standards approved by the Register. controlled value under the prescribed limit;
2.10.5.3 Resistance of the antistatic earthing shall allow to perform smooth adjustment of alarm
be monitored by portable instruments of any type actuating setting value within the range from 100 to
with control d.c. voltage of not more than 10 V. The 5 kOm. The current setting value shall be indicated;
resistance value measured between the equipment, have an operation speed sufficient for measuring
component, structure being monitored and ship's hull insulation resistance value in the networks with the
shall not exceed 106 Ohm with the area of contact existing capacity level during the measurement cycle
between the measure electrode and the equipment of the device which shall not exceed 30 s;
surface being no more than 20 mm2. produce measuring current not exceeding 0,03A
under all modes (including transient);
provide for the possibility of periodic intactness
2.11 ARRANGEMENTS AND SYSTEMS FOR INSULATION monitoring under operational conditions by means of
RESISTANCE MONITORING earth leakage current through an active resistance
equal to 80 per cent of resistance of the relevant
2.11.1 In each isolated ship power system with the setting actuating.
nominal voltage above 50 V AC or above 110 V DC 2.11.4 Location of devices for insulation resis-
provision shall be made for an automatic continuous tance monitoring shall meet the requirements of
monitoring of insulation resistance of current-carry- 4.6.4.7.
3 MAIN ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE

3.1 COMPOSITION AND CAPACITY OF MAES automatic starting of stand-by generator of
ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE sufficient capacity and its connection to busbars of
the main switchboard within 30 s;
3.1.1 In every ship, a main electric power source automatic re-starting, in the necessary sequence,
shall be provided with a capacity sufficient to supply of essential devices ensuring propulsion, steering and
all the electrical equipment on board under condi- safety of the ship.
tions specified in 3.1.5. Such a source shall consist of 3.1.4 Instead of one independently driven gen-
two independently driven generators at least. erator as mentioned under 3.1.1, a generator driven
In ships of 300 gross tonnage and below (except by the main engine (shaft generator) may be used if it
for passenger ships), accumulator batteries may be complies with 3.2.3 under conditions listed below:
the main power source. .1 the shaft generator operates practically at a
3.1.2 The number and capacity of independently constant speed under different operating conditions
driven generators and electric converters, of which of the ship;
the main electrical power source is composed, shall be .2 provision is made for actuation of the ship's
such that if any of them failed the rest would ensure: propulsion plant in case of failure of any generator
.1 supply to electrical equipment essential for with an independent prime mover.
propulsion, steering and safety of the ship with the The use of shaft generators operating at different
normal habitable conditions on board guaranteed; speeds of main engines and shafts and forming part
.2 start of the most powerful electric motor with of the main electrical power source is subject to
the greatest starting current. The motor start shall special consideration by the Register.
not involve a voltage and frequency drop in the 3.1.5 The number and power output of genera-
mains that could result in a fall out of synchronism, tors forming the main source of electrical power shall
stop of generator engine or disconnection of machin- be determined with regard to the following operating
ery and apparatus being in operation; conditions of the ship:
.3 supply to consumers necessary to start the .1 running conditions;
propulsion plant (refer to 1.2.1, Part VII "Machinery .2 manoeuvring;
Installation") when the ship is de-energized. For this .3 in case of fire, hole in the ship's hull or other
purpose, emergency electrical power source may be conditions affecting the safety of navigation, with the
used if its capacity proper or in association with the main sources of electrical power in operation;
capacity of any other electrical power source would .4 other operating conditions according to ship's
ensure a simultaneous supply of consumers listed under purpose.
9.3.1 to 9.3.3 or under 19.1.2.1 to 19.1.2.3 (refer also to 3.1.6 Where accumulator batteries are the main
2.1.6, Part VII "Machinery Installations"), for this source of electrical power, their capacity shall be
purpose their parallel operation may be provided. sufficient to satisfy the requirements of 3.1.2.1 for
3.1.3 Where the main electrical power source is 8 hours without recharging; provision shall be made
needed to ensure propulsion and steering of the ship, for charging of accumulator batteries from the source
provision shall be made that the power supply to the of electrical power installed on board.
equipment essential for propulsion and steering and 3.1.7 In ships of restricted area of navigation R3
to ensure safety of the ship is maintained continu- (except passenger ships) with a low-power electrical
ously or restored immediately in case of failure of any installation as the main source of electrical power,
generator being in operation. only one generator with an independent prime mover
Along with that, in ships where electrical power is or accumulator batteries may be installed.
normally supplied by two or more generators running
in parallel, provision shall be made for automatic
switching-off of less essential consumers without any 3.2 GENERATOR SETS
overloading of the remaining generators, with reten-
tion of power supply to consumers essential for 3.2.1 General.
propulsion, steering and to ensure safety of the ship. 3.2.1.1 Engines designed for use as generator prime
In ships where electrical power is normally movers
supplied by one generator, in case of its failure and Sectionsshall
2,
comply with the requirements set forth in
3 and 8, Part IX "Machinery", and,
deenergization of the main switchboard, provision additionally, with the requirements of the Chapter.
shall be made for:
3.2.1.2 Electric machine sets shall be designed for 3.2.3.6 For each shaft generator, a de-excitation
continuous duty, with regard to the power reduction device shall be provided at the main distribution board,
during ship's service under conditions specified and measuring instruments as listed under 4.6.4.3.
in 2.1.1.1. 3.2.3.7 When the shaft generator is connected into
3.2.1.3 Under short circuit in the ship's mains the the ship mains, a visual warning signal shall be
generators shall provide for the value of the sustained activated at the navigation bridge indicating that a
short-circuit current sufficient for the operation of change in the mode of main machinery operation might
protective devices. bring about a deviation in the ship main parameters
3.2.1.4 The voltage of generators shall be regulable beyond the limits stipulated by 10.6 and 10.7 of the
within the range specified in 10.6 and 10.7 of the pre- present Part and 2.11.3, Part LX "Machinery".
sent Part, and speed frequency shall be regulable within 3.2.3.8 A generator with an independent prime
the range specified in 2.11.3, Part LX "Machinery". mover may be used in shaft generators with
3.2.2 Load sharing between sets running semiconductor converters as a synchronous conden-
in parallel. ser. In such cases, a disengaging clutch shall be fitted
3.2.2.1 Alternating-current sets intended to run in between the generator and its prime mover.
parallel shall be provided with such a reactive-voltage 3.2.4 Exhaust-heat turbogenerators.
drop compensating system that when the sets run in 3.2.4.1 Exhaust-heat turbogenerators supplying
parallel the reactive load sharing between the generators particular consumers may, subject to special con-
does not differ from a value proportional to their output sideration by the Register, have performance char-
by more than 10 per cent of the rated reactive load of acteristics different from those stated under 3.2.1.4.
the largest generator involved or by not more than 3.2.4.2 The exhaust-heat turbogenerators used for
25 per cent of the rated output of the smallest generator feeding the ship mains shall be designed for parallel
if this value is lower than the above one. operation with generators having an independent prime
3.2.2.2 When the alternating-current sets run in mover. In this case, the distribution of load between the
parallel at 20 to 100 per cent of the total load, load generator sets shall be in accordance with 3.2.2.
sharing shall be within the limits specified in 2.11.3,
Part IX "Machinery".
3.2.3 Shaft generator sets. 3.3 NUMBER AND CAPACITY OF TRANSFORMERS
3.2.3.1 Where shaft generators are used for
feeding the ship mains, automatic connection of one
or more independently driven generators to the ship 3.3.1 In ships, where lighting and other circuits of
mains shall be provided, or an alarm shall be essential services are powered through transformers,
activated in the engine room or at the main not less than two transformers shall be provided of
machinery control room in case the network fre- such a capacity that in case of failure of the largest
quency is below the permissible value. unit, the remaining transformers are capable of
3.2.3.2 Shaft generators intended for supply of satisfying the complete need in electrical power under
particular consumers may, subject to special con- all operating conditions of the ship.
sideration by the Register, operate under parameters, Where subdivided system of busbars is used,
which differ from those specified in 3.2.1.4. transformers shall be connected to different sections
3.2.3.3 Shaft generators and semiconductor of the main switchboards.
transducers (inverters) supplying the ship mains shall In ships of less than 300 gross tonnage (other
not be damaged by short circuits at the main than passenger ships) of restricted areas of navigation
distribution board busbars. In this case, a steady R2, R2-RSN, R2-RSN(4,5), R3-RSN and R3, with the
short-circuit current shall be ensured, sufficient for electrical installation of low power installation of
protection to be activated. only one transformer is allowed.
3.2.3.4 As a minimal requirement, shaft genera-
tors shall be designed for short periods of parallel
running with other types of generator sets so that 3.4 POWER SUPPLY FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE
manual or automatic (if available) switch-over of the OF ELECTRICAL POWER
load is possible.
3.2.3.5 For shaft alternators, automatic devices 3.4.1 If provision is made for ship's mains to be
shall be provided to preclude the current overload of supplied from an external source of electrical power,
their excitation system components when running at a an external supply switchboard shall be installed in
speed below 90 per cent of the nominal speed during the ship (refer also to 4.6.4.6).
more than 5 s. In this case, a proportional voltage For ships with the electrical installation of low
lowering across the generator terminals is permitted. power it is allowed that cables for supply of the ship's
mains from an external source of electrical power 3.5.2 Direct current compound-wound genera-
shall be connected to the main switchboard directly. tors designed for parallel operation shall have
3.4.2 At the external supply switchboard, the equalizing connections.
following facilities shall be provided: 3.5.3 Where alternating-current generators are
.1 terminals for flexible cable connection; intended to operate in parallel, a synchronizer shall
.2 switch gear and protection devices for con- be installed in the main switchboard.
necting and protection of permanently laid cable of Where synchronizing is arranged to operate
the main distribution switchboard; where the cable automatically, a standby manual synchronizer shall
length between the external supply switchboard and be provided by one operator.
the main distribution switchboard is less than 10 m, 3.5.4 Where several direct-current generators are
no protection devices may be fitted; installed, a magnetizing device shall be fitted in the
.3 voltmeter or pilot lamps to indicate the main switchboard.
presence of voltage from an external source across Such device may be also allowed for synchronous
the terminals; alternating-current generators if it is necessary for
.4 device or facilities for connecting a device to initial excitation.
control polarity and phase sequence; 3.5.5 Where the ship's and external sources of
.5 terminal for earthing a neutral wire from an electrical power are not intended to operate in
external source; parallel to the common busbars of the ship's electrical
.6 plate to indicate voltage, type of current and installation, the system of connections shall be so
frequency; interlocked, in this case, as to prevent their possible
.7 arrangement for mechanical fixation of the end switching-on for parallel operation.
of flexible cable connected to the switchboard and a 3.5.6 Where the main source of electrical power is
hanger for the cable, which shall both be provided at necessary for propulsion of the ship, the main busbar
the external supply switchboard or in its vicinity. shall be subdivided into at least two parts, which shall
normally be connected by circuit breakers or other
approved means (e.g. circuit breaker without release
3.5 CONNECTION OF ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY or disconnector). Bolted links between the main
UNITS switchboard sections, by which the busbars can be
split, are not acceptable.
3.5.1 Where the electrical power supply units are So far as it is practicable, the connection of
not adapted for long operation in parallel to feed generating sets and other duplicated equipment shall
common busbars, it is necessary to use a connection be equally divided between the parts.
circuit ensuring their switching-on for parallel opera-
tion for the duration of load transfer from one unit to
another.
4 DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL POWER

4.1 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 4.2 PERMISSIBLE VOLTAGE
4.1.1 The following systems of electrical power 4.2.1 Proceeding from the electrical power
distribution are acceptable: distribution system used, the permissible voltage
.1 for alternating current up to and including across the terminals of power generating sets of
1000 V: electrical power sources with frequencies of 50 and
.1.1 three-phase three-wire insulated system; 60 Hz shall be found under 4.1. Additonal require-
.1.2 three-phase three-wire system with neutral ments for apparatus designed for a voltage in excess
earthed through high-value resistor or reactor (com- of 1000 V shall be found in Section 18.
pensated-resistored neutral); 4.2.2 Permissible voltage across the terminals of
.2 additionally for current up to and including 500 V: sources of electrical power and direct current sources
.2.1 three-phase four-wire insulated system; shall not exceed the values below:
.2.2 three-phase four-wire system with neutral 500 V for power systems;
earthed according to 4.1.1.1.2; 250 V for lighting and heating systems, and
.2.3 single-phase two-wire insulated system; socket outlets.
.2.4 single-phase two-wire system with neutral 4.2.3 Permissible voltage across the terminals of
earthed according to 4.1.1.1.2; alternating-current consumers shall not exceed the
.2.5 single-phase single-wire system with hull values specified in Table 4.2.3.
return for voltage up to 50 V (in ships of less than T a b l e 4.2.3
1600 gross tonnage), except stated in 6.8.4, provided Permissible
that any possible current will not pass directly Nos Consumers voltage, V
through any of the dangerous spaces; 1 Permanently installed power consumers, 1000
.3 for direct current: cooking and heating appliances permanently
.3.1 two-wire insulated system; installed in spaces other than those specified
.3.2 single-wire system with hull return for voltage in item 2
up to 50 V (in ships of less than 1600 gross tonnage), 2 Portable power consumers supplied from 500
except stated in 6.8.4, provided that any possible socket outlets fixed in position when used,
current will not pass directly through any of the heaters in cabins and passenger accommoda-
dangerous spaces. tion (refer to 15.2.5)
Where a hull return system is used, all final circuits 3 Lighting, signalling and internal communi- 250
shall be two-wire and the insulated return wire shall be cation, socket outlets for portable consumers
earthed by connecting to the earthing busbar of the with double or reinforced insulation or
distribution board supplying the circuit, at the place isolated electrically by isolating transformer
accessible for inspection. In this case devices shall be 4 Socket outlets fitted in locations and spaces 50
provided for isolating the earthing busbars from the with increased humidity, and in extra humid
hull to test insulation condition. spaces, and intended for supply of consu-
In ships of 1600 gross tonnage and upwards the mers having no double or reinforced insula-
tion and not isolated electrically
use of local earthed systems is accepted for supplying
the following consumers (provided that any possible
current will not pass directly through any of the 4.2.4 Permissible voltage across the terminals of
dangerous spaces and zones): direct-current consumers shall not exceed the values
.1 electrical (battery) starter systems of internal specified in Table 4.2.4.
combustion engines;
.2 impressed-current cathodic protection systems;
.3 insulation resistance monitoring and measur- 4.3 POWER SUPPLY OF ESSENTIAL SERVICES
ing systems (refer to 4.6.4.7).
The use of other distribution systems is subject to
special consideration by the Register in each case 4.3.1 The following services shall be supplied by
(refer also to 18.2.1 and 19.2.2). separate feeders from the main switchboard busbars:
.1 steering gear electric drives (refer also to 5.5.2);
T a b l e 4.2.4 provided with adequate switching and protective

Nos Consumers
Permissible
voltage, V
devices.
4.3.2 In case one-purpose machinery with electric
1 Permanently installed power consumers 500 drives indicated in 4.3.1 is installed in double or
2 Cooking, heating, etc. appliances 250 greater number, except for specified in 4.3.1.1, 4.3.1.5
3 Lighting, socket outlets1 250
spaces with increased humidity and extra humid spaces,
and 4.3.1.8 at least one of these drives shall be
notices shall be provided at socket outlets with voltage exceeding energized by a separate feeder from the main switch-
the overrating voltage to notify of the use of consumers with board. Electric drives of the rest of such machinery
double or reinforced insulation or those electrically isolated from
overrating voltage.
are allowed to be supplied from section switchboards
or special distribution devices intended for supply of
essential services.
.2 anchor gear electric drives (refer also to 4.3.3); When the collecting busbars in the main switch-
.3 fire pump electric drives; board are subdivided into sections having intersec-
.4 bilge pump electric drives; tional disconnecting devices, the electric drives,
.5 electric drives of sprinkler system compressors section switchboards, special distribution devices or
and pumps equipment to ensure operating of foam boards installed in double or greater number or
generators of high expansion foam system; supplied by two feeders shall be connected to
.6 gyrocompass; different sections of the main switchboard.
.7 refrigerating plant switchboard for cargo holds; 4.3.3 In cargo ships of restricted areas of naviga-
.8 electric drives of exciter sets of propulsion tion R2, R2-RSN, R2-RSN(4,5), R3-RSN and R3, and
plant; in particular cases in ships of unrestricted service and
.9 section main-lighting switchboards; ships of restricted area of navigation Rl, the supply
.10 radio equipment switchboard; feeder of anchor gear may be connected to the
.11 switchboard of navigational equipment; distribution board of cargo winches or to another
.12 navigation light switchboard; distribution board, on special approval of the Register,
.13 section switchboards and distribution gear for provided the boards are supplied directly from the main
supplying other essential services combined on the distribution board and adequate protection is available.
principle of uniformity of their functions; 4.3.4 Final sub-circuits having a current rating in
.14 switchboards of integrated bridge control excess of 16 A shall supply not more than one
console (refer also to 4.5); consumer.
.15 switchboard of automatic fire detection
system;
.16 electric drives of auxiliaries ensuring the 4.4 POWER SUPPLY OF ELECTRICAL (ELECTRONIC)
operation of main machinery; AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
.17 switchboards of electric drives for cargo,
mooring, boat and other gears, ventilation and 4.4.1 Power supply of electrical (electronic)
heating appliances; automation systems shall satisfy the requirements of
.18 control devices of controllable pitch propel Part XV "Automation".
ler; 4.4.2 Power supply of automation devices neces-
.19 charging facilities of starter accumulator sary for starting and operating the emergency diesel
batteries and batteries supplying essential consu- generator shall be taken from a starter battery or
mers; another independent accumulator battery installed in
.20 switchboards of electric drives for closure of the emergency diesel generator space.
watertight doors and devices holding fire doors in
open position and closure of watertight and fire
doors; 4.5 POWER SUPPLY TO INTEGRATED BRIDGE CONTROL
.21 switchboard of refrigerating plant for the low CONSOLE
pressure carbon dioxide extinguishing system;
.22 lighting switchboards for hangars and heli- 4.5.1 When locating in the integrated bridge
copter deck illumination; control console the electrical equipment, navigational
.23 other services not listed above as required by equipment, radio equipment, electrical automatic and
the Register. remote-control equipment for the main and auxiliary
It is permitted to supply services indicated in machinery, such equipment shall be supplied by
4.3.1.4, 4.3.1.10 to 4.3.1.12, 4.3.1.15, 4.3.1.16, separate feeders as required in the present Chapter
4.3.1.18 to 4.3.1.20, from switchgear indicated in and other parts of the Rules.
4.3.1.13 or 4.3.1.14 by separate out-going feeders
It is allowed to feed the equipment specially listed 4.6.1.4 Switchboards intended to be installed in
in 4.3.1 from the switchboards of the integrated places accessible to unauthorized persons shall be
bridge control console, provided the requirements of provided with doors to be opened by means of a special
4.5.2 to 4.5.6 are met (refer to 9.4.3 as well). key, the same for all the switchboards in the ship.
4.5.2 The switchboards of the integrated bridge 4.6.1.5 The design of switchboard doors shall be
control console shall be fed from the main switch- such that with the doors opened access is assured to
board directly or through the transformers by two all parts which require maintenance, and the live
independent feeders connected to different sections of parts located on the doors shall be protected against
the main switchboard busbars, where busbars are inadvertent touching.
subdivided. Opening panels and doors, which are used for
When the emergency generator is provided on mounting electrical control gear and measuring
board the ship, the switchboards of the integrated instruments, shall be securely earthed with at least
bridge control console shall be supplied by one feeder one flexible connection.
from the main switchboard and by one feeder from 4.6.1.6 Handrails shall be fitted to main, emer-
the emergency switchboard. gency and section switchboards and to control panels
4.5.3 In addition, the switchboards of the integrated on their front sides. Switchboards accessible from the
bridge control console shall be independently supplied rear shall be provided with horizontal handrails fitted
by a separate feeder from other source or sources of at the back.
power, if necessary, basing on the requirements for the The materials, which may be used for manufac-
equipment fed from these switchboards. ture of handrails, are insulating material, wood or
4.5.4 The switchboard shall be provided with a earthed metal pipes with insulating covering. See circular 972c
change-over switch for feeders specified in 4.5.2. 4.6.1.7 The generator panels of main switch-
If an automatic change-over switch is used, manual boards shall be illuminated with lighting fixtures
switching of feeders shall be also ensured. In this case, supplied on the generator side before the circuit
provision shall be made for necessary interlocking. breaker of the generator or not less than from two
4.5.5 Each consumer specially listed in 4.3.1 fed different systems of busbars in case these systems are
from the switchboards of the integrated bridge provided according to 3.5.6.
control console shall be supplied by a separate feeder 4.6.1.8 The lighting of the front side of switch-
(refer also to 9.4.3). board panels shall not interfere with instrument
4.5.6 In the integrated bridge, control console a observation or produce a blinding effect.
light signalling device indicating the presence of 4.6.1.9 The design of switchboards, which have
voltage shall be fitted. no space at the rear, shall be such that the access is
ensured to all parts, which require maintenance.
Arrangements shall be provided for doors of
4.6 SWITCHBOARD AND SWITCHGEAR
switchboards to fix them in the open position.
Withdrawable blocks and instruments shall be
fitted with devices to prevent their fall-out in the
4.6.1 Switchboard design and construction. withdrawn position.
4.6.1.1 Frames, front panels and enclosures of 4.6.1.10 Each distribution device designed for voltage
main, emergency, section and distribution switch- over the safe, with switchgear and protective devices and
boards shall be constructed of metal or some other without a voltmeter, shall be furnished with a pilot lamp,
durable non-combustible material. which indicates the presence of voltage on busbars.
Where the aggregate capacity of generators 4.6.2 Busbars and uninsulated conductors.
intended for parallel operation exceeds 100 kW, 4.6.2.1 The maximum permissible temperature for
barriers shall be installed between the generator switchboard busbars and uninsulated conductors at the
sections and adjacent sections for protection against rated load and short-circuit current or at the permissible
the effects of arcs. one-second short-circuit load for copper busbars shall be
4.6.1.2 Switchboards shall be of rigid construc- determined according to national standards.
tion capable of withstanding the mechanical stresses 4.6.2.2 Equalizer busbars shall be designed for at
liable to occur under service conditions or as a result least 50 per cent of the rated current of the largest
of short circuits. generator connected to the main switchboard.
4.6.1.3 Switchboards shall at least be protected from 4.6.2.3 Where the busbar is in contact with or
drip. This protection is not required if the switchboards close to insulated parts, its heat effects shall not cause
shall be located in spaces where the conditions are such under operating or short-circuit conditions a tem-
that no vertically falling drops of liquid can get into the perature rise in excess of that allowable for a given
switchboard (refer also to 4.6.6.2). insulating material.
4.6.2.4 Busbars and uninsulated conductors in for their testing for electrodynamic withstandability
switchboards shall have adequate electrodynamic and and heating while passing of short-circuit current.
thermal strength during short-circuit currents occur- These calculations shall be made at least for the
ring at relevant points in the circuit. following points:
Such electrodynamic loads as occur in busbars on the generator side on the automatic circuit
and uninsulated conductors due to short circuit shall breaker terminals;
be as specified in the relevant national standards. on the main switchboard busbars;
4.6.2.5 Insulators and other parts designed to on the emergency switchboard busbars;
support busbars and uninsulated conductors shall be on the terminals of electric power consumers and
capable of sustaining the loads due to short circuits. busbars of the switchboards supplied directly from
4.6.2.6 The natural frequency of copper tier the main switchboard.
busbars shall be outside the ranges of 40 to 60 Hz For evaluation of protective sensitiveness the
and 90 to 110 Hz for rated frequency of 50 Hz, 50 to calculation shall be made both of maximum and
70 Hz and 110 to 130 Hz for rated frequency of 60 Hz. minimum short-circuit currents at the terminals of
4.6.2.7 Busbars and uninsulated conductors of power consumers.
different polarity shall be marked with the following Calculation of short-circuit current in the circuit
distinguishing colours: from the generator terminals up to the main switch-
.1 red for positive pole; board busbars is made at the outputs of the generator
.2 blue for negative pole; automatic circuit breaker. Short-circuit current at the
.3 black or green and yellow for earth connections; generator terminals is calculated with the availability
.4 light blue for middle wire. of inner short-circuit protection of stator winding
The equalizer connection shall be marked with (for example, differential protection).
white transverse bands in addition to the appropriate The results of short-circuit current calculation
colour as given above. shall contain the list of all the electrical switch
4.6.2.8 Busbars and uninsulated conductors of apparatus fitted and their parameters, as well as the
different phases shall be marked with the following maximum and minimum prospective short-circuit
distinguishing colours: current at the points of their installation.
.1 yellow for phase 1; 4.6.4 Electric switch apparatus and instrumentation.
.2 green for phase 2; 4.6.4.1 Apparatus, measuring and indicating
.3 violet for phase 3; instruments used in connection with generators and
.4 light blue for neutral wire; other large essential installations shall be fitted on the
.5 green and yellow for earth connections. switchboards associated with the appropriate gen-
4.6.2.9 Busbars shall be connected so as to erators and installations.
prevent corrosion in way of connections. This requirement may be dispensed with in the
4.6.3 Calculation of short-circuit currents and case of generators where there is a central control
selection of electrical switch apparatus. console with switch gear and measurements for
4.6.3.1 Short-circuit current shall be calculated on several generators.
the basis of the standards or calculation methods 4.6.4.2 One ammeter and one voltmeter shall be
approved by the Register. provided for each direct-current generator on the
4.6.3.2 In calculations of the maximum and main and emergency switchboards.
minimum short-circuit currents a source of short- 4.6.4.3 The following instruments shall be pro-
circuit current shall contain all generators including vided for each alternating current generator on the
synchronous condensers, which may be connected in main switchboard and for emergency generator on
parallel, and all electric motors running simulta- the emergency switchboard:
neously and able to produce current contribution to .1 an ammeter with a selector switch for current
the short-circuit point1. Calculation is carried out at measurements in each phase;
three-phase "metal" short-circuit. .2 a voltmeter with a selector switch for measur-
Calculation of short-circuit currents shall be ing phase or line voltages;
performed for all electric circuits where electrical .3 a frequency indicator (use of one double
equipment is installed which was selected and frequency indicator is permissible for generators
monitored with regard to permissible short-circuit operating in parallel with change-over to each
current supplied directly from the busbars of the generator);
main switchboard, including busbars of switchboards .4 a wattmeter (for output upwards of 50 kVA);
.5 other instruments as required.
Electrical motors supplied from semiconductor converters 4.6.4.4 In ships having a low-power electrical
do not produce current contribution. installation, in which the generators are not expected
to operate in parallel, one set of instruments as stipulated 4.6.4.10 Wherever possible, switchgear shall be
by 4.6.4.2 and 4.6.4.3 may be installed at the main and installed and connected to busbars in such a way that
emergency switchboards, which would ensure a possibi- none of the movable elements and protective or
lity of taking measurements at each generator installed. control devices associated with switchgear are en-
4.6.4.5 Ammeters shall be installed in the circuits ergized in the open position.
of essential consumers rated at 20 A and over. These 4.6.4.11 When switches with fuses are installed in
ammeters may be installed on the main switchboard outgoing circuits of switchboards, the fuses shall be
or at the control stations. positioned between the busbar and the switch.
It is allowed to install ammeters with selector Other pattern of the fuse installation is subject to
switches but not more than for six consumers. special consideration by the Register.
4.6.4.6 In the main switchboard the feeder 4.6.4.12 Where switchboards are installed on a
energized from the external power source shall be foundation at the floor level, the fuses shall be
provided with: located not lower than 150 mm and not higher than
.1 switchgear and protective devices; 1800 mm from the floor level.
.2 a voltmeter or a pilot lamp; Live open parts of switchboards shall be located at a
.3 means of protection against phase breaking. height of not less than 150 mm above the floor level.
4.6.4.7 A change-over arrangement or a separate 4.6.4.13 Fuses shall be so installed in switch-
device for each network of isolated systems for boards that they are easily accessible and the fuse link
measuring and indicating insulation resistance shall be replacement is not dangerous for the operating
installed on the main and emergency switchboards. personnel.
In any case, the hull leakage current due to the ope- 4.6.4.14 The fuses protecting the poles or phases
ration of the measuring device shall not exceed 30 mA. of the same circuit shall be installed in a row,
Provision shall be made for audible and visual horizontally or vertically depending on the fuse
alarms to warn of inadmissible decrease in the design. The fuses in an a.c. circuit shall be positioned
insulation resistance. to follow the sequence of phases from left to right or
In ships with unattended machinery spaces this from top to bottom.
signalling shall be also provided at the ship's main In a d.c. circuit the positive-pole fuse shall be on
machinery control room. the left, at top, or closer to reach.
4.6.4.8 Measuring instruments shall have scales 4.6.4.15 The manual actuators of voltage regula-
with a margin of divisions in excess of the rated tors installed in main or emergency switchboards
values of quantities to be measured. shall be positioned close to the measuring instru-
The upper scale limits of the instruments used ments associated with the respective generators.
shall not be less than: 4.6.4.16 The ammeters of direct current com-
.1 for voltmeters 120 per cent of the rated pound generators intended for operation in parallel
voltage; shall be included in the hole circuit not connected to
.2 for ammeters associated with generators not the common wire.
operating in parallel and with current consumers 4.6.4.17 For connecting portable and semi-
130 per cent of the rated current; portable instruments, flexible-stranded conductors
.3 for ammeters associated with parallel-operat- shall be used.
ing generators 130 per cent of the rated current for 4.6.4.18 Switch electrical apparatus controls,
load-current scale and 15 per cent of the rated current panels and outgoing circuits on the switchboards
for reverse-current scale (the latter refers only to shall have their designations marked. The apparatus
direct-current generators); switching positions shall be also indicated. Besides,
.4 for wattmeters associated with generators not markings shall be provided to indicate the rated
operating in parallel 130 per cent of the rated currents of the installed safety devices and switches,
output; settings of circuit breakers and electrothermal trips.
.5 for wattmeters associated with generators 4.6.4.19 Each outgoing circuit in a switchboard
opera-ting in parallel 130 per cent for power scale shall be provided with an appropriate circuit breaker
and 15 per cent for reverse power scale; to disconnect all poles and phases. Switches or circuit
.6 for frequency indicator +10 per cent of the breakers may be dispensed with in lighting branch
rated frequency. boxes provided with a common switch and also in the
The specified scale limits may be changed subject circuits of instruments inter-locking devices, alarms
to special consideration by the Register. and local lighting of switchboards protected by fuses.
4.6.4.9 Voltage, current and power ratings of electric 4.6.5 Light signals.
power plant and generators shall be clearly indicated on 4.6.5.1 Light signals shall be of the colour
the scales of electrical measuring instruments. specified in Table 4.6.5.1.
T a b l e 4.6.5.1
Colour General meaning Type of signal Condition of device
Red Danger Blinking Alarm in dangerous conditions where immediate action is necessary
Permanent Alarm in dangerous conditions,detected, but not yet rectified
Yellow Attention Blinking Abnormal conditions where immediate action is not required
Permanent Intermediate condition between abnormality and safety
Abnormal condition already detected, but not yet rectified
Green Safety Blinking Standby machinery is put into operation
Permanent Rated conditions of running and operation
Blue Information Permanent Machinery and gear are ready to be started
Voltage in mains. Everything is in order
White General information Permanent Signals switched on when necessary
Notations relating to automatic control conditions
Other auxiliary signals
4.6.5.2 The use of letters as light signals is and similar equipment forming the essential part of
acceptable on condition that letters clearly identify the system supplying these services shall be also
the condition of device. positioned in the same space as generating sets.
4.6.6 Arrangement of distribution gear. 4.6.7 Access to switchboards.
4.6.6.1 The switchboards shall be placed in 4.6.7.1 In front of the switchboard, a passageway
locations where the possible concentration of gases, shall be provided not less than 800 mm wide for
water vapours, dust and acid evaporations is elimi- switchboards up to 3 m long, and not less than
nated. 1000 mm wide for switchboards 3 m long and over.
4.6.6.2 If the switchboard having protective In ships of less than 500 gross tonnage, the width
enclosure of IP10 type and below is located in a of the passageway may be reduced to 600 mm.
special space, cabinet or recess, then such spaces shall 4.6.7.2 Behind the free standing switchboards, it is
be made of non-combustible material or shall have a necessary to provide a passageway not less than 600 mm
lining of such material. wide for switch boards up to 3 m in length and not less
4.6.6.3 Arrangement of pipelines and tanks near than 800 mm wide, for longer switchboards.
the switchboards shall conform to the requirements Between the free standing switchboards with
of 5.5, Part VIII "Systems and Piping". open live parts located in special electrical spaces a
4.6.6.4 The navigation lights switchboard shall be passageway shall not be less than 1000 mm wide.
located in the wheelhouse where it is readily 4.6.7.3 The space behind the free standing
accessible and visible to the personnel on watch. switchboards with open live parts shall be enclosed
4.6.6.5 The main switchboard and generating sets and fitted with doors in accordance with 2.8.1.
shall be positioned in close proximity to each other, in 4.6.7.4 For switchboards more than 3 m in length
the same engine room and within the boundaries of the mentioned in 4.6.7.3 at least two doors shall be
same "A-60" class vertical and horizontal fire-resistant provided leading from the space where the switchboard
constructions. The enclosure situated within the main is installed to the space behind the switchboard. These
boundaries of machinery space, provided for the main doors shall be as widely spaced as possible.
machinery control room where the main switchboard is It is allowed that one of these doors shall lead to
positioned, is not considered as separating the main the adjacent space having at least another exit.
switchboard from the generating sets. 4.6.7.5 Passageways specified in 4.6.7.1 and
Where essential services for stearing and propul- 4.6.7.2 are measured from the most protruding parts
sion of ship are supplied from section switchboards of apparatus and structure of the switchboard to the
these switchboards and any transformers, converters protruding parts of equipment or hull structures.
5 ELECTRIC DRIVES FOR SHIPBOARD MECHANISMS AND EQUIPMENT

5.1 GENERAL ensure disconnection of the electric drive from the
power supply.
These push-buttons and/or other safety isolation
5.1.1 The control stations of the drives shall meet devices shall be suitably protected against inadvertent
the relevant requirements of Part VII "Machinery actuation.
Installations", while the power supply of electrical 5.3.2 Push-buttons or other safety isolation
(electronic) automation systems shall meet the devices shall be located near the control stations or
requirements specified in Part XV "Automation". in other places with a view to ensure safety of
5.1.2 Electrically-driven mechanisms shall be operation.
provided with light signals to indicate switching-on 5.3.3 Electric drives of arrangements and ma-
of the electric drive. chinery which require restriction of motion to prevent
5.1.3 Equipment provided with automatic, re- damage or break-down shall be provided with
mote and local control shall be so designed that the terminal switches to ensure reliable isolation of the
automatic control is switched off as well as the electric motor.
remote control when the change-over to the local
control occurs. The local control shall be independent
both of the automatic and remote control. 5.4 SWITCHGEAR AND CONTROL GEAR
5.2 INTERLOCKING OF MACHINERY OPERATION

5.4.1 The switchgear in the circuits of electric
drives, which in itself does not provide for short-
circuit protection shall withstand the short-circuit
5.2.1 The machinery provided with electric and current that may flow at the point of its installation
manual drives shall be fitted with an interlocking during the time required for operation of a special
device that will prevent simultaneous operation of the protection device.
drives. 5.4.2 Starting of the engine shall be possible only
5.2.2 If the machinery is required to operate in a from the zero position of the control gear.
certain sequence, appropriate interlocking devices 5.4.3 A discharge protection device shall be
shall be used. provided for the control gear that permits isolation
5.2.3 A device may be installed that will switch of the shunt-field windings.
off the interlocking on condition that this device is 5.4.4 For directly started alternating-current
protected from switching off the interlocking inad- electric motors, the requirements of 3.1.2.2 and
vertently. Informative inscription shall be placed in 16.8.3.3 shall be taken into consideration.
close proximity to this device that will indicate its 5.4.5 For each electric motor rated at 0,5 kW and
application and forbid its use by unauthorized more and its control gear, provision shall be made for
personnel. fitting a device to isolate the power supply. If the
Such a device is not permitted for machinery control gear is mounted on the main switchboard or on
specified in 5.2.1. any other switchboard in the same compartment and its
5.2.4 Starting of the machinery, which electric visibility is ensured from the place of installation of the
motors or switchgear require additional ventilation in electric motor, then for this purpose it is permitted to
normal operation, shall be possible only with use a switch mounted on the switchboard.
ventilation in action. If the requirements in respect of location of
machine control gear stated above are not met, the
following shall be provided:
5.3 SAFETY ISOLATION DEVICES
.1 a device interlocking the switch on the switch-
board in the "off position; or
.2 an additional disconnecting switch near the
5.3.1 Control systems of mechanisms, which electric motor; or
operation under certain conditions may endanger .3 fuses in each pole or phase of the control gear
human or ships safety, shall be provided with push- arranged in such a manner that they could be readily
buttons or other safety isolation devices that will removed or replaced by the personnel.
5.5 ELECTRIC DRIVES AND CONTROL OF STEERING 5.5.8 The electric or electrohydraulic drive of a
GEAR steering gear shall ensure:
.1 putting the rudder from hard over to hard over
5.5.1 In addition to the requirements of 6.2, within the time and angle stated in 6.2.2, Part IX
Part LX "Machinery" and 2.9, Part III "Equipment, "Machinery";
Arrangements and Outfit", steering gear shall comply .2 putting the rudder continuously from hard
with the requirements of the present Part of the Rules. over to hard over during 30 min for each set at the
5.5.2 Main electric or electro-hydraulic steering maximum service speed ahead corresponding to the
gear comprising one or more power units shall be draught at which the rudder is fully immersed (refer
supplied by two separate feeders laid directly from also to 2.9.2 and 2.9.3, Part III "Equipment,
the main switchboard in two different runs (refer also Arrangements and Outfit");
to 16.8.4.12). One of these feeders may be supplied .3 continuous operation during one hour at the
through the emergency switchboard. maximum service speed ahead with putting the
When the collecting busbars in the main switch- rudder over through an angle so as to ensure
board are subdivided, each feeder shall be supplied 350 puttings over per hour;
from different sections (refer also to 4.3.2). .4 possible stalling of the electric motor in "on"
In case the auxiliary electric or electro-hydraulic position for one minute from hot state (only for
steering gear is provided according to 2.9, Part III rudders fitted with the direct electric drive);
"Equipment, Arrangements and Outfit", it may be .5 sufficient strength of electric drive in the
sup-plied from the feeders of the main electric presence of mechanical forces arising at maximum
steering gear. speed astern.
5.5.3 Each feeder shall be selected so as to supply It is recommended that a possibility shall be
all the electric motors, which are normally connected provided for putting the rudder over at the average
thereto and operate simultaneously. speed astern.
5.5.4 If a change-over arrangement is provided to 5.5.9 Starting and stopping of the steering gear
supply any electric motor or a combination of motors electric motors, other than electric motors of rudders
from one or the other feeders, such feeders shall be with direct electric drive, shall be effected from the
designed for operation under the most severe loads, steering room and from the wheelhouse.
and the change-over arrangement shall be installed in 5.5.10 The starting devices shall ensure automatic
the steering gear compartment. restarting of electric motors as soon as the voltage is
5.5.5 In case a steering gear power unit becomes restored after a discontinuity in power supply.
inoperative, another unit required by 2.9.4, Part III 5.5.11 Visual and audible alarm shall be initiated
"Equipment, Arrangements and Outfit" shall be on the navigation bridge in case of:
actuated manually from the bridge control station. .1 power supply failure of each power unit, the
Provision may be made for an additional automatic control system, as well as the earth faults;
actuation of the power unit. .2 short circuit, broken connections, earth faults
5.5.6 In every ship provided with steering gear in command and feedback loops;
according to 2.9.6, Part III "Equipment, Arrange- .3 data communication errors, computer hard-
ments and Outfit" in the event of failure of the main ware and software failures (if programmable electro-
source of electric power of the steering gear power nic systems are used);
unit provision shall be made for automatic connec- .4 low oil level in any tank of the hydraulic system;
tion within 45 s to the emergency source of electrical .5 hydraulic locking;
power or an other independent source located in the .6 critical deviations between rudder order and
steering gear compartment and intended only for this response unless rudder's actual position reaching the
purpose. set value position within acceptable time limits for
For ships of 10000 gross tonnage and over the feedback control systems (eg, for the follow-up
power of this source shall be sufficient for continuous control system and autopilot). The alarm may be
supply of the steering gear, associated control system actuated with mechanic, hydraulic or electric failures.
and rudder angle indicators within at least 30 min Besides, means shall be provided to indicate
and for all other ships, within at least 10 min. operation of electric motors of the steering gear
5.5.7 The operating conditions for the electric power units.
motors of the drives for the active means of the ship's 5.5.12 Failures, including those specified in
steering shall conform to the conditions prescribed 5.5.11, that can cause uncontrolled movement of
for the entire gear, but the motors shall at least satisfy the rudder blade shall be clearly identified. In case of
the short-term operating conditions during not less the failures identification the rudder blade shall be
than 30 min. fixed in the current position.
5.5.13 The following visual and audible alarm shall switching on of the push-button located to the right
be provided at the main machinery control room: causes the rudder blade to move rightward, while the
.1 loss of voltage, phase break-off; button to the left its motion leftward.
.2 power supply circuit overload of each power
unit;
.3 low oil level in any tank of the hydraulic 5.6 ELECTRIC DRIVES OF ANCHOR
system. AND MOORING MACHINERY
Besides, means shall be provided to indicate
operation of electric motors of the steering gear 5.6.1 In addition to the requirements of 6.3 and
power units. 6.4, Part IX "Machinery", the drives of windlasses,
5.5.14 The steering gear control systems specified anchor and mooring capstans and mooring winches
in 2.9.13 and 2.9.14, Part III "Equipment, Arrange- shall comply with this Part of the Rules.
ments and Outfit" shall be supplied by separate 5.6.2 Electric drives of anchor and mooring
feeders laid in different runs from the power circuits machinery shall ensure possible stalling. Duration
of the steering gear in the steering gear compartment of stalling shall be limited by the activating time of
or directly from the busbars of the switchboard overload protection or winding temperature protec-
serving these power circuits. tion, but not exceeding 30 s for anchor machinery
5.5.15 In the steering gear compartment means and 15 s for mooring machinery.
shall be provided for disconnecting any bridge 5.6.3 In anchor and mooring capstans and
control system from the steering gear it serves. mooring winches at the speed steps intended only
5.5.16 Each remote control system specified in for mooring operations provision shall be made for
2.9.13 and 2.9.14, Part III "Equipment, Arrange- overload protection of the electric motor.
ments and Outfit" shall have its own independent 5.6.4 The supply of electric drives of anchor
circuit, including all electrical components, for capstans shall be effected in conformity with 4.3.1
transmission of orders to the steering gear actuator and 4.3.3.
and shall be so arranged that a mechanical or
electrical failure in one of them will not render the
other one inoperative. Wires, terminals and the 5.7 ELECTRIC DRIVES OF PUMPS
components for duplicated steering gear control
systems installed in units, control boxes, switch- 5.7.1 The electric motors of fuel and oil transfer
boards or bridge consoles, as well as circuits of pumps and separators as well as of organic coolant
common switching units of control systems, shall be circulation pumps shall be provided with remote
separated as far as practicable or separated by means disconnecting switches located outside the space
of a fire retardant plate. wherein these pumps are placed and outside the
5.5.17 In the case of double follow-up control, the machinery casings, but in close vicinity of the exits
amplifiers shall be electrically and mechanically sepa- from these spaces.
rated. In the case of non-follow-up control and follow- 5.7.2 The electric motors of the pumps transfer-
up control, it shall be ensured that the follow-up ring the liquids overboard through the drain holes
amplifiers are protected selectively. Therewith, selectiv- above the lightest waterline at locations where
ity of protection devices actuation shall be ensured. lifeboats or liferafts are lowered shall be provided
5.5.18 Where additional control systems are with disconnecting switches located near the control
provided, their control circuits shall be designed for stations of the driving machinery for lowering the
all-pole disconnection. relevant boats or rafts.
5.5.19 Feed-back units and limit switches for the 5.7.3 The electric motors of emergency fire
steering gear control systems shall be separated pumps and submersible bilge pumps shall be pro-
electrically and mechanically connected to the rudder vided with remote starting devices located above the
stock or actuator separately. bulkhead deck (refer to 3.2.3.9, Part VI "Fire
5.5.20 Any of the most probable failures (loss of Protection").
power or failure in feedback control systems) shall A remote starting device shall be provided with a
not result in the complete loss of steering capability. light signal indicating the "on" condition of the
5.5.21 The direction of rotation of the rudder electric drive.
wheel or the direction of motion of the control gear 5.7.4 Disconnecting switches of electric drives
handle shall agree with the direction of putting the specified in 5.7.1 shall be located in conspicuous
rudder over. positions covered with glass and provided with
In the push-button control system, the push- explanatory inscriptions. The disconnecting switches
buttons shall be arranged in such a manner that the shall de-energize feeders of those electric drives.
5.7.5 Local starting of fire and bilge pumps shall 5.9.2 The winch electric drive controls shall be
be possible even in case of failure of their remote provided with self-return to the "stop" position.
control circuits, including protection equipment. 5.9.3 A switch in power circuit of the electric motor
5.7.6 The electric motors of oily and sewage water shall be installed near the boat winch control station.
transfer and discharge pumps shall be provided with
remote cut-off arrangements located in the vicinity of
discharge manifolds, provided no telephone or radio 5.10 ELECTRIC DRIVES OF WATERTIGHT
communication is available between the discharge AND KIRK DOORS
observation position and discharge control position.
5.10.1 The electric drives of watertight doors
shall meet the requirements of 7.12, Part III "Equip-
5.8 ELECTRIC DRIVES OF FANS
ment, Arrangements and Outfit".
5.10.2 Power supply of electric drives and
indicators of position and closure of the watertight
5.8.1 The electric motors of ventilation fans in doors shall be taken from the main, emergency and
machinery spaces shall be provided with at least two emergency intermediate sources of electrical power in
disconnecting switches, one of which shall be located accordance with 4.3.1, 9.3 and 19.1.2.
outside these spaces and their casings, but in close 5.10.3 As far as practicable, electrical equipment
vicinity of the exits from these spaces. It is recom- and components for watertight doors shall be
mended that these disconnecting switches be positioned situated above the bulkhead deck and outside
together with similar switches referred to in 5.7.1. dangerous areas and spaces.
5.8.2 The electric motors of ventilation fans of 5.10.4 Suitable protection from water penetration
cargo holds and galley fans shall be provided with shall be provided for the enclosures of the following
disconnecting switches at locations readily accessible electrical equipment positioned perforce below the
from the main deck, but outside the machinery casings. bulkhead deck:
Electric motors of exhaust ventilation from galley .1 electric motors and control equipment circuits
ranges shall be provided with a disconnecting switch related thereto IPX7;
located inside the galley, regardless of the number of .2 door position indicator sensors and circuit
disconnecting switches. elements related thereto IPX8;
5.8.3 The electric motors for general shipboard .3 door movement audible alarm elements
ventilation shall have at least two switches for remote IPX6.
disconnection of the motors, one of the switches 5.10.5 Electric power, control, indication and
being fitted in the wheelhouse and the other alarm circuits shall be protected against fault in such
accessible from the open deck. a way that a failure in one door circuit will not cause
For ships with electrical installation of low power a failure in any other door circuit. Short circuits or
(other than passenger ships) it is permitted to use one other faults in the alarm or indicator circuits of a
disconnecting switch located in the wheelhouse or in door shall not result in a damage in the electric power
a position readily accessible from the main deck. and control circuits. Arrangements shall be such that
See circular 972c 5.8.4 The electric motors of fans in the spaces pro- leakage of water into the electrical equipment located
tected by a smothering system shall be provided with a below the bulkhead deck will not cause the door to
disconnecting switch operating automatically when fire open.
extinguishing medium is discharged into the space. 5.10.6 A single failure in the power operating or
5.8.5 The disconnecting switches of the electric control circuits of a sliding watertight door shall not
motors of fans listed in 5.8.1 to 5.8.3 shall be so result in a closed door opening. Availability of the
grouped on board the ship that all these electric power supply shall be continuously monitored in the
motors could be stopped from not more than three immediate vicinity of each of the motors required by
positions. The disconnecting switches shall 7.12.5.7, Part III "Equipment, Arrangements, and
de-energize feeders of those electric motors of fans. Outfit". Loss of power supply in the power operating
and control circuits shall activate an audible and
visual alarm in the main machinery control room and
5.9 ELECTRIC DRIVES OF BOAT WINCHES
at the navigation bridge.
5.10.7 The electric drives of devices for holding
5.9.1 The electric drives of boat winches shall the fire doors in the open position (refer to 2.1.3.4,
comply with the requirements of 6.20, Part II "Life- Part VI "Fire Protection") shall:
Saving Appliances" of the Rules for the Equipment .1 be supplied from the main and emergency
of Sea-Going Ships. sources of electrical power;
.2 be remotely controlled from the wheelhouse units of boilers and incinerators shall be automati-
for closing the doors individually, in groups or all cally shut off when the said system is activated.
doors simultaneously;
.3 automatically close all the doors simulta-
neously in case of the supply voltage loss; 5.12 ELECTRIC DRIVES OF DEWATERING
.4 be so designed that any damage in the ARRANGEMENTS OF FORWARD SPACES OF BULK
mechanism of closing any door could not render CARRIERS
inoperative the systems of supply and operation of
other doors. 5.12.1 In addition to the requirements of 7.9.2 and
7.9.3, Part VIII "Systems and Piping", electric drives of
dewatering arrangements of forward spaces of bulk
5.11 ELECTRIC DRIVES FOR Oil BURNER UNITS carriers shall meet the requirements of the present Part.
OF BOILERS AND INCINERATORS 5.12.2 Positive indication shall be provided at the
navigation bridge or other station complying with the
5.11.1 Electric drives for oil burner units of requirements of 7.9.2, Part VIII "Systems and
boilers and incinerators shall be provided with Piping" to show that the valve is fully open or closed.
remote shut off devices located outside the spaces 5.12.3 The enclosures of electrical equipment for
where they are installed (refer also to 5.3.8, Part X the dewatering system installed in any of the forward
"Boilers, Heat Exchangers and Pressure Vessels" and dry spaces shall provide protection to not lower than
4.3.6, 4.10.3.4 and 6.2.3, Part XV "Automation"). IPX8 standard for a water head equal to the height of
5.11.2 Where the spaces in which the incinerators the space in which the electrical equipment is installed
and boilers are installed are protected by aerosol fire- for a time duration of at least 24 h.
extinguishing system, the electric drives for oil burner
6 LIGHTING
6.1 GENERAL
The number of lighting fixtures supplied by final
6.1.1 In all ship's spaces, places and zones where lighting circuits shall not exceed that specified in
the illumination is essential for safety of navigation, Table 6.2.2. Cabin fans and other appliances may be
control of machinery and gear, habitability and supplied by final lighting circuits.
evacuation of passengers and crew, pilot embarka- T a b l e 6.2.2
tion and disembarkation stationary main lighting Voltage, V Maximum number of lighting fixtures
fixtures shall be provided, which are supplied from Up to 50 10
the main source of electrical power.
The list of spaces, places and zones where the 51 to 120 14
121 to 250 24
emergency lighting fixtures shall be installed in addition See circular 972c
to the main ones is given in 9.3.1.1 and 19.1.2.1.1. 6.2.3 Lighting of corridors, machinery spaces,
6.1.2 Lighting fixtures installed in spaces and zones propeller shaft tunnels, boiler water-level indicators
where mechanical damage is possible to the glass hoods shall be supplied by not less than two independent
shall be provided with protection gratings. feeders, with the lighting fixtures arranged in such a
6.1.3 Lighting fixtures shall be installed in such a manner that even in case of failure of either feeder, as
manner as to prevent heating of cables and adjacent uniform lighting as possible is ensured. These feeders
materials up to a temperature exceeding the permis- shall be supplied from different distribution boards,
sible level. which in case of application of the lighting sub-
6.1.4 In spaces or spaces illuminated with divided busbars in the main switchboard, shall be
luminescent lamps where visible rotating parts of supplied from different busbar sections.
machinery are located, all measures shall be taken to For cargo ships with the electrical installation of
prevent stroboscopic effect. low power it is allowed that lighting of the above
6.1.5 External-illumination lighting fixtures shall spaces, except for machinery spaces, be supplied by
be so installed that no light interference with ship's one feeder from the distribution board or from the
navigation could occur. main switchboard directly.
6.1.6 In spaces and zones illuminated with 6.2.4 Local lighting fixtures in accommodation
discharge lamps, which do not ensure continuity of spaces, as well as socket outlets shall take power from
burning at voltage variations according to 2.1.3, the lighting switchboard by a separate feeder, other than
provision shall be also made for lighting fixtures with that intended for supplying the common lighting fixtures.
incandescent lamps. 6.2.5 If the ship is divided into main fire zones, then
6.1.7 Battery and other dangerous compartments lighting of each zone shall be supplied by two feeders
shall be illuminated with lighting fixtures located in supplying the lighting circuits in other fire zones.
adjacent safe spaces through gastight windows, or The lighting feeders shall be installed, as far as
with safe-type lighting fixtures located inside the possible, in such a manner that a fire in one zone
compartment (refer also to 2.9). cannot damage the feeders supplying the lighting
circuits in other zones.
In case of application of the lighting subdivided
6.2 POWER SUPPLY OF MAES LIGHTESG ELECTRIC busbars in the main switchboard, these feeders shall
CIRCUITS be supplied from different busbar sections.
6.2.6 The main lighting circuits shall be so
6.2.1 The switchboards of the main lighting shall arranged that fire or any other casualty in the spaces
be supplied by separate feeders. The main lighting accommoda-ting the main sources of power and/or
switchboards may supply the electric drives of non- main lighting transformers, if any, will not cause
essential services rated up to 0,25 kW and individual failure to the emergency lighting.
cabin heaters rated up to 10 A. 6.2.7 Permanently installed lighting fixtures in holds
6.2.2 The protective devices of final lighting shall take power supply from a special switchboard.
circuits shall be set to operate at a current rating Apart from the switchgear and protective devices, this
not exceeding 16 A, the total load current of the switchboard shall be provided with light signals to
consumers connected shall not exceed 80 per cent of indicate switching-on of each individual lighting circuit.
the current setting of the protective device. For ships with low power electrical installations the
lighting fixtures in holds may be supplied from the
switchboard located in the wheelhouse; in this case, 6.4.5 In emergency lighting circuits local switches
visual alarm is required on voltage availability in the shall not be used.
power supply circuit of lighting fixtures in holds. The use of local switches is permitted in circuits
of such emergency lighting fixtures, which under
normal conditions serve as the main lighting fixtures.
6.3 EMERGENCY LIGHTING A switch shall be provided for emergency lighting
in the wheelhouse.
6.3.1 The illumination obtained from the emer- Emergency lighting fixtures of embarkation
gency lighting fixtures in separate spaces, locations and stations, which under normal conditions serve as
zones listed in 9.3.1.1 and 19.1.2.1.1 shall at least be main lighting fixtures shall switch on automatically if
equal to 10 per cent of the general illumination the ship is de-energized.
obtained from the main lighting fixtures (refer to 6.7).
It is permitted that the illumination from the emergency
lighting fixtures in the machinery space is equal to 5 per 6.5 GAS DISCHARGE LAMP INSTALLATIONS
cent of the main illumination if the socket outlets fed
from the emergency lighting circuit are provided.
The illumination shall be sufficient to easily find one's 6.5.1 Reactors and capacitors of gas discharge
way to the means of escape (or shall be equal to 0,5 lx). lamp installations shall be protected by securely
6.3.2 To obtain the illumination required in 6.3.1, earthed metal enclosures.
the emergency lighting fixtures with incandescent 6.5.2 Capacitors of 0,5 |j,F and over shall be fitted
lamps may be combined with luminescent lamps. with discharging devices. The discharging device shall
6.3.3 The main lighting fixtures are permitted for be so designed that the voltage of the capacitor does
use as emergency lighting fixtures if they may be also not exceed 50 V in 1 min after disconnection from
fed from the emergency sources of electrical power. supply.
6.3.4 The emergency lighting circuit shall be so 6.5.3 Reactors and transformers having a high
arranged that in case of a fire or other casualty in the inductive reactance shall be installed as close as
spaces containing the emergency sources of electrical possible to the lighting fixture they serve.
power and/or emergency lighting transformers the 6.5.4 Gas discharge lamp installations supplied at
system of the main lighting will not fail. over 250 V shall be provided with warning notices
6.3.5 For emergency lighting use could be made giving the voltage rating. All live parts of such
of the stationary lighting fixtures with built-in installations shall be suitably protected.
accumulators, automatic recharging from the main
lighting circuit.
6.3.6 Emergency lighting fixtures or a combined 6.6 SOCKET OUTLETS
lamp shall be marked in red in visible parts.
6.6.1 Socket outlets for portable lighting fixtures
6.4 SWITCHES IN LIGHTING CIRCUITS shall be installed at least:
on deck near the windlass;
6.4.1 Two-pole switches shall be used in all in the gyrocompass room;
lighting circuits. in the radio equipment converter room;
In dry accommodation and service spaces it is in the steering gear compartment;
allowed to use single-pole switches in circuits discon- in the emergency generator set compartment;
necting individual lighting fixtures or groups of lighting in the machinery spaces;
fixtures rated at not more than 6 A and also in lighting behind the main switchboard;
fixture circuits designed for safety voltage. in special electrical spaces;
6.4.2 For permanently installed external-illumi- in the propeller shaft tunnel;
nation lighting fixtures, provision shall be made for in the wheelhouse;
switching off all the lighting fixtures from the in the radioroom;
wheelhouse or from any other permanently watched in the vicinity of winches;
station on the upper deck. in the vicinity of the log and echo-sounder trunk
6.4.3 The switches of lighting circuits of the fire or recess;
extinction stations shall be located outside these spaces. in spaces where centralized ventilation and air
6.4.4 The lighting switches behind free-standing conditioning installations are located.
switchboards shall be installed near each access door 6.6.2 Socket outlets fed with different voltages
behind the switchboard. shall be so designed as to prevent insertion of a plug
intended for one voltage into a socket intended for sidelights and sternlight, and in towing, pushing,
higher voltage. fishing, pilot vessels, vessels restricted in ability to
6.6.3 Socket outlets for portable lighting and manoeuvre and air-cushion vehicles it shall supply
other electric appliances installed on the open decks also permanently mounted lights listed in Table 2.4.1,
shall be mounted with their face looking downward. Part III "Signal Means" of the Rules for the
6.6.4 Socket outlets shall not be fitted in Equipment of Sea-Going Ships, and additional
machinery spaces below the plating, in enclosed fuel masthead and stern lights listed in Table 5.2.1 of
and oil separator rooms or where approved safety- the said Part of the Rules.
type equipment is required. 6.8.2 The navigation lights switchboard shall be
supplied by two feeders:
.1 one feeder from the main switchboard through
6.7 ILLUMINATION
the emergency switchboard;
.2 the second feeder from the nearest distribution
board, which is not supplied from the emergency
6.7.1 The illumination of particular spaces and switchboard.
zones shall not be below that specified in Table 6.7.1. It is permitted to install the navigation lights
This requirement is not applicable to ships provided control devices in the integrated bridge control console
with lighting circuits supplied at a voltage below 30 V. and taking the power in accordance with 4.5.2.
The general lighting standards stated in Ta- Where the main source of power of the ship is an
ble 6.7.1 refer to a level of 800 mm above the deck accumulator battery and the main switchboard is
(flooring) of the space, while the standards of general installed in the wheelhouse, the navigation lights may
plus local lighting, to the level of working surfaces. be controlled directly from the main switchboard.
6.8.3 Navigation lights shall be connected to
power supply by a flexible cable with a plug
6.8 NAVIGATION LIGHTS connector. On board ships where double lights are
installed they may be connected to power supply by a
6.8.1 The navigation lights switchboard shall cable without a plug connector.
supply by separate feeders the masthead lights,
T a b l e 6.7.1
Illumination, lux
Nos Spaces and surfaces
Luminescent lighting Incandescent lighting/LED lamps
general+local general general+local general
1 Radio communica- At the predetermined level above the deck 100
tion station Operator tables in radio communication station 200
2 Chartroom At the predetermined level above the deck 100 50
Chart tables 150 150
3 Wheelhouse At the predetermined level above the deck 75 50
4 Machinery spaces, At the predetermined level above the deck plating 75 75
spaces for switch- Surfaces of switchgear and control desks 200 100 150 75
boards, manoeuvring Main engine controls 150 100 150 75
and control stations Passageways between boilers, machinery, 75 30
and panels, spaces for ladders, platforms, etc.
automation facilities In front of boilers 100 75 75 75
and gyrocompasses
5 Battery compartment At the predetermined level above the deck 75 50
6 Propeller shaft tunnels, At the predetermined level above the deck 50 20
log, echo sounder Surfaces of shaft bearings and connection
trunks, chain lockers flanges, etc. 75 50
7 P a s s a g e w a y s on At the predetermined level above the deck 50 20
decks, gangways
and lifeboat and life-
raft positions
8 Overboard spaces in Near the load waterline 5
way of lifeboat and
liferafts launching
6.8.4 The power supply of navigation lights shall indication of the elevated structures within the
be of two-wire system with a double-pole switch for landing area.
each circuit to be installed in the navigation light 6.9.1.2 Lights used for this purpose shall be
switchboard. protected to not lower than level IP56 and shall
6.8.5 Each navigation light power supply circuit
function reliably under environmental effects men-
shall be provided with protection in both wires and tioned in Section 2.
with indication of the navigation light switching in 6.9.1.3 All lighting and illumination means as
compliance with the requirements of 4.1.4, Part III well as other electrical equipment within helicopter
"Signal Means" of the Rules for the Equipment of refuelling stations and hangars shall be of certified
Sea-Going Ships. safe type and designed to not lower than the
The indication device of the navigation light temperature class T3 and subgroup IIA.
switching shall be so designed and installed that its 6.9.1.4 In respect to their lighting characteristics
failure does not cause the navigation light disconnec-
and arrangement, the lights shall meet the require-
tion. ments of ICAO (International Civil Aviation Orga-
The voltage drop at the distribution board nization) which shall be confirmed by the appropriate
supplying navigation lights including the system of conclusion or by a Certificate of the Civil Aviation
indicating the lights operation shall not exceed competent body.
5 per cent at rated voltage up to 30 V and 6.9.1.5 The lighting and illumination means
3 per cent at rated voltage above 30 V. mentioned in this Chapter shall be fed by unin-
terruptible power supply.
6.8.6 Independent of the navigation light switch-
ing indication referred to in 6.8.5, provision shall be 6.9.2 Perimeter lights.
made for visual and audible alarms operating 6.9.2.1 The lights shall be divided into two
automatically in case of failure of any navigation independent circuits and supplied in such a manner
light with the switch in the "on" position. that when the power to any one circuit fails, 50 per
cent of lights to indicate the perimeter remain
Alarms shall be supplied from a source or feeder
other than that used for power supply to navigation functioning.
light switchboard or from an accumulator battery. 6.9.3 Illumination of the landing area.
6.8.7 Lamp holders and lamps used in navigation 6.9.3.1 The landing area and wind direction
lights shall comply with the requirements of 3.1.7, indicator shall be properly illuminated. For this
Part III "Signal Means" of the Rules for the purpose, floodlights may be used.
Equipment of Sea-Going Ships. 6.9.3.2 Helideck floodlights shall be located so as
to avoid glare to pilots during take-off, landing and
maneuvering.
6.9 LIGHTING AND ILLUMINATION MEANS 6.9.4 Obstruction/warning lights.
OF HELIDECKS 6.9.4.1 To provide flight safety, all considerably
elevated structures and items such as superstructure
6.9.1 General. components, drill and production strings, etc. shall be
6.9.1.1 The lighting and illumination means for marked by special obstruction/warning red lights.
helidecks shall at least provide for the following: 6.9.4.2 Lights shall be divided into several indepen-
indication of the perimeter (boundaries) of the dent circuits and supplied in such a manner that when
helideck; power supply to one of the circuits fails, the basic part of
illumination of the landing area; the obsruction/warning lights remains functioning.
7 INTERNAL COMMUNICATION AND SIGNALLING

7.1 ELECTRIC ENGINE ROOM TELEGRAPHS 7.2 INTERNAL SERVICE COMMUNICATION
7.1.1 In addition to the requirements of the 7.2.1 The system of internal service communica-
present Chapter, the engine room telegraphs shall tion (refer to the requirements below) shall provide a
meet the re-quirements of 3.3.1, Part VII "Machinery subscriber call and clear voice communication under
Installations". the normal and emergency ship's operation condi-
7.1.2 Engine room telegraphs shall be provided tions, as well as under specific noise conditions in
with visual alarm on voltage availability in the power places where the communication facilities are in-
supply circuit and audible alarm on loss of voltage in stalled.
the power supply circuit. 7.2.2 Sound-powered telephones, voice commu-
7.1.3 Engine room telegraphs installed in the nication facilities, two-way loud-speaking commu-
wheelhouse shall be provided with an illuminated dial nication facilities, automatic telephone systems or
of regulated illumination. mobile phones of a local network may be used in the
7.1.4 Engine room telegraphs shall be fed from system of internal service communication.
the main switchboard or from the navigation equip- 7.2.3 The system of internal service communica-
ment switchboard. tion shall provide voice communication between the
If the ship is provided with the integrated bridge wheelhouse and main service spaces and stations. In
control console the engine room telegraph may be fed this case the separate two-way voice communication
from this control console. may be omitted if the communication facility
7.1.5 The engine room telegraph transmitter shall provides at any time the call priority and commu-
be so intalled in the wheelhouse that when orders are nications between the wheelhouse and the following
given out for ship's motion, the telegraph operating main service spaces and stations:
handle is shifted in the same direction with the ship. .1 main machinery control room;
Vertical position of the handle shall correspond to .2 local control stations of the main machinery
the "stop" order. and propellers (for this purpose the two-way tele-
7.1.6 Where engine room telegraphs and devices phone communication between the wheelhouse and
for remote control of the main engines and the the main machinery control room with telephones
controllable pitch propellers are installed on sloping connected in parallel and fitted at local control
desks of control panels, the handle in the "stop" stations may be used);
position shall be perpendicular to the panel surface .3 radioroom (may be omitted where commu-
and be fixed precisely in this position. nication may be established without hardware);
7.1.7 Where two and more engine room tele- .4 steering gear compartment;
graphs are located in close proximity to one another .5 space containing the emergency switchboard;
(on one deck), they shall ensure the transmission of .6 forecastle and poop stations;
an order from any telegraph and the reception of .7 gyrocompass room;
order by all of them simultaneously, without addi- .8 fire smothering station (refer also to 3.1.3.2.6,
tional changing-over. Part VI "Fire Protection");
Change-over to telegraphs located on another .9 space containing electric propulsion motors;
deck or in another part of the ship shall be effected .10 cargo operations control station (in oil tankers);
with the use of switches fitted on the navigation .11 fire and rescue control station (in ships with
bridge. distinguishing mark of provision with means for fire
7.1.8 Each engine room telegraph shall be fighting aboard other ships in the class notation);
provided with an audible signal arrangement that .12 other spaces where equipment ensuring ship's
will ensure the operation of an audible signal on the safe navigation is installed.
bridge and transmission of orders and reception 7.2.4 Provision shall be made for communica-
thereof in the engine room. In case of a wrong reply, tions between the main machinery control room or
the operation of the audible signal arrangement shall local control stations of the main machinery and
not stop (refer also to 3.3.1, Part VII "Machinery propellers and the engineers' accommodations.
Installations"). 7.2.5 For the communication facilities specified in
7.2.3 and 7.2.4, in addition to sound-powered tele-
phones, provision shall be made for power supply from
the main source of electrical power and accumulator for power supply failure alarm, alarm on contact-to-
battery actuated automatically in case of failure of the frame fault or circuit break, as well as the possibility
main source of electrical power with a capacity of checking visual and audible alarms operability.
sufficient to supply the communication facilities during 7.3.3 The control panel shall clearly distinguish
the time specified in 9.3.1.3 or 19.1.2.1.4. between normal, alarm, acknowledged alarm, fault
7.2.6 The communication facilities between the and silenced conditions. The system shall be arranged
wheelhouse and the main machinery control room or to automatically reset to the normal operating
local control stations of the main machinery and condition after alarm and fault conditions are
propellers shall include an additional audible and cleared.
visual alarm to indicate the call both in the main 7.3.4 Audible alarms shall be heard and distin-
machinery control room and the engine room. guishable in all the spaces and areas they intended for.
7.2.7 A damage to, or disconnection of one 7.3.5 Audible alarms of an alarm system shall be
communication facility shall not interfere with the given until their acceptance (acknowledgement) is
functioning of other communication facilities. confirmed, and the visual indication of each separate
alarm shall remain until the fault has been corrected.
7.3.6 The sound frequency of audible alarm
7.3 SIGNALLING. GENERAL
devices, excepting a bell, shall be within the range
of 200 to 2500 Hz.
7.3.7 Where the visual alarm is applied, the
7.3.1 The requirements cover the following colours specified in Table 4.6.5.1 shall be used unless
systems signaling the equipment or ship's condition otherwise stated.
requiring attention of personnel or passengers, 7.3.8 The height of inscription text symbols for
activating an audible and visual alarm: operating and alarm controls, unless they have
.1 general alarm and fire alarm systems; been duplicated with symbols/a plate of an estab-
.2 fire detection and fire alarm system; lished pattern, shall be at least 7 mm, the width is
.3 release indication of fire smothering system; 0,7 symbol height.
.4 indication of closing of watertight and fire This requirement, excepting the visual alarms
doors and also the doors indicated in 7.12; mentioned in 7.3.1, also applies to the texts of
.5 machinery alarm system; inscriptions above the controls in switchboards,
.6 high level of bilge water alarm; control consoles, starting, protection and control
.7 cargo hold water level alarm on bulk carriers, equipment for electric drives of essential machinery
passenger ships carrying 36 persons and more and listed in 1.3.2.1.5.
single-hold cargo ships other than bulk carriers; 7.3.9 The texts of inscriptions above operating
.8 engineer's alarm; and alarm controls not mentioned in 7.3.8, as well as
.9 personnel alarm, cargo control alarm and the texts of watch-keeping and other instructions
alarm of ultimate concentration of dangerously used for the description of a working procedure,
explosive and noxious gases; starting and control of an object shall have symbols
.10 side port doors condition alarm; of at least 3,5 mm high, the width is 0,7 symbol
.11 alarm on presence of people inside refriger- height.
ated holds: "Man in hold" alarm (for ships used for 7.3.10 Flashing alarms shall emit light within
processing the living resources of the sea and not 50 per cent of the entire work cycle, the pulse
engaged in their catching); frequency therewith shall be within the range of
.12 sewage holding tanks level alarm; 0,5 to 1,5 Hz.
.13 release indication of fixed local application
fire extinguishing system;
.14 bulkhead shaft glands, bearing and pump 7.4 GENERAL ALARM SYSTEM
case temperature alarm system;
.15 maximum permissible cargo temperature 7.4.1 Ships in which a general alarm given by
alarm system; voice or by any other means cannot be heard
.16 overpressure or under pressure in the cargo simultaneously in all locations where people may
tanks alarm system; be, shall be fitted with electrical general alarm system
.17 high- and limit-level alarms in cargo tanks. that will ensure good audibility of signals in all such
7.3.2 An opportunity to functionally test each places. In addition to the requirements stated above,
alarm system shall be provided. the general alarm system shall meet the requirements
Unless otherwise stated, all alarm systems shall of 2.3.1 and 6.22.1, Part II "Life-Saving Appliances"
be designed on the fail safe principle with provision of the Rules for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships.
7.4.2 Sound devices shall be installed in the given, a pilot lamp shall be fitted after the switch to
following places: indicate that the general alarm system is activated.
in machinery spaces; The switches shall be provided with the inscrip-
in public spaces, if their floor area is more than tions indicating their purpose.
150 m2; 7.4.9 No switching devices shall be incorporated
in corridors of accommodation, service and into the circuits of the general alarm system other
public spaces; than the switch specified in 7.4.8. Where a power
on open decks of passenger ships; supply switch is installed on the general alarm system
in working spaces. switchboard, provision shall be made for its inter-
7.4.3 General alarm system shall be supplied locking in the "on" position or it shall be otherwise
from the ship mains and the busbars of the protected against access thereto of unauthorized
emergency distribution board in conformity with persons.
9.3.1.3 and 19.1.2.1.4. It is permitted to use intermediate contactors
General alarm system may be energized from the controlled by the switch, but not more than one
ship mains and from an independent accumulator contactor in each loop.
battery if provision is made for an automatic 7.4.10 Sound devices, switches and distribution
changeover of general alarm circuits to the battery. devices of the general alarm system shall be provided
In this case, no supply either from the emergency with readily visible distinctive symbols.
source or from an intermediate emergency source of 7.4.11 The general alarm system shall consist of
electrical power is necessary. at least two loops controlled by one switch. Short-
7.4.4 The general alarm system shall be energized circuit protection shall be provided at both poles of
continuously, no matter if the accumulator battery is each loop of the general alarm system.
set in position for charging or discharging. 7.4.12 Sound devices connected to different loops
7.4.5 In case a separate accumulator battery is of the general alarm system shall be fitted in large
used for supply of the general alarm system, it may area spaces (machinery spaces, boiler rooms, fish-
also energize other internal communication and processing shops, etc.).
signalling facilities if the battery capacity is sufficient
for simultaneous supply of all consumers for at least
3 h and also if these facilities are so designed that a 7.5 FERE DETECTION AND FERE ALARM SYSTEM
damage to one circuit will not interfere with
operation of other circuits provided no longer supply
time is required for those facilities. 7.5.1 Fire detection and fire alarm systems used
7.4.6 In circuits supplying the general alarm system on ships shall be of the Register-approved type and,
the protection only from short circuit shall be provided. in addition to the requirements of the present
Protective devices shall be fitted in both conductors of Chapter, meet the requirements of 4.2.1, Part VI
the feeder and also in circuits of each sound device. "Fire Protection" and of the Fire Safety Systems
Protection of several sound devices by one common Code (refer to 1.2, Part VI "Fire Protection").
protective device is permitted if in spaces where they are 7.5.2 Application of fire detectors located in
installed good audibility of other sound devices spaces where explosive vapours may accumulate or in
provided with independent protection is ensured. a flow of air sucked out of these spaces is regulated
7.4.7 General alarm sound devices shall be so by 2.9, 19.2 to 19.4.
located that a signal is clearly heard against the noise 7.5.3 There shall be not less than two sources of
in the given space. Sound devices installed in spaces power supply for the electrical equipment used in the
with high intensity of noise shall be fitted with operation of the fixed fire detection and fire alarm
luminous indicators. system, one of which shall be an emergency source.
The sound of general alarm devices shall differ in The supply shall be provided by separate feeders
tone from the sounds of all other kinds of signalling. reserved solely for that purpose. Such feeders shall
With the exception of bells, audible alarms shall have run to an automatic change-over switch situated in or
a sound frequency between 200 and 2500 Hz. adjacent to the control panel for the fire detection
Facilities may be provided for regulating the audible system. Operation of the automatic changeover
signal frequency within the above limits. switch or failure of one of the power supplies shall
7.4.8 The general alarm system shall be actuated not result in degradation of the fixed fire detection
by means of a double-pole self-return switch. and fire alarm system. Where the fixed fire detection
If the general alarm signal is not heard from the and fire alarm system would be degraded by the
wheelhouse or from the station where it has been momentary loss of power, a source of stored energy
having adequate capacity according to 9.3.7 shall be .3 contact-type fire detector circuits are normally
provided to ensure the continuous operation during closed; it is permitted to use detectors with normally
changeover between power supplies. open circuits if the contacts are hermetically sealed and
The fixed fire detection and fire alarm system permanent damage control of the circuits is effected;
emergency power may be supplied by an accumulator .4 provision is made for monitoring its operation.
battery or from the emergency switchboard. The 7.5.6 Indicating units of the fire detection and fire
emergency source of power shall be sufficient to alarm system shall produce information specified in
maintain the operation of the fire detection and fire Table 7.5.6.
alarm system for the periods required under 9.3.1.5 A visual signal of fire detection shall be executed
or 19.1.2.1.5, as applicable. At the end of that period, in such a manner that is consists of two indicators
it shall be capable of operating all connected visual (two lamps or a double filament), or a special device
and audible fire alarm signals for a period of at least shall be provided to check the proper condition of
30 min. Where the system is supplied from accumu- signalling lamps. The colour of a light signal shall
lator batteries, they shall be located in or adjacent to comply with the requirements of 4.6.5.
the control panel for the fire detection system, or in Visual signals shall be separate for each kind of
another location suitable for use in an emergency. information.
The rating of the battery charge unit shall be Signals intended to determine the location of the
sufficient to maintain the normal output power space or area wherefrom a pulse has arrived may be
supply to the fire detection system while recharging common with the signal of fire detection or damage.
the batteries from a fully discharged condition. Visual signals shall function from the moment a
Where the emergency feeder for the electrical equip- pulse is received till the moment the cause of their
ment used in the operation of the fixed fire detection operation has been removed; the signal specified in
and fire alarm system is supplied from the emergency item 1 of Table 7.5.6 shall function continuously
switchboard, it shall run from this switchboard to the irrespective of the nature of supply.
automatic changeover switch without passing 7.5.7 The fire detection and fire alarm system
through any other switchboard. shall meet the following requirements:
7.5.4 The smoke detection system based on air .1 the activation of any automatic detector or
sampling (refer to 4.2.1.6, Part VI "Fire Protection") manually operated call point shall initiate a visual
and the fans of this system shall be fed by separate and audible signals at the control panel and indicat-
feeders from the main and emergency sources or ing units. If the signals have not received attention
another independent source of electrical power. within 2 min, an audible alarm shall be automatically
7.5.5 Indicating units of the fire detection and fire sounded throughout the crew accommodation and
alarm system, other than those indicated in 7.5.4, service spaces, control stations and machinery spaces
shall be designed in such a manner that: of category A. This alarm sounder need not be an
.1 any signal or damage to one circuit does not integral part of the fire detection and fire alarm
influence normal operation of other circuits; system;
.2 a fire detection signal shall prevail over other .2 the control panel shall be located on the
signals fed to the indicating unit and to make it navigation bridge or in the continuously manned
possible to determine the location of the space main machinery control room, and in the cargo
wherefrom this fire detection signal has arrived; control room, if any. One indicating unit shall be
T a b l e 7.5.6
Signalling of operating Signal of using temperature fire Signal of using systems, I which air from
Jos conditions and faults detection and fire alarm system protected spaces enters indicating units
Operation of device Visual Visual
Power supply from emergency source Visual Visual
Signals of fire and location of area or space Audible Audible
where outbreak of fire is detected Visual Visual
No draught in detection chamber Visual
Audible
No draught in pipelines Visual
Audible 1
Disconnection in detector circuits Visual
Audible
Location of faults in detector circuit Visual
Off position of detector circuit1 Visual
Main power supply failure Visual Visual
Audible Audible
Recommended.
located on the navigation bridge if the control panel detectors with higher rates of temperature increase
is located in the main fire control station; taking into account their sensitivity;
3 indicating units shall, as a minimum, denote the .4 the temperature of heat detectors activation in
section in which an automatic detector has activated or drying rooms and similar spaces, which are character-
manually operated call point has operated; ized by high temperatures, may be set up to 130 C
.4 clear information shall be displayed on or inclusive, and in saunas up to 140 C inclusive;
adjacent to each indicating unit about the spaces .5 heat detectors shall reliably operate at a
covered and the location of the sections. temperature at least by 5 C in excess of the
7.5.8 Fire detection and fire alarm systems with a temperature at which the sensor is set;
zone address identification capability shall be so .6 in machinery spaces of category A the
arranged that: detectors may be used which reveal a seat of fire on
.1 no loop shall pass through a space more than appearing temperature pulsation (heat-pulse detec-
once to prevent its damage at more than one point by a tors). They shall be set to a temperature pulse
fire. When this is not practical (e.g. for large spaces), the frequency of 1,9 to 2,3 Hz and above, and operate
parts of the loop passing through the space for the when an amplitude is exceeded by (2 + 0,5) C
second time shall be installed at the maximum possible whatever a space temperature may be;
distance from the other parts of the loop; .7 the type of all automatic detectors shall be so
.2 means are provided to ensure that any fault chosen that after the operation test they come back to
(e. g. power break, short circuit, earth) occurring in normal operation without any components being
the loop will not render the whole loop ineffective. It replaced.
means that a fault occurring in the loop only renders 7.5.11 Sections and their cables shall meet the
ineffective a part of the loop not being larger than a following requirements:
section of a system without means of remotely .1 automatic detectors and manually operated
identifying each detector; call points shall be grouped into sections;
.3 all arrangements are made to enable the initial .2 a section of automatic fire detectors which
configuration of the system to be restored in the event covers a control station, a service space or an
of failure (electrical, electronic, informatic); accommodation space shall not cover a machinery
.4 the first initiated fire alarm will not prevent space of category A and cargo spaces of ro-ro ships.
any other detector to initiate further fire alarms. In case the fire detection and fire alarm system is
7.5.9 The fire detectors containing ionising fitted with individually identifiable fire detectors, a
radiation sources (radioactive isotopes) shall have a loop covering sections of automatic fire detectors in
certificate confirming their radiation safety issued by accommodation spaces, service spaces and control
a competent body. stations shall not serve machinery spaces of category A
7.5.10 Detectors shall meet the following require- and cargo spaces of ro-ro ships;
ments: .3 where the fire detection and fire alarm system
.1 automatic detectors shall be operated by heat, is not fitted with individually identifiable fire
smoke or other products of combustion, flame, or detectors, no section covering more than one deck
any combination of these factors. The possibility of within accommodation spaces, service spaces and
using automatic detectors operated by other factors control stations shall be permitted except the section
indicative of incipient fires may be considered by the serving an enclosed stairway. A number of enclosed
Register provided they are no less sensitive than the spaces served by one section shall not exceed 50. In
above detectors. Flame detectors shall only be used in case the fire detection and fire alarm system is fitted
addition to smoke and heat detectors; with individually identifiable fire detectors, the
.2 smoke detectors required according to 4.2.1.1, sections may cover several decks and serve any
Part VI "Fire Protection" shall operate before the number of enclosed spaces;
smoke density exceeds 12,5 per cent obscuration .4 a section shall not contain more than
per metre, but not until the smoke density exceeds 100 detectors;
2 per cent obscuration per metre. Smoke detectors .5 cables of sections, including their feeding
fitted in machinery spaces of category A shall operate cables, being part of the system shall be so arranged
before the smoke density reaches 50 per cent as to avoid galleys, machinery spaces of category A,
obscuration per metre; and other enclosed spaces of high fire risk except
.3 heat detectors fitted in spaces with a normal air where it is necessary to provide fire detection or fire
temperature shall operate within the temperature alarm in such spaces (refer to 16.8.1.8).
limits of 54 to 78 C when the temperature is increased 7.5.12 A fire detection and fire alarm system for
to those limits at a rate less than 1 C per min. The periodically unattended machinery spaces of catego-
Register may consider the possibility of using heat ry A shall be so designed and the automatic detectors so
positioned as to quickly detect the fire in any part of .9.2 a wheelhouse;

those spaces and under any normal operation condi-
tions of machinery and variations of ventilation. Except .9.3 a control station in the machinery space.
in spaces of restricted height and where their use is
especially appropriate, fire detection and fire alarm 7.6 RELEASE INDICATION OF KIRK SMOTHERING
systems using only thermal detectors shall not be
permitted. The fire detection and fire alarm system shall SYSTEM
initiate audible and visual alarms, distinct from those of 7.6.1 The release indication system shall comply
any other system not indicating fire, in sufficient number with the requirements of 4.3, Part VI "Fire Protection".
of places to ensure that the alarms are heard and 7.6.2 The release indication system shall be
observed on the navigation bridge and by a responsible energized from two independent (main and emer-
engineer officer. When the navigation bridge is un- gency) sources of power. An accumulator battery
manned, the alarm shall sound in a continuously having a capacity sufficient for feeding the system
manned place. during 30 min may be used as an emergency source of
7.5.13 A fire detection and fire alarm system for power. Provision shall be made for automatic
unattended machinery spaces of category A, as change-over of power supply for the release indica-
required in 4.2.3, Part VI "Fire Protection", shall tion system to the emergency source in case of
meet the following requirements: disappearance of voltage from the main source.
.1 an indicating unit shall be installed on the
navigation bridge, in the fire control station or
another accessible place protected against fire in a 7.7 INDICATION OF CLOSING WATERTIGHT
machinery space of category A; AND KIRK DOORS
.2 a visual alarm on the indicating unit shall
indicate the location (zone) of fire; 7.7.1 Indication of closing watertight doors as
3 a fire alarm shall initiate visual and audible required in 7.1.9, 7.1.11, 7.1.13, 7.12.4 to 7.12.6, Part III
alarms distinct from those of any other system which "Equipment, Arrangements and Outfit" shall meet
shall be provided at the locations sufficient to be heard the following requirements:
and observed by the watch officer on the navigation .1 at the navigation bridge, watertight door
bridge and by the responsible engineer officer; control stations and in the immediate vicinity of
.4 in case of power supply failure or any fault in them the visual indicator system for door position
the system, the audible alarm shall be initiated in shall be provided;
addition to the visual alarm; .2 the visual and audible alarm to provide
.5 the type and arrangement of detectors shall ensure control over the door closing shall be fitted;
quick detection of fire and prevent misoperation under .3 the power supply for indicator system of door
normal operating conditions of machinery space. Provi- position and for the alarm system shall be
sion shall be made for detectors of at least two types independent of the power supply for operating and
operating by different factors of fire detection. In spaces closing the doors and shall be provided with a backup
of less than 2,5 m in height, only use of heat detectors power supply from the emergency source of power
may be subject to special consideration by the Register; (e.g. uninterruptible power supply).
.6 the arrangement of detector sections shall 7.7.2 Indication of position of fire doors as
provide for the indication of fire location. An air required in 2.2.3.3, 2.2.4 and 3.1.2.3, Part VI "Fire
movement due to machinery operation shall not Protection" shall meet the following requirements:
affect the efficient operation of the fire detection and .1 at the navigation bridge the visual indicator
fire alarm system; system for each door position shall be provided;
.7 detectors with controlled sensitivity shall have .2 remote-released sliding doors or power oper-
fixing arrangement and an indicator of the preset ated doors shall be equipped with an alarm that
sensitivity; sounds during 5 10 s after the door is released and
.8 where provision is made for temporarily cutting until is completely closed;
off an individual detector or a section of detectors, this .3 the power supply for indicator system of door
shall be clearly indicated. When a preset period of time position and for the alarm system shall be indepen-
expires, the switching-off detector or section of dent of the power supply for operating and closing
detectors shall automatically switch on; the doors and shall be provided with a backup power
.9 facilities shall be provided to release the fire supply from the emergency source of power (e.g.
alarm from the following locations: uninterruptible power supply).
.9.1 corridors having entrances to machinery
spaces of category A;
7.8 SOUND SIGNALS IN ENGINEERS' The warning and emergency audible alarms shall
ACCOMMODATION SPACES be dissimilar.
The system shall provide clear identification of
7.8.1 In the engineers' accommodation spaces the spaces from which the alarm has been released.
sound signalling system shall be provided for the The audible alarm shall be silenced from the
emer-gency call of the engineer, which is actuated alarm panel installed on the navigation bridge.
manually from the main engines control station in the 7.10.3 The alarm system shall be supplied by the
engine room or from the main machinery control main and emergency sources of electrical power.
room, if any. Instead of the emergency source of electrical power
an independent, continuously charged from the
shipboard charging facility, accumulator battery
7.9 PERSONNEL ALARM
complying with the requirements for the emergency
source of electrical power and capable of supplying
7.9.1 In ships where engineering watch is maintained the system during at least 18 hours may be used.
by one person, or in ships with unattended machinery In the event of loss of the main or emergency
space, personnel alarm shall be provided, and in this case: power and of automatic changeover to the emergency
.1 the alarm system shall monitor safe and power, an emergency warning alarm shall be released.
efficient condition of the machinery space personnel 7.10.4 The system shall be provided with self-
at least every 30 min; monitoring capability. The alarm signal shall be
.2 the alarm signal shall be transmitted to activated when at least the following faults occur: short
machinery spaces. If the signal is not acknowledged circuit, circuit break, contact-to-frame fault. For the
within 3 min, an appropriate signal shall be computer-based systems, alarm shall be additionally
transmitted to navigation bridge and to accommoda- provided to indicate the excess program execution time,
tion, service and public spaces where machinery central processor fault and input-output unit fault.
attending personnel might be staying; The system shall provide a possibility of checking
.3 the alarm shall be put into operation by the visible and audible alarms.
personnel attending machinery installation, when one 7.10.5 Provision shall be made in the system for
person stays in the machinery space, and shall be disabling of the alarm in the events when the cargo
disconnected after he leaves the space. holds and forepeak are used as water ballast tanks. In
.4 the system shall also meet the requirements in case where such ballast tanks are emptied, disabling
2.4.1.14, Part XV "Automation". shall be automatically released when the water level
lowers below the level of the lowest detector fitted in
the hold concerned.
7.10 CARGO HOLD WATER LEVEL ALARM SYSTEM 7.10.6 The alarm system components fitted in
ON BULK CARRIERS, PASSENGER SHIPS CARRYING cargo holds, ballast tanks and dry spaces shall be
36 PERSONS AND MORE AND SINGLE-HOLD CARGO
SHIPS OTHER THAN BULK CARRIERS
corrosion-resistant and protected to not lower than
IP68 degree of protection and those fitted on open
deck to not lower than IP56 degree of protection.
7.10.1 Unless otherwise specified in this Chapter, 7.10.7 Where the alarm system components are
the cargo hold water level alarm system shall meet the fitted in holds intended for the carriage of dangerous
requirements of 7.3 of the present Part, as well as goods as well as other goods causing formation of
3.4.11, Part V "Subdivision" and 7.9.9, Part VIII explosive mixtures in the holds, these components
"Systems and Piping". and their circuit shall be of intrinsically safe type and
7.10.2 The alarm system shall provide warning protected to not lower than (Exi) standard.
and emergency visual and audible alarms to indicate
water level in cargo holds and for the ballast tanks
and dry spaces, forward of the collision bulkhead 7.11 ALARM OF ULTIMATE CONCENTRATION
only emergency visual and audible alarms. OF DANGEROUSLY EXPLOSIVE AND NOXIOUS GASES
The warning alarm shall be activated when the
water reaches the lower level with the emergency 7.11.1 The alarm systems for ultimate concentra-
alarm activated when the water reaches the upper tion of dangerously explosive and noxious gases shall
level as mentioned in 7.9.9, Part VIII "Systems and meet the requirements of 9.14.3 and 9.14.4, Part VIII
Piping". It is allowed to use one sensor to initiate "Systems and Piping", as well as of 7.2.7, Part XII
warning and emergency alarms. "Refrigerating Plants".
The error in the water level determination by 7.11.2 The alarm systems for ultimate concentration
detectors shall not exceed 100 mm. of dangerously explosive and noxious gases shall initiate
audible and visual alarms in the cargo control room, on outer bow doors, folding doors, inner bow doors, side
the navigation bridge and at the analysing unit when theshell and stern doors1) to provide separate indication
vapour concentration in a given space reaches a pre-set of door closed and door fully locked.
value, which shall not be higher than the equivalent of The indication panel shall be provided with a
30 per cent of the lower flammable limit. lamp test function. The possibility for accidental or
unauthorized turning off the indicator light shall be
7.113 The control panel shall be located in the cargo
control room, on the navigation bridge, or in a gas safeexcluded.
continuously manned main machinery control room. 7.12.2 The indicator system shall be designed on
Clear information shall be displayed on or adjacent to the fail safe principle and shall include the following:
the control panel to allow the crew to readily determine .1 the indication panels installed on the naviga-
the source of the alarm or fault condition. tion bridge and at doors' control station shall be
7.11.4 An indicating unit shall be located on the provided with:
navigation bridge if the control panel is located elsewhere. power supply failure alarm;
7.11.5 The control panel shall have a button or earth fault alarm or open-circuit alarm;
switch to manually reset to normal operating condi- a lamp test;
tion after alarm and fault conditions are cleared. separate indication for door closed, door not
7.11.6 Control panel and indicating unit alarm closed, door locked and door not locked;
signals shall be distinct from fault condition signals. 2 limit switches (door position sensors) closed when
7.11.7 Indicating units may have common alarms the door is closed (when more limit switches are
servicing multiple sampling points, provided that all provided for each door they may be connected in series);
sampling points within an alarm group are located in .3 limit switches closed when securing arrangements
the same space. are in place (when more limit switches are provided for
7.11.8 Control panels shall have the capability to each door they may be connected in series);
manually test audible and visual alarms. .4 circuits for the indication of door closed/not
7.11.9 Audible and visual alarms shall be initiatedclosed and for door locked/not locked shall be inde-
on the navigation bridge, at the control panel, and at pendent, but may be designed in one multicore cable;
all indicating units under the following conditions: .5 in case of position of limit switches (door
.1 upon detection of gas concentrations above the position sensors), indication to show: not closed/not
alarm setpoint in any monitored space; locked, securing device is not in place as
.2 in a fault condition, such as power failure or appropriate.
short-circuit; 7.12.3 The indicator system shall indicate by
.3 low or no flow in any sampling pipe; visual and by audible alarms in the following cases:
.4 tampering with the alarm setpoint; or .1 if the door is not fully closed, or not fully
.5 failure of any self-test functions in computer- locked; or
ized alarm systems. .2 at least one securing device is open or a locking
7.11.10 Computerized systems shall have a self-testdevice is unsecured.
function to monitor power supply and volatile memory 7.12.4 The indication panel on the navigation
on start-up and repeated at least once every 24 h. bridge shall be equipped with a mode selection switch
7.11.11 Audible alarms shall continue until their "harbour/sea voyage", so arranged that audible
accepting (quitting) is acknowledged, and visual alarm is given on the navigation bridge if the vessel
alarm shall remain in effect while an alarm condition leaves harbour with the doors not closed or with any
is present. of the securing devices not in the correct position.
7.11.12 Electrical components which would rea- 7.12.5 The power supply for the indicator system
sonably be expected to come into contact with sample shall be independent of the power supply for
gases shall be explosion-proof. operating and closing the doors and shall be provided
7.11.13 The gas detection equipment shall be so with a backup power supply from the emergency
designed that it may readily be tested and calibrated. source of power or any other reliable source (e.g.
uninterruptible power supply).
The sensors of the indicator system shall be
7.12 INDICATION OF DOOR POSITION ES RO-RO protected from water, ice formation and mechanical
PASSENGER SHIPS AND RO-RO CARGO SHIPS damages, or they shall have respective design
resistant to the action of the above factors.
7.12.1 Visual and audible alarms shall be installed 7.12.6 For ro-ro passenger ships, besides the
on the navigation bridge and on each operating panel indicator system of door position, provision shall be
for closing/opening the doors specified in 7.4, 7.15,
Part III "Equipment, Arrangements and Outfit" (visor hereinafter referred to as "the doors".
made of a water leakage detection system with audible in 7.12.6, 7.12.7, 7.12.9 of the present Part and 7.15.5,
alarm and television surveillance, which shall be so Part III "Equipment, Arrangements and Outfit".
arranged as to provide an indication to the navigation 7.14.2 Generally, television surveillance and
bridge and to the main machinery control room of any indication systems shall include the following:
leakage through inner, side shell and stern doors. .1 TV cameras;
For ro-ro cargo ships, it is permitted that .2 video displays;
television surveillance of water leakage through side .3 commutation switchboard;
shell and stern doors is provided from the navigation .4 movement detectors;
bridge only. .5 video recorders.
7.12.7 To control the bow door and the inner 7.14.3 Television surveillance and indication
bow door position a television surveillance system system shall monitor respective areas and spaces
shall be fitted with a monitor on the navigation and ensure video transmission to permanently
bridge and in the main machinery control room. The attended control stations. Television surveillance
system shall monitor the position of the doors and a and indication system shall give audible and visual
sufficient number of their securing devices. Special signals when the condition of the monitored item/
consideration shall be given for the lighting and space is changed.
contrasting colour of objects under surveillance. 7.14.4 Television surveillance and indication
7.12.8 A drainage system (sumps) shall be system shall provide the following alarms:
arranged in the area between the bow door and the .1 power failure;
ramp, or where no ramp is fitted, between the bow .2 television surveillance and indication system
door and inner door. The system shall be equipped failure;
with an audible and visual alarm functions to the .3 "TV camera display" channel failure (short
navigation bridge for the high water level alarm in the circuit, circuit break);
sump or for water level in these areas exceeding .4 TV camera(s) failure;
0,5 m, proceeding from the type of structure. .5 movement detector failure;
7.12.9 For ro-ro passenger ships engaged in .6 video recorder failure.
international voyages, the special category spaces and 7.14.5 Television surveillance and indication
cargo spaces, indicated in 1.5.4.3 and 1.5.9, Part VI systems may be of black-and-white or color type.
"Fire Protection" (in the absence of continuous The installation of this or that type depends on the
patrolling or other effective means of monitoring) shall required informative capacity of the system, para-
be monitored by means of television surveillance, so meters of the monitored item (location, lighting and
that any movement of vehicles in adverse weather other properties) and presumable targets (man,
conditions or unauthorized access of passengers there- cargo, water and other purposes).
to, may be detected whilst the ship is moving. 7.14.6 TV cameras transmitting video signals
with a "signal/noise" (S/N) ratio not less than 50 dB
shall be used in television surveillance and indication
7.13 RELEASE INDICATION OF FIXED LOCAL systems to minimize the noise on display.
APPLICATION KIRK EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM 7.14.7 Camera lens projection shall not be less
than 480 television lines (tvl) (for color image) or not
7.13.1 Release indication system shall comply less than 570 tvl (for black-and-white image).
with the requirements specified in 3.12, Part VI "Fire For digital cameras the lens resolution shall be
Protection". not less than 1024 x 756 pixels.
7.13.2 The system shall be equipped with an 7.14.8 Proceeding from their location TV cam-
audible and visual alarm functions regarding release eras used in television surveillance and indication
of fire extinguishing system both in the protected systems shall be protected to not lower than the
space and in permanently manned stations. Where following levels:
several fire extinguishing systems are installed the .1 IP22 for those fitted in the internal service
indication system shall clearly indicate the particular spaces;
system activated. .2 IP44 for those fitted in machinery spaces;
.3 IP56 for those fitted on ro-ro decks and
exposed parts of the weather deck.
7.14 TELEVISION SURVEILLANCE AND INDICATION
7.14.9 The installation of TV cameras shall be
such that all dead zones are covered.
SYSTEM 7.14.10 Within internal spaces, TV cameras shall be
7.14.1 Television surveillance and indication fitted in places with minimum temperature difference to
systems shall comply with the requirements specified reduce condensate formation on camera lens.
7.14.11 TV cameras fitted on the exposed part of 7.15.3 Alarm system shall ensure operation of
the deck shall have a thermo-casing with a sun visor. audible and visual alarm at the stations with
7.14.12 Where the lighting of monitored area is permanent watch in case the tank is filled up to
below TV camera sensitivity, the item (item area) 80 per cent.
shall be equipped at night-time with additional visible
or infra-red lighting. Therewith, either camera lens
shall be not swamped by the lights, or TV cameras 7.16 BULKHEAD SHAFT-GLAND, BEARING AND PUMP
with back light compensation (BLC) function shall be CASE TEMPERATURE EXCESS ALARM
used. Where television surveillance and indication
system of color type is used, infrared lighting is 7.16.1 Bulkhead shaft gland, bearing and pump
impermissible. case temperature excess alarm shall comply with the
7.14.13 Displays with a capacity to operate requirements of 4.2.5, Part VII "Machinery Installa-
around the clock over a long period of time with a tions".
static picture shall be used to display the data 7.16.2 Alarm system shall be supplied from the
received from TV cameras. The display diagonal for main source of electrical power.
multi-image shall be within 15" 21" with a
resolution not less than 800 tvl for black-and-white
image (400 tvl for color image) or within 10" 14" 7.17 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CARGO TEMPERATURE
for full-screen image displays with a resolution not EXCESS ALARM
less than 600 tvl for black-and-white image (300 tvl
for color image). 7.17.1 The maximum permissible cargo tempera-
For LCD monitors, the resolution shall be at least ture excess alarm shall comply with the requirements
1280x960 pixels at a diagonal of 15 " 21" and at of 9.6.6, Part VIII "Systems and Piping".
least 1024 x 756 pixels at a diagonal of 10 " 14". 7.17.2 Alarm system shall be supplied from the
7.14.14 Special type video recorders with a capacity main source of electrical power.
to record over long periods of time or digital video data
memory shall be used to record TV image.
7.14.15 The recording time for a 180 min 7.18 OVERPRESSURE OR UNDERPRESSURE
videocassette shall not exceed 24 h with the use of ES THE CARGO TANKS ALARM SYSTEM
special-type video recorder. The use of special-type
video recorder with a longer recording time is only 7.18.1 Overpressure or underpressure in the cargo
allowed if the reorder will automatically change over tanks alarm system shall comply with the require-
to real-time recording when alarm is activated by the ments of 9.7.12, Part VIII "Systems and Piping".
movement detector. 7.18.2 Alarm system shall be supplied from the
7.14.16 Commutation switchboard shall provide main source of electrical power.
priority display of areas where alarm has been
activated.
7.19 HIGH- AND LIMIT-LEVEL ALARMS ES CARGO
TANKS
7.15 SEWAGE HOLDING TANKS LEVEL ALARM
7.19.1 High- and limit-level alarms in cargo
tanks shall comply with the requirements of 9.11.5,
7.15.1 Alarm system shall comply with the Part VIII "Systems and Piping".
requirements of Part IV "Ship's Equipment and 7.19.2 Alarm system shall be supplied from the
Arrangements for the Prevention of Pollution by main source of the electrical power.
Sewage" of the Guidelines on the Application of 7.19.3 Alarm system shall produce sound and
Provisions of the International Convention MAR- light signals on permanent watch posts when tanks
POL 73/78. are full at 95 per cent and 98 per cent correspond-
7.15.2 Alarm system shall be supplied from the ingly.
main source of electrical power.
8 PROTECTIVE DEVICES
8.1 GENERAL 8.1.8 The design of the electronic and computer
protection devices of generators and major services
8.1.1 Outgoing circuits of switchboards shall be shall be such as to ensure easy identification and
protected against short circuits and overloads by means regulation of their operational settings.
of devices installed at the inception of each circuit. Protection devices shall be equipped with the
No overload protection is required for the necessary apparatuses and instruction manuals shall
switchboard power supply if the current consumers be provided for checking their serviceability and the
supplied from this switchboard have individual condition of the settings.
protective devices, and the power supply cable is The protection devices of generators and im-
selected on the basis of maximum working current. portant major services shall be tested once in 5 years
8.1.2 Protective devices shall be so adapted to the to confirm the accuracy of their operation.
characteristics of the equipment under protection
that they operate under inadmissible overloads and
short-circuit currents. 8.2 PROTECTION OF GENERATORS
8.1.3 The electric protection system shall be
discriminative with regard to both the overload
currents and the short-circuit currents. Such protec- 8.2.1 Generators not intended for parallel opera-
tion system shall be designed so that its operation tion shall be provided with means of protection
could not adversely affect the reliable functioning of against overloads and short circuits. Fuses may be
ship's generating plant and the power supply of used as protective devices for generators rated under
essential consumers. Short-circuit and overload 50 kW (kVA).
protective devices shall not operate at starting 8.2.2 Generators intended for parallel operation
currents of the electrical equipment under protection. shall be provided at least with the following means of
8.1.4 Overload protection shall be provided in: protection:
.1 at least one phase or positive pole in a two-wire .1 against overloads;
system; .2 against short circuits;
.2 at least two phases in an insulated three-wire .3 against reverse current or reverse power;
three-phase current system; .4 against under voltage.
.3 all phases in a three-phase four-wire system. It is necessary that the devices used for generator
8.1.5 Short-circuit protection shall be fitted in overload protection shall be provided with light and
each insulated pole of a direct-current system or in sound alarms to operate with a time delay of up to
each phase of an alternating current system. 15 min at the loads from 100 to 110 per cent of the
Short-circuit current protective devices shall be rated current, and shall be capable of disconnecting
set to operate at not less than 200 per cent of the the generator under protection after a time delay to
rated current of the electrical equipment under suit the generator thermal time constant at the loads
protection. Operation of the protective devices may from 110 to 150 per cent of the rated current.
be without time delay or with a time delay necessary It is necessary that for a setting of the protection
for the proper discrimination. to operate at 150 per cent of the rated generator
The short-circuit current protective device may current the time delay shall not exceed 2 min for an
be used for the protection of both the electrical alternating-current generator and 15 s for a direct-
equipment itself and its supply cable. current generator. An overload exceeding 150 per cent
8.1.6 Where cables of reduced cross-sectional of the rated current may be allowed where it is
area are used in some lengths of power supply circuit, required by operating conditions and is admitted by
additional protection shall be provided for each of the generator construction.
such cables unless the preceding protective device is Overload protection settings and time delay shall
capable of protecting the cable of reduced cross- be selected to suit the overload characteristics of the
sectional area. generator prime mover so that the prime mover is
8.1.7 Protective devices excluding the possibility capable of developing the necessary output within the
of immediate repeated switching after operation of time delay period adopted. The protective devices
the protection shall not be used in supply circuits of used for generator overload protection shall not
the emergency switchboard, as well as in supply prevent the possibility of re-starting the generator
circuits of emergency consumers. immediately.
8.2.3 Automatic and selective disconnect of non- disconnect the generators in case of reduction of
essential services shall be provided in the event of the voltage across its terminals in the range from 70 to
generator overload. These services shedding may be 35 per cent of the rated value.
carried out in one or several steps, depending on the Undervoltage protection shall operate with a
generator overload capacity. time delay for disconnection of generators from
Therewith: busbars in case of reduction of voltage and shall
.1 the automatic disconnect is not allowed for operate without time delay at the attempt to make
primary essential services; connection to the generator busbars before the
.2 the automatic disconnect is allowed for minimum voltage specified above is reached.
secondary essential services, provided disconnection 8.2.6 For generators with the ratings of 1000 kVA
will not prevent services required for safety being and above, it is recommended that provision shall be
immediately available when the power supply is made for protection against internal faults, as well as for
restored to normal operating conditions; the protection of the lead connecting the generator to its
.3 the automatic disconnect is allowed for services switchboard and switch. Where the generator and its
needed for maintaining the minimum comfort habit- switchboard are installed in different spaces, such
ability conditions for the crew and passengers on the protection is compulsory.
ship. 8.2.7 If a turbine-driven direct-current genera-
Examples of such services are as follows: tor is intended for operation in parallel, provision
cooking; shall be made for tripping the circuit breaker of the
heating, domestic refrigeration; generator when the automatic safety device of the
domestic ventilation drives; turbine operates.
sanitary and fresh water, etc. 8.2.8 The current settings of protective devices
This requirement may be dispensed with in the with time delay shall be chosen in such a way that in
case of electrical installations of low power. any case a reliable interruption of short-circuit
8.2.4 Reverse-current and reverse-power protec- current is ensured after the prescribed time delay.
tion of generators intended for parallel operation 8.2.9 It is permitted to use safety devices in
shall be selected to suit characteristics of generator excitation systems of generators as protective devices
prime mover. The respective protection settings shall for semiconductor elements.
be in accordance with those specified in Table 8.2.4.
Reverse-power protection for alternating-current
generators may be replaced by a different, but not 8.3 PROTECTION OF ELECTRIC MOTORS
less effective, means of protection. With settings
specified in the Table the protection of the types in 8.3.1 Outgoing feeders from switchboards sup-
question shall be activated in 10 s. plying electric motors rated at over 0,5 kW shall be
Reverse-current protection for direct-current provided with means of protection against short-
generators shall be installed in the pole opposite to circuit currents and overloads, as well as with no-
that, in which the equalizer lead is connected. voltage protection if the motor need not be auto-
Reverse-power or reverse-current protection shall matically restarted.
still be capable of operation when the voltage applied It is admissible for overload and no-voltage
is reduced by 50 per cent although reverse current or protective devices to be installed in the motor starting
reverse power may have altered values. apparatus.
Reverse-current and reverse-power protection 8.3.2 The overload protective devices for con-
shall permit trasfer of power fed from the ship's tinuously running motors shall disconnect the motor
mains (as, for example, from cargo winches). under protection when the load is in the range from
8.2.5 Undervoltage protection shall ensure the 105 to 125 per cent of the rated current.
possibility of a reliable connection of generators to It is admissible for the overload protective
the busbars at a voltage of 85 per cent or more of devices to be replaced by light and sound alarms,
rated voltage and shall exclude the possibility of which is subject to special consideration by the
generator-to-busbar connection at a voltage less than Register in each case.
35 per cent of rated voltage. Besides, it shall
T a b l e 8.2.4
Limits of reverse-current or reverse-power protection settings related to generator prime mover
Kind of current
Turbine Internal combustion engine
Alternating 2 6 % of rated output of generator, kW 8 15 % of rated output of generator, kW
Direct 2 6 % of rated current of generator, A 8 15 % of rated current of generator, A
8.3.3 In supply circuits of fire pump electric 8.5 PROTECTION OF TRANSFORMERS

drives the overload protective devices operating on
the principle of electrothermal and temperature 8.5.1 Short-circuit and overload protective de-
relays shall not be used. vices shall be installed on the supply feeders of
The overload protective devices may be substi- transformer primaries. If the supply feeder of the
tuted by light and sound alarms. transformer primary is protected against short-circuit
currents only, then the supply feeder of the secondary
shall be protected against overload.
8.4 STEERING GEAR PROTECTION Transformers rated up to 6,3 kVA may be
protected by fuses only.
8.4.1 Only short-circuit current protection shall No overload protection or alarm is required for
be provided for electric motors and control systems voltage transformers and supply transformers of the
of electric or electrohydraulic steering gear. control circuits.
Light and audible warning shall be provided of 8.5.2 Where transformers are intended for
the motor overload or of any phase failure of the parallel operation, it is necessary that switches shall
feeder supplying the motor. be provided to disconnect their primaries and
8.4.2 Circuit breakers used to protect direct- secondaries, but not necessarily at the same time.
current motors against short-circuit currents shall be If such transformers are fed from different main
set for release without time delay at currents not lower switchboard sections, which may be isolated in
than 300 per cent and not higher than 400 per cent of service, provision shall be made for an interlock to
the rated current of the motor under protection, preclude their parallel operation in case of main
while those used with alternating-current motors switchboard sections isolation.
shall be set for release without time delay at currents 8.5.3 The switching-over of instrument current
not lower than 125 per cent of the peak starting transformers shall be so arranged as to prevent the
current of the motor under protection. possibility of their secondary windings being on open
In case fuses are used as protective devices the circuit.
rated current for the fuse links shall be one grade of
rating higher than it follows from the values specified
for the electric motor starting currents. 8.6 PROTECTION OF ACCUMULATOR BATTERIES
8.4.3 For electric motors of the drives for the
active means of the ship's steering short-circuit and
overload protective devices shall be provided. 8.6.1 Means of protection against short-circuit
Overload protective devices of the above men- currents shall be provided for accumulator batteries
tioned motors shall be fitted with light and sound other than those, which are designed to start internal
alarms to warn of the motor overload and shall combustion engines.
disconnect the electric motor over the load range 8.6.2 Each battery charging system shall be
specified in 8.3.2. provided with protection against battery discharge
Short-circuit protection shall be in compliance due to a drop or loss of the charger output voltage.
with the requirements of 8.4.2. 8.6.3 For accumulator batteries designed for
8.4.4 For directly driven electric motors of starting internal combustion engines, it is recom-
steering gear, overload protection is permitted for mended that disconnectors shall be fitted at the start
locked rotor periods above 60 s with a setting of not of the circuit on the accumulator side to disconnect
less than twice the full load current of the motor the batteries from services (the disconnector may be
protected. fitted in one pole).
Where such electric motors obtain their power
supply via an electronic converter, e.g. for speed
control, and which are limited to full load current are 8.7 PROTECTION OF PILOT LAMPS, VOLTMETERS,
exempt from the requirement to provide overload CAPACITORS AND VOLTAGE COELS
protection. Alarm at electronic converter overload
shall be provided with a setting equivalent to the 8.7.1 Pilot lamps, as well as measuring and
highest permissible current for the normal operation recording instruments shall be provided with short-
of steering gear. circuit protection or short-circuit current limiting
devices.
Pilot lamps may have no short-circuit protection 8.8 PROTECTION OF POWER SEMICONDUCTOR UNITS
of their own, nor short-circuit current limiting
devices, provided that all the conditions specified
below are met: 8.8.1 Provision shall be made for protecting
.1 the lamps are enclosed together with the device; power semiconductor units from internal and ex-
.2 the lamps are supplied from circuits inside the ternal overvoltage.
enclosure of the device; 8.8.2 Semiconductor element units shall be
.3 the protection of the circuit of the device is protected against short-circuit. The overload protec-
rated for current not exceeding 25 A; tion of diodes and semiconductors shall be isolated
.4 a fault in the lamp circuit is not liable to cause an from the overload protection of power circuits.
interruption in the operation of an essential service. 8.8.3 Where only one consumer is available, a
Short-circuit protection or current limiting de- common overload protection is permitted for diode
vices shall be located as close as practicable to the and semiconductors units, and power circuits.
terminals of the device under protection on the
supply side.
8.7.2 Radio interference suppression capacitors 8.9 RESIDUAL-CURRENT DEVICES (RCD)
installed in the circuits of main and emergency
switchboards, generators, and essential electrical
installations shall be protected against short-circuit 8.9.1 To protect personnel against current injury
currents. and to protect some kinds of electrical equipment
8.7.3 The voltage coils of apparatus and devices against single-phase earth fault residual-current
for control and protection shall be protected against devices shall be used.
short-circuit current, but they may have no protec- 8.9.2 The residual-current devices shall be fitted
tion of their own, provided that the conditions in the supply circuits of socket outlets intended to
specified below are met: feed the portable equipment and in the supply circuits
.1 the coils are enclosed with the device, are under of cabin's socket outlets as well as the socket outlets
overall protection and belong to the control system of in public and other spaces with the voltage in excess
one device; of the safe one (50 V).
.2 the coils are supplied from a device circuit, the 8.9.3 The residual-current devices shall be set to
protection of which is rated for current not exceeding operate at zero sequence current within 10 to 30 mA.
25 A. 8.9.4 For essential electrical equipment, installa-
tion of the residual-current devices is not permitted.
9 EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

9.1 GENERAL covered by the requirements of Part V "Subdivision"
shall be also located, as a minimum, at a height of
9.1.1 In each self-propelled ship, an autonomous 300 mm above the deepest (damage) waterline.
emergency source of electrical power shall be The exits from the spaces shall be easily accessible
provided. Such source is not required for ships, in and shall be direct exits to the open deck, on which
which the main sources of electrical power are the emergency source of electrical power is installed.
accumulator batteries, on condition that at least 9.2.2 The arrangement of emergency sources of
one of the batteries installed satisfies the capacity and electrical power and pertinent transformers, if any, of
location requirements imposed upon the emergency transitional sources of electrical power, emergency
source of electrical power. distribution board and distribution board of emergency
In the case of non-self-propelled ships, the lighting with regard to the main sources of electrical
installation of an emergency source of electrical power and pertinent transformers, and with regard to
power is subject to the special approval by the the main distribution board, shall be such that a fire or
Register in each case. another emergency in the space of the main source of
9.1.2 A generator or an accumulator battery may electrical power, of pertinent transformers, main dis-
be used as an emergency source of power. tribution board or in any machinery space of category A
9.1.3 The capacity of the emergency source of would not hamper the supply, control and distribution
power shall be sufficient to supply simultaneously all of electrical power from the emergency source.
those services that are essential for the safety of 9.2.3 Spaces containing emergency sources of
navigation in an emergency. In ships where electrical electrical power, pertinent transformers, transitional
power is necessary for propulsion, the capacity of the sources of electrical power, emergency distribution
emergency source of electrical power shall be sufficient board and distribution board of emergency lighting
to restore propulsion to the ship (in conjunction with shall not, where possible, be adjacent to machinery
other machinery, as appropriate) from a dead ship and boiler spaces or to spaces containing the main
condition within 30 min after blackout. source of electrical power, pertinent transformers and
9.1.4 The possibility shall be provided for main distribution board.
functional testing of the complete emergency installa- In case of adjacent arrangement, the decks and
tion including testing of automatic starting arrange- bulkheads separating these spaces shall be con-
ments of the diesel generator. structed in accordance with the requirements of
9.1.5 An indicator shall be mounted in the main Part VI "Fire Protection" relating to control stations.
machinery control room or on the main switchboard to 9.2.4 Emergency distribution board shall be as close
show when the battery, which serves as an emergency as possible to the emergency source of electrical power.
source of electrical power, is being discharged. 9.2.5 Where a generator serves as the emergency
9.1.6 The emergency sources of electrical power source of electrical power, the emergency distribution
shall be provided only with short-circuit protection. board shall be installed in the same space as the diesel
If the emergency source of power is a generator, in generator except where such an arrangement would
the main machinery control room or in the main adversely affect the distribution board operation.
switchboard visual and audible alarms shall be fitted All starting arrangements, charging facilities and
to warn of the generator overload. starter accumulator batteries of the emergency unit
shall also be installed in this space, provided the
requirements of 13.2 are complied with.
9.2 SPACES OF EMERGENCY SOURCES 9.2.6 The emergency diesel generator space shall
OF ELECTRICAL POWER be provided with heating appliances to ensure the
temperature in the space sufficient for starting,
9.2.1 The spaces of emergency sources of without fail, of the emergency generating set and
electrical power and of their transformers (if any), ventilation in accordance with the requirements of
of emergency transitional sources of electrical power, 12.5.3, Part VIII "Systems and Piping".
emergency distribution board and distribution board 9.2.7 Where the emergency source of electrical power
of emergency lighting shall be located above the is an accumulator battery, this battery and the emergency
uppermost continuous deck outside machinery switchboard shall be installed in separate spaces.
casings and astern from forepeak bulkhead (collision The requirements for the battery compartments
bulkhead). The above mentioned spaces in ships are given in 13.2.
9.3 EMERGENCY SOURCES OF ELECTRICAL POWER provided for in 9.2 and having a capacity sufficient to
IN CARGO SHIPS supply those consumers during 18 h.
For ships of gross tonnage 300 and above of
9.3.1 In cargo ships, the emergency sources of restricted areas of navigation R2, R2-RSN,
electrical power shall supply the following services: R2-RSN(4,5), R3-RSN and R3 the required period
.1 emergency lighting for: of 18 h may be reduced to 12 h.
all corridors, stairways and exits from service For ships of less than 300 gross tonnage, the period
spaces as well as passenger lift cars and trunks; of 18 h may be changed to 6 h in the case of unrestricted
machinery spaces, main generating stations; service and restricted area of navigation Rl and to 3 h in
all control stations, main and emergency switch- the case of restricted areas of navigation R2, R2-RSN,
boards; R2-RSN(4,5), R3-RSN and R3.
emergency diesel generator space; 9.3.2 The emergency source of electrical power shall
wheelhouse; ensure, during 3 h, the emergency lighting of muster
chartroom and radioroom; and embarkation stations for boarding life-saving
stowage positions for emergency and fireman's appliances on deck and overboard according to 2.3.4
outfit and also positions where manual fire alarms and 2.7.7, Part II "Life-Saving Appliances" of the Rules
are fitted; for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships.
steering gear compartments; 9.3.3 The supply of steering gear shall be effected
positions at fire and sprinkler pumps, emergency from the emergency source of electrical power in
bilge pump and starting positions of their motors; accordance with 5.5.6.
cargo pump rooms; 9.3.4 Where a generator is used as the emergency
helicopter hangars and landing areas; source of electrical power, it shall be:
gyrocompass space; .1 driven by an internal combustion engine (refer
medical rooms; to 2.2.5, Part IX "Machinery");
.2 navigation lights, lights of "Vessel not under .2 automatically started upon failure of the
command" signal and other lights required by electrical supply from the main source of electrical
Part III "Signal Means" of the Rules for the power monitored at the emergency switchboard
Equipment of Sea-Going Ships; busbars and automatically connected to the emer-
.3 internal communication means and general gency switchboard, and consumers stipulated under
alarm signals; 9.3.1 shall be automatically supplied by the emer-
.4 radio equipment and navigational equipment gency generator. The total time of starting and load
according to the requirements of Part IV "Radio take-over by the generator shall not exceed 45 s;
Equipment" and Part V "Navigational Equipment" of .3 in case the automatic start of emergency unit
the Rules for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships where stipulated by 9.3.4.2 shall not take place within 45 s,
the emergency source of power is a diesel generator; an emergency transitional source of electrical power
.5 fire detection and alarm systems; shall be provided, which shall start immediately on
.6 daylight signalling lamps, sound signal means failure of the main source of electrical power.
(whistles, gongs, etc.), manual calling and other 9.3.5 Where an accumulator battery is used as the
signals required under emergency conditions; emergency source of electrical power, it shall:
.7 machinery and devices mentioned under .1 operate without recharging with voltage varia-
3.2.1.2, 3.4.7, 3.7.3.7, Part VI "Fire Protection"; tions across the terminals within 12 per cent of rated
.8 electric drives of watertight doors with their voltage during the whole discharge period, where
indicators and alarms; voltage variations across the terminals of accumulator
.9 electric drives of devices holding fire doors; battery connected to an electronic voltage converter are
.10 electric drive of the launching appliance for the determined by the permissible range of voltage
lifeboat specified in 6.20.4.7, Part II "Life-Saving Appli- variation across the terminals of the converter;
ances" of the Rules for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships. .2 be automatically connected to emergency
.11 other systems, the operation of which would distribution board busbars in case of failure of the
be found necessary by the Register to ensure the main source of electrical power and supply at least
safety of the ship and the persons on board. the consumers mentioned under 9.3.7 during the time
In ships of unrestricted service and restricted area stipulated by 9.3.1 excepting electric drives of fire
of navigation Rl of 300 and above gross tonnage, the doors with their indicators and alarms, which can be
emergency sources of electrical power shall ensure the supplied during 30 min.
supply of services listed above during 18 h. 9.3.6 As transitional emergency source of electrical
Consumers mentioned under 9.3.1.3 to 9.3.1.6 power stipulated by 9.3.4.3, an accumulator battery shall
may be supplied from their own batteries arranged as be used, which shall operate without recharging with
voltage variations across the terminals within 12 per cent automatic switch at the emergency distribution board
of rated voltage during the whole discharge period. shall be provided with short-circuit protection at
Voltage variations across the terminals of accumulator least.
battery connected to an electronic voltage converter are 9.4.2 The emergency generator, during the stay of
determined by the permissible range of voltage variation the ship in port, may be used to supply non-
across the terminals of the converter, which shall not be emergency consumers (refer also to 2.2.6, Part IX
above values specified in 2.1.3.1. "Machinery"), which is subject to special considera-
9.3.7 The capacity of the battery serving as the tion by the Register in each case. In doing so, the
transitional source of electrical power shall be sufficient following conditions shall be met:
to supply, during 30 min, the following consumers: provision is made for automatic disconnection of
.1 lighting and essential navigating lights accord- non-emergency consumers from the emergency distri-
ing to 9.3.1.1, 9.3.1.2 and 9.3.2; bution board to prevent overloading of the generator
.2 all internal communications and announcing and to ensure the supply of emergency consumers;
systems required in an emergency; damage of any control, protection and alarm
.3 general alarm system, fire detection and alarm circuits intended to maintain operation of the
system and warning system on starting a smothering emergency generator during the stay of the ship in
fire-extinguishing system; port, shall not affect the work of the main and
.4 daylight signalling lamps, sound signal means emergency electrical power sources;
(whistles, gongs, etc.); arrangements are provided to select the operating
.5 command broadcast apparatus in accordance modes of emergency generators with a quick change-
with item 11 of Table 2.3.4, Part IV "Radio Equipment" over to emergency mode being possible;
of the Rules for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships; provision is made for instructions to be available
.6 closing gear of watertight doors, their position onboard, for bringing all the controls (valves, switches,
indicators and signals warning of their closure; etc) in a position ensuring independent operation of the
.7 ship's security alarm system required by Part IV emergency generator when the ship is underway, and
"Radio Equipment", as well as AIS installation and also containing information on the required oil fuel
long-range identification and tracking system equip- capacity, on the position of the operating mode switch (if
ment, as required by Part V "Navigational Equipment" any), on the position of ventilation closures, etc.
of the Rules for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships. 9.4.3 Consumers listed under 9.3.1 and 19.1.2
Services listed under 9.3.7.2 to 9.3.7.7 may not be shall be supplied through separate feeders from the
supplied from the transitional source if they have busbars of the emergency distribution board fitted up
their own accumulator batteries, by which they are with relevant switch gear and protection. Supply of
supplied during the required period of time. consumers mentioned under 9.3.1.2 to 9.3.1.6 and
9.3.8 For Class ENF2 and Class ENF3 ships, in 19.1.2.1.2 to 19.1.2.1.6 may be effected from the main
accordance with the classification given in 7.3.2, Part VI control console in the wheelhouse, which is supplied
"Fire Protection", regardless of the navigation area and in conformity with 4.5.2.
tonnage of the ships, the emergency source of electrical 9.4.4 Where a transitional source of power is
power shall supply the services listed in 7.3.6 and 7.3.8, available, consumers listed under 9.3.7 and 19.1.2.7
Part VI "Fire Protection" for a period of 36 hours and shall be supplied through a special distribution board
9.3.1 of this Part. on the feeders, of which no switches shall be fitted.
9.4 DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL POWER 9.5 STARTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR EMERGENCY

FROM EMERGENCY SOURCES DIESEL GENERATORS
9.4.1 Under normal service conditions, emer- 9.5.1 The following arrangements may be used as
gency distribution board shall be supplied from the starting arrangements for emergency diesel generators:
main distribution board. The supply feeder shall have .1 electric starter with its own accumulator
an overload and short-circuit protection fitted at the battery and charging device;
main distribution board. .2 compressed air system with its own indepen-
At the emergency distribution board, a switch dent air receiver;
shall be provided, which shall switch off automati- .3 hydraulic starting system;
cally in the case of de-energizing the busbars of the .4 manual starting arrangements: starting handle
main distribution board. for manual cranking, inertia starters, manually
Where the main distribution board shall be charged hydraulic accumulators or powder charge
supplied from the emergency distribution board, the cartridges.
9.5.2 Each emergency generating set arranged to 9.6.6 For drives having power of more than 2250 kW
be automatically started shall be equipped with a or with cylinder bore of more than 300 mm, in addition,
starting device of an approved type with a stored provision shall be made for alarm system activating at
energy capability of at least three consecutive starts. excess of the oil mist concentration in crankcase.
The source of stored energy shall be protected to 9.6.7 Alarm system shall comply with the
preclude critical depletion by the automatic starting requirements given in 2.4.1, Part XV "Automation".
system, unless a second independent means of 9.6.8 Grouped alarms shall be arranged on the
starting is provided. In addition, a second source of navigation bridge.
energy shall be provided for additional three starts 9.6.9 Proceeding from the power of drives, local
within 30 minutes unless manual starting can be indication of the parameters listed in 9.6.4 to 9.6.6
demonstrated to be effective. shall be provided (within the same space as the
9.5.3 Where automatic starting of the emergency emergency diesel generator) independent of the alarm
diesel generator is not required, manual starting is and safety systems.
permissible with the use of one of the starting
arrangements specified in 9.5.1.4.
When manual starting is not practicable, the 9.7 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SYSTEM (UPS)
starting arrangements shall comply with the require-
ments of 9.5.2. 9.7.1 Uninterruptible power system (UPS), in
9.5.4 The starting arrangements of the accumu- addition to the requirements set forth below, shall
lator batteries and the electric drives of the machinery comply with the requirements of IEC 62040 and
ensuring the functioning of the compressed air or applicable requirements of national standards.
hydraulic systems of the emergency diesel generator 9.7.2 UPS complying with these requirements
starting shall be supplied from the emergency switch- may be used as emergency or transitional sources of
board by separate feeders. electrical power as required by the present Part.
9.7.3 UPS type selection shall be appropriate to
power supply requirements of the connected load
9.6 ALARM SYSTEM AND PROTECTION OF EMERGENCY equipment.
DIESEL GENERATOR DRIVES 9.7.4 UPS shall be provided with a bypass, which
ensures power supply to connected load from the
9.6.1 Emergency diesel generator drives having ship's mains if the inverter fails.
power of 220 kW and above shall be equipped with a 9.7.5 Each UPS shall be provided with audible
protective device ensuring the shutdown of the engine and visual alarm to be given for:
in case of overspeed. .1 power supply failure to the connected load;
9.6.2 All protective devices that may influence the .2 earth fault;
shutdown of emergency diesel generator drives, except .3 operation of battery protective device;
for those preventing overspeed, shall be automatically .4 when the battery is being discharged; and
overridden when the emergency diesel generator is in .5 when the bypass is in operation for on-line UPS.
remote control or automatic mode during navigation. 9.7.6 The requirements for location of the UPS
This requirement covers all emergency diesel generators shall be similar to the requirements for the location of
regardless of their drives' output. the emergency or transitional source of electrical power.
9.6.3 In addition to the remote fuel stop control, 9.7.7 UPS utilising sealed batteries may be
a local means of emergency shutdown of emergency located in any space other than the accommodation
diesel generator drives shall be provided. space, provided sufficient ventilation is ensured in the
9.6.4 For emergency diesel generator drives alarm space.
system shall be activated at: 9.7.8 UPS shall maintain rated voltage and
fuel oil leakage from high pressure pipes; frequency on the load side throughout the whole
lubricating oil pressure below the minimum time necessary to supply the connected services.
permissible value; 9.7.9 On voltage recovery in the power supply
high temperature of cooling water or cooling air. circuit, the capacity of the UPS rectifier shall be
9.6.5 For drives having power of 220 kW and sufficient to maintain rated voltage and frequency on
above, in addition, provision shall be made for alarm the load side with simultaneous recharging the
system activating at: battery by the maximum possible charging current.
high lubricating oil temperature; 9.7.10 The accelerated (boost) charging of the
pressure or flow of cooling water below the UPS batteries by the maximum possible charging
minimum permissible value; current shall be interlocked with the ventilation of the
overspeed. space where the UPS batteries are installed.
10 ELECTRICAL MACHINES
10.1 GENERAL 10.2 SLIP RINGS, COMMUTATORS AND BRUSHES
10.1.1 The materials of propulsion motors shafts, 10.2.1 Direct-current machines for driving the
generators and slip coupling built into the shafting propulsion plants and direct-current machines rated
shall comply with the requirements of 3.7, Part XIII at 200 kW and over shall be provided with sight holes
"Materials". to enable observation of the commutator and brushes
10.1.2 Alternating-current generators together without removing the lids.
with voltage correctors shall be capable to sustain, 10.2.2 The permissible wear of commutator
under steady short-circuit conditions, at least three- segments or slip rings shall be indicated on their
times the rated current within 2 s. sides. It shall be taken equal to at least 20 per cent of
10.1.3 Electric propulsion generators and electric the commutator segment or slip ring height.
propulsion motors, or, where justified, also machines 10.2.3 For armatures more than 1000 kg in mass
of different designation, shall have heating arrange- provision shall be made to allow reconditioning of
ments to maintain their temperature at least 3 C the commutator without removing the armature from
above the ambient air temperature. the machine.
10.1.4 Generators built into the shafting of the 10.2.4 A flexible copper conductor shall be used
main machinery shall have split stators and bearing for drawing current from brushes. Brush holder
shields if, due to the shaft arrangement, the stator springs shall not be used for this purpose.
displacement in the direction of the shaft from the 10.2.5 The position of brushes in direct-current
rotor is not possible. Such generators shall have an machines shall be clearly and indelibly marked.
air gap preventing mechanical contact of the rotor 10.2.6 Commutator type machines shall be
and stator under the most unfavourable service capable of operating practically without sparking at
conditions. any load from zero to rated value. No sparking shall
10.1.5 Rotors and armatures of alternating and be possible at the specified overloads, reversals or
direct-current machines shall be capable of with- startups, to such an extent as to cause damage to
standing for 2 min, without damage and permanent brushes or commutators.
set, the following increased speeds of rotation:
.1 generators, rotating coverters and electric slip
coupling and brakes: 120 per cent of the rated speed, 10.3 BEARINGS
but at least by 3 per cent more than the maximum
speed transient process;
.2 series-wound motors: 120 per cent of the 10.3.1 Bearings shall be so designed as to avoid
maximum permissible speed as indicated on the the possibility of oil splashing or leaking along the
rating plate, but not less than 150 per cent of the shaft and coming into contact with the machine
rated speed; windings or live parts.
.3 all motors other than mentioned above, 10.3.2 The casing of the sliding bearing shall be
120 per cent of the maximum no-load speed. fitted with a hole for excessive lubricating oil drain
10.1.6 Where a machine is so designed that after and with a lid in the upper part of the casing. Oil level
installation on board the ship its bottom portion is indicators shall be provided on machines rated at
positioned below floor level, ventilation air intake 100 kW or more.
shall not be through the bottom part of the machine. 10.3.3 Pressure lubrication system shall incorpo-
10.1.7 Application of external cooling fans is not rate pressure indicators for oil entering the bearing.
recommended for machines intended for installation 10.3.4 In electric propulsion machinery, or
on weather decks. machines of different designation, where so justified,
10.1.8 The power of electric motors supplied provisions shall be made to prevent flow of shaft
from an electrical power source, which does not currents through sliding friction bearings.
comply with the requirements of 2.2.1.3, shall be 10.3.5 Generators driven by belts or chains from
calculated taking into account the additional heating the main machinery of the ship shall be so designed
due to the higher harmonic components. that the effect of the lateral forces is taken into
account.
10.4 TEMPERATURE DETECTORS 10.6 ALTERNATING-CURRENT GENERATORS

10.4.1 Stators of alternating-current machines
rated at over 5000 kW, or having a core length of 10.6.1 General.
more than 1 m, shall be provided with temperature 10.6.1.1 Each alternating-current generator shall
detectors installed where the machine may be have a separate, independent automatic voltage
expected to develop the highest temperatures. regulation system.
10.4.2 Embedded temperature detectors are 10.6.1.2 Alternating current generators shall
recommended for electric motors with short-time or possess sufficient excitation capacity to maintain the
intermittent operating conditions. rated voltage with an accuracy of 10 per cent for
10.4.3 It is recommended that overload protec- 2 min at generator overcurrent equal to 150 per cent
tion for windlass-driving electric motors shall be by of the rated value and at a power factor 0,6.
means of embedded temperature detectors so selected 10.6.1.3 Protection of alternating-current genera-
that the protection device will disconnect the motor tors shall comply with the requirements of 8.2.
when the temperature rise limit for the insulation 10.6.2 Voltage regulation systems.
employed is exceeded by more than 30 per cent. 10.6.2.1 Alternating-current generators shall have
The terminals of the detector shall be located so automatic voltage regulation systems ensuring that the
as to be easily accessible. voltage may be maintained within (2,5 per cent of the
rated value (up to 3,5 per cent for emergency
generators) at all load changes from no-load to
10.5 OVERCURRENT
rated load values at the rated power factor. The
speed in this case shall be within the range specified
10.5.1 Generators shall be so designed that after in 2.11.3, Part IX "Machinery".
reaching the steady-state temperature corresponding 10.6.2.2 A sudden change in the balanced load of
to the rated load they shall be capable of sustaining a generator running at rated speed and rated voltage,
overcurrent as specified in Table 10.5.1. under given current and power-factor conditions,
T a b l e 10.5.1 shall not cause a drop of voltage below 85 per cent or
a rise above 120 per cent of the rated value. After the
Type of generator Overcurrent, % Duration of overload, s completion of transient processes, the generator
a.c. 50 120 voltage shall be restored within not more than 1,5 s
d.c. 50 15 with a deviation from the rated value being + 3 per cent.
For emergency sets these values may be increased,
respectively, to 5 s and 4 per cent of the rated
10.5.2 Electric motors shall be so designed that voltage.
they are capable of developing, without stopping or Where no precise data are available on peak
sudden rotation frequency changes, the increased values of sudden load that may be connected
torque specified in Table 10.5.2. additionally to the existing generator load, these
10.5.3 For electric propulsion motors overload in may be taken equal to a load of 60 per cent of the
torque and duration of overload specified in 10.5.2 rated current at a power factor of 0,4 or less, which is
are subject to special consideration by the Register. connected at idle speed and then disconnected. The
T a b l e 10.5.2
Nos Type of motor Overload in torque, % Duration of overload, s Testing conditions
1 Synchronous motors, as well 50 15 Frequency, voltage and exci-
as squirrel-cage motors with tation to be maintained at
starting current not less than rated levels
4,5 times the rated current
2 Induction motors for contin- 60 15 Frequency and voltage to be
uous and intermittent duties maintained at rated levels
3 Motors as specified in item 2, 100 15 Frequency and voltage to be
but for short-time and conti- maintained at rated levels
nuous duty with varying load
4 Direct-current motors 50 15 Voltage to be maintained at
rated level
speed in this case shall be within the range specified in .3 5 per cent for generators rated at 15 kW and
2.11.3, Part IX "Machinery". less.
10.6.2.3 For alternating-current generators the 10.7.2.6 Direct-current sets comprising shunt-
deviation from sine voltage shall not be more than wound generators shall have such external generator
5 per cent of the harmonic component peak value. characte-ristics and automatic voltage regulators that
voltage is maintained to within + 2,5 per cent of the
rated value at all load variations from zero to the
10.7 DIRECT-CURRENT GENERATORS
rated load.
10.7.1 General. 10.8 ELECTROMAGNETIC BRAKES

10.7.1.1 Compound-wound and shunt-wound
direct-current generators shall be equipped with
automatic voltage regulation systems. 10.8.1 The brake shall operate when the brake
10.7.1.2 Protection of direct-current generators operating coil becomes de-energized.
shall comply with the requirements of 8.2. 10.8.2 A 30 per cent voltage drop below the rated
10.7.2 Voltage regulations. value shall not cause a hot brake to operate.
10.7.2.1 Voltage regulators of direct-current 10.8.3 Electromagnetic brakes shall allow of
compound-wound generators shall enable reduction manual release.
of no-load voltage, with the generator cold, by not 10.8.4 Electromagnetic brakes shall be fitted with
less than 10 per cent below the rated generator at least two pressure springs.
voltage, taking into account the increased revolutions 10.8.5 The shunt windings of a compound-wound
of the prime mover running at no load. electromagnetic brake shall be capable of holding off
10.7.2.2 Manual voltage regulators shall be so the brake even when no current flows through the
designed that the voltage increases when their series winding.
controls are rotated clockwise. 10.8.6 The shunt windings of electromagnetic
10.7.2.3 Voltage regulators of direct-current brakes shall be so constructed or protected that they
shunt-wound generators shall be so designed that, can be safe from damage at overvoltages such as
when the field current is removed, the field winding occur when they are being disconnected (refer also
shall be closed to the discharge circuit. to 5.4.3).
10.7.2.4 Direct-current compound-wound genera-
tors shall have independent devices for voltage regula-
tion within a tolerance of 1 per cent for generators 10.9 ASYNCHRONOUS ELECTRIC MOTORS SUPPLIED
rated at up to 100 kW, or within +0,5 per cent for FROM FREQUENCY CONVERTERS
generators of rating exceeding 100 kW. The above
regulation limits shall be maintained with the 10.9.1 Asynchronous electric motors supplied
generator cold and hot and at any load within the from frequency converters shall have output reserve
operating load range of generators. in order to prevent overheat caused by the voltage
10.7.2.5 Direct-current sets comprising compound- curve harmonic distortion.
wound generators shall have such external character- 10.9.2 Stator winding of asynchronous electric
istics that the voltage of a hot generator adjusted to the motors less than 100 kW supplied from frequency
rated value with an accuracy of 1 per cent at converters shall be two-layer winding or single layer
20 per cent of the load does not vary at full load by with equal length of conductors with F- or H- class
more than +1,5 per cent for generators rated at reinforced insulation.
50 kW or over, and by more than 2,5 per cent for 10.9.3 In order to reduce overvoltage in stator
generators of lower output. winding of asynchronous motors supplied from
Voltage variations in a compound-wound gene- frequency converters with the pulse-width modula-
rator running at 20 to 100 per cent of the rated load tion (PWM) it is necessary to:
shall not exceed the following limits: .1 apply star phase splicing of stator winding;
.1 3 per cent for generators rated at 50 kW and .2 optimum selection of impedance of the electric
more; motor stator winding and cable between electric
.2 4 per cent for generators rated over 15 kW motor and frequency convertor;
but less than 50 kW; .3 use control algorithm for frequency convertor
limiting minimum pulse duration and pause between
impulses.
11 TRANSFORMERS
11.1 GENERAL 11.2.2 For single-phase and three-phase transfor-
mers used to supply the ship's mains, voltage
11.1.1 The requirements of the Section apply to variation at an active load between zero and rated
transformers listed in 3.3. load shall not exceed 5 per cent for transformers
For additional requirements for transformers rated at up to 6,3 kVA per phase and 2,5 per cent for
with voltages over 1000 V, refer to 18.4. transformers of higher rating.
11.1.2 Dry-type transformers shall be used in ships. 11.2.3 Transformers intended to operate in
The use of other type transformers is subject to parallel shall have their winding connections
special consideration by the Register. grouped together, their transformation ratios shall
11.1.3 Transformers shall have electrically sepa- be the same, and their short circuit voltages shall be
rated windings for primary and secondary voltages. such that the load on any transformer does not
depart from the corresponding proportional part of
power output of each transformer by more than
11.2 OVERLOAD, VOLTAGE VARIATION 10 per cent of the rated current for a given transformer.
AND OPERATION ES PARALLEL 11.2.4 Nominal capacities of transformers for
parallel work shall not differ from each other more
11.2.1 Transformers shall be so designed as to be than twice.
capable of withstanding 10 per cent overload for 1 h.
and 50 per cent overload for 5 min.
12 POWER SEMICONDUCTOR UNITS

12.1 GENERAL Factor KMD shall be determined by the formula
12.1.1 In power semiconductor units use shall be Kmd = Um7T Ulm 100 % (12.2.2)
made of semiconductor elements of silicone type.
Elements of other type are subject to special where Um = peak value of the ship mains voltage;
consideration by the Register in each case. U\m= peak value of the first harmonic component.
12.1.2 To prevent condensation in semiconductor
units having the dissipation power above 500 W, 12.3 CONTROL AND SIGNALLING SYSTEMS
provi-sion shall be made for heating so that their
temperature is at least by 3 C higher than that of the 12.3.1 Semiconductor arrangements shall be
ambient air. provided with light signals for connection or dis-
12.1.3 Power semiconductor units shall be connection of power circuits and control circuits.
provided with air cooling (natural or artificial). 12.3.2 The power section of semiconductor
The use of liquid cooling is subject to special arrangements shall be electrically insulated from the
consideration by the Register in each case. control system.
12.1.4 For power semiconductor units with 12.3.3 The long-term current deviation in the
forced cooling, provision shall be made for the parallel branches of semiconductor arrangements
protection reducing or disconnecting the load in case shall not exceed 10 per cent of average current value.
of inadequate cooling. 12.3.4 The operation of semiconductor arrange-
The activation of protection shall be preceded by ments shall not be hampered by the failure of
the activation of light and sound alarms for exceeding particular gates. Where the load upon particular
the maximum permissible temperature of cooling gates exceeds permissible values, it shall be reduced
medium at the system outlet. automatically.
When a gate fails, light and sound signals shall be
activated.
12.2 PERMISSIBLE PARAMETERS OF VOLTAGE
DISTORTION
12.4 MEASURING INSTRUMENTS
12.2.1 The voltage curve harmonic distortion
factor for the ship mains depending upon the
operation of the power semiconductor units shall 12.4.1 Semiconductor arrangements shall be
not exceed 10 per cent. fitted up with measuring instruments in accordance
The use of power semiconductor units, which with their purpose.
cause the harmonic distortion of the voltage curve 12.4.2 In the scales of measuring instruments of
above 10 per cent, is subject to special consideration semiconductor arrangements, maximum permissible
by the Register in each case. parameter values shall be marked off. Where forced
The voltage curve harmonic distortion factor cooling is applied, the maximum permissible tem-
shall be determined by the formula given in 2.2.1.3. perature shall be marked off clearly in the scale of the
12.2.2 The factor of maximum relative deviation instrument for measuring the cooling air tempera-
of instantaneous voltage value from the first harmo- ture.
nic component shall not exceed 30 per cent.
13 ACCUMULATOR BATTERIES
13.1 GENERAL 13.2 ARRANGEMENT OF ACCUMULATOR BATTERIES
13.1.1 Accumulator batteries shall be so con- 13.2.1 Batteries having a voltage in excess of the
structed that the loss of capacity of a fully charged safety voltage, as well as batteries having a capacity
battery due to self-discharge after 28 days out of over 2 kW computed from the maximum charging
operation at a temperature of (255)C does not current and the rated voltage, shall be located in
exceed 30 per cent of rated capacity for acid batteries special battery compartments accessible from the
and 25 per cent for alkaline batteries. deck, or in appropriate boxes installed on deck.
13.1.2 Battery containers and closures for holes These spaces shall be special electrical spaces.
shall be so constructed and secured as to prevent Batteries having a charge capacity of 0,2 kW up
spilling or splashing of the electrolyte when the to 2 kW may be installed in boxes or cabinets located
container is inclined on any side to an angle of 40 inside the ship's hull.
from the vertical. In ships with low-power electrical installation,
Closures shall be made from durable material except passenger ships, the above batteries may be
resistant to electrolyte. Closure design shall be such installed in the machinery space in such a way that
as to avoid building up of excess gas pressure inside their upper section is at least above the margin line in
the battery. case the ship is flooded.
13.1.3 The mastics used shall not change their Accumulator batteries intended for the electric
properties or deteriorate at ambient temperature starting of internal combustion engines except for
changes within - 3 0 to +60 C. emergency units may be installed in machinery spaces
13.1.4 Materials used for fabrication of crates to in special cabinets with sufficient ventilation.
house battery cells shall be resistant to electrolyte. Batteries having a charge capacity less than 0,2 kW
Individual cells arranged within the crates shall be so and unattended batteries giving off no gases in operation
secured that it is impossible for them to move relative are allowed to be installed in any space, other than
to one another. accommodation spaces, provided they are protected
13.1.5 Where batteries are fitted for use for from the action of water and mechanical damage and do
essential and emergency services a schedule of such not harmfully affect the surrounding equipment.
batteries shall be compiled and maintained. The 13.2.2 The acid and alkaline batteries shall not be
schedule, which shall be reviewed by the Register, placed in one compartment or in one box. The vessels
shall include the following information regarding the and instruments intended for the batteries with
battery: different electrolytes shall be placed separately.
type and manufacturer; 13.2.3 The inside part of a battery compartment
voltage and capacity; or cabinet, as well as all structural parts, which may
location; be subjected to harmful effects of electrolyte or gas,
equipment and systems served; shall be suitably protected.
maintenance/replacement cycle dates; 13.2.4 Accumulator batteries and individual cells
date of last maintenance or replacement; shall be properly fixed in position. In case they are
for replacement batteries in storage, the date of installed on shelves in two or more rows, all the
permissible shelf life. shelves shall have a clearance of at least 50 mm on the
Details of the schedule shall be included in the face and back side for air circulation, and the
ship's safety management system specified in distance from the deck to the plugs in the upper
Chapter IX of SOLAS-74. row of cells shall not exceed 1500 mm.
13.1.6 Where batteries are replaced, they shall be 13.2.5 When installing the accumulator batteries
of an equivalent performance type, which shall be or individual accumulators (cells), provision shall be
reflected in appropriate instructions. made for fitting linings and spacers between them
13.1.7 Where vented type battery replace valve- that will ensure a clearance for circulation of air of
regulated sealed type at its location, the requirements not less than 15 mm on all sides.
of the Rules relevant to the location and ventilation 13.2.6 Warning notices indicating the danger of
of the batteries shall be met. explosion shall be provided on the doors leading to
the battery compartment or nearby, as well as on the
boxes containing the accumulators.
13.3 HEATING 13.6 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

ES BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
13.3.1 The battery compartments and boxes where- 13.6.1 Apart from safe-type lighting fixtures and
in temperature in operation may fall down below cables led to accumulators and lighting fixtures, no
+ 5 C shall be heated. The heating is allowed to be other electrical equipment shall be installed in battery
effected by the heat produced in adjacent spaces, as well compartments.
as with water or steam radiators located inside the Cables led to accumulator batteries and lighting
battery rooms (also refer to 2.9.3.3). fixtures may run openly, provided they have metal
Use of accumulator batteries, which do not armour or braid covered with non-metal sheath and this
require supplementary heating, shall be subject to metal armour or braid is reliably earthed at both ends.
special consideration by the Register
13.3.2 The heating system valves shall be located
outside the battery compartments. 13.7 ELECTRICAL STARTERS FOR INTERNAL
13.3.3 The shipboard air conditioning system shall COMBUSTION ENGESES
not be used for heating the battery compartments.
13.7.1 Number of starter accumulator batteries.
13.7.1.1 In a ship equipped with electrically-
13.4 VENTILATION
started internal combustion engines, irrespective of
the number of such engines, not less than two starter
batteries shall be permanently installed for starting
13.4.1 The battery compartments and boxes, except each of the main and auxiliary engines, or not less
for unattended batteries not releasing gases during than two common batteries for starting all the
operation, shall have sufficient ventilation that will engines. Moreover, provision shall be made for a
prevent accumulation of explosive air-gas mixture. permanent switching system that will ensure possible
The ventilation system shall meet the require- use of any battery for starting any of the engines in
ments of 12.10, Part VIII "Systems and Piping". the group serviced by this battery. In this case parallel
13.4.2 The battery compartments equipped with connection of the batteries is not allowed.
mechanical ventilation shall be provided with devices 13.7.1.2 For ships of restricted area of navigation R3
that will prevent charging of accumulator batteries and also for ships of restricted area of navigation R2
before ventilation has been switched on. with the electrical installation of low power (other
Charging cycle shall be automatically discontin- than passenger ships), it is permitted to have only one
ued, shall the ventilators stop. starter accumulator battery, provided that it may be
used for starting all the engines.
13.7.2 Battery characteristics.
13.5 CHARGING OF ACCUMULATOR BATTERIES
13.7.2.1 Each starter battery shall be designed to
withstand the discharging current in starter duty that
will correspond to the maximum current through the
13.5.1 Provision shall be made for charging most powerful starting electric motor.
facilities to charge the accumulator batteries of 13.7.2.2 Capacity of each battery shall be
essential services within 8 h. sufficient for six starts of the engine in the ready-
In case an additional battery is used substituting for-start condition, or in case of two or more engines,
that being charged, the charging time may exceed 8 h. for not less than three starts of each engine. Total
13.5.2 The charging facilities shall have means for capacity of the batteries for starting main engines
measuring the voltage across battery terminals and shall provide the required number of starts during
charging current, as well as discharging current for 30 min.
emergency sources of electrical power. 13.7.2.3 In computing battery capacity, the
13.5.3 In ships equipped with portable accumu- duration of each start shall be considered not less
lator-fed lanterns or with spare accumulator-fed than 5 s.
navigation lanterns the facilities shall be provided 13.7.3 Charging facilities.
for charging the accumulators of these lanterns. 13.7.3.1 A starter battery charging facility shall
be supplied by a separate feeder from the main
switchboard even if the battery is charged from the
appurtenant generator.
13.7.3.2 For ships of restricted area of navigation R3 than passenger ships) the starter battery may be
and also for ships of restricted area of navigation R2 charged only from the appurtenant generator.
with the electrical installation of low power (other
14 ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AND ACCESSORIES
14.1 ELECTRICAL APPARATUS peak prospective short-circuit current (Ip) at the place
of their installation.
14.1.1 General. 14.1.2.4 The electrodynamic strength current of
14.1.1.1 The design of switchgear with renewable electric switch apparatus not intended for interrupt-
contacts shall be such that renewal of contacts shall ing short-circuit currents shall be not less than the
be possible by means of standard tools, without peak prospective short-circuit current at the place of
dismantling the switchgear or its basic components. their installation.
14.1.1.2 All switches, circuit breakers and isolat- 14.1.2.5 Thermal strength of electric switch
ing switches, except those for cabins, shall be apparatus under short-circuit condition shall be
provided with mechanical or electrical contact-mak- consistent with the thermal action of periodic
ing position indicators located where the apparatus is component of the prospective sort-circuit current
actuated by the operator. (root-mean square (r.m.s.)) (7^) at the place of their
14.1.1.3 The positions of controller and master installation during short-circuit specified by the
controller drums shall be rigidly locked by mechan- selective action of protective devices.
ical means, location in zero position being more rigid N o t e . Thermal strength of electric switch apparatus is
than elsewhere. determined as the product of squared r.m.s. value of the periodic
Controller and master controlled drums shall be component prospective short-circuit current, kA, by the time, s,
I2 x t and shall be indicated in its technical specifications.
fitted with a scale and an indicator of position.
14.1.1.4 Machine control gear, except such as is 14.1.2.6 Rated short-time withstand current (1^)
used for smooth regulation, shall be so constructed for electric switch apparatus in circuits with selective
that the end and intermediate fixed positions are easy action of protective devices shall be not less than the
to feel at various control stages while movement r.m.s. periodic component of the prospective short-
beyond the end positions shall be impossible. circuit current at the first half-cycle (Icw>Iac)-
14.1.2 Electrical switch apparatus and protective 14.1.2.7 The use of a circuit-breaker with
devices. inadequate rated service ultimate breaking capacity
14.1.2.1 Electrical switch apparatus shall comply and rated ultimate making capacity (/,) correspond-
at least with the national standards and shall be so ing to the prospective short-circuit current at the
selected that: place of its installation is allowed, provided it is
under normal operation mode their rated vol- protected on the generator side by means of fuses
tages, currents and permissible temperatures are not and/or a circuit-breaker with at least necessary
exceeded; ratings for short-circuit currents, which is not used
they are capable of withstanding, without da- as a generator automatic switching device.
mage and heating above the limiting temperature, the Such protective devices having only rated ulti-
prescribed overloads as specified for transient modes; mate breaking capacity (7^) shall not be installed on
their characteristics under short-circuit current the main and emergency switchboards and shall not
mode correspond to the prospective short-circuit be applied in the circuits of essential and emergency
current values at the outputs (terminals) of each consumers. Their characteristics shall be such that:
switch apparatus at the design value of the power .1 while breaking the maximum prospective short-
factor. circuit current, the circuit breaker on the load side be
14.1.2.2 The nominal breaking capacity (Icn) of not damages to become unfit for further service;
electrical switch apparatus designed to break short- .2 switching the circuit breaker on the prospective
circuit currents shall be not less than: maximum current does not result in damage to the
actual value of the periodic component of the remaining part of the electrical installation; while it is
prospective short-circuit current for alternating cur- allowed for the circuit breaker on the load side not to
rent (Iac); be immediately fit for further operation.
the prospective short-circuit current at the 14.1.2.8 In electric circuits with a rated load current
specified time constant of the direct current appara- in excess of 320 A circuit breakers shall be fitted for
tus at the place of their installation at disconnection. overload protection. The use of circuit breakers is
14.1.2.3 The nominal making capacity (Icm) of recommended at the current exceeding 200 A.
electric switch apparatus, which may be incorporated 14.1.2.9 In direct current compound generator
in a shorted electric circuit, shall be not less than the circuits where the generators are intended for parallel
operation, circuit breakers shall have a pole for a or by mechanical press-fitting where there is no need to
common-wire mated mechanically with the other provide for their dismantling. Soldering is admissible
poles of the circuit breaker to switch it on before the where there is no risk of temperature rise at the point of
other poles are connected to busbars and to switch it junction above the limits specified for the solder.
off after their disconnection. 14.1.7 Fuses.
14.1.3 Manually operated controls. Fuse link housing shall be of totally enclosed type
14.1.3.1 The direction of movement of manually and allow no arc ejection to the outside, or sparking,
operated controls of switchgear or machine control or any other harmful effect upon the adjacent parts in
gear shall be such that clockwise rotation of a handle case the fuse blows.
(lever) corresponds to closing of an apparatus, start-
up of a motor, increased speed, increased voltage,
and so forth. 14.2 ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
Where lifting or lowering mechanisms are under
control, clockwise rotation of a handle (handwheel)
or shifting of a handle (lever) toward the operator 14.2.1 General.
shall correspond to lifting movement, and counter- 14.2.1.1 The enclosures of accessories and fittings
clockwise rotation or shifting away from the operator shall be constructed from materials of adequate
to lowering movement. mechanical strength, which are corrosion-resistant
14.1.3.2 Switchgear push buttons shall be so or adequately protected from corrosion and at least
designed that they cannot be actuated accidentally. flame-retardant. The enclosures of accessories and
14.1.4 Motor-operated gear. fittings designed for installation on weather decks, in
14.1.4.1 Actuators of switches and circuit break- refrigerated cargo spaces, fish processing shops, or
ers shall be so designed that in the event of loss of other humid areas shall be made of brass, bronze, or
supply to the actuating motor the switch or circuit equivalent alloy, or from plastics of suitable quality.
breaker contacts remain in closed or in open position If steel or aluminium alloys are used, anti-corrosive
only. protection shall be provided.
14.1.4.2 Electric motor actuators shall provide It is inadvisable to use threaded connections or
for reliable closing of the apparatus at all changes of tight-fit mating of parts in accessories and fittings
the control voltage within 85 to 110 per cent of the made of aluminium alloys.
rated value and in case of alternating current at 14.2.1.2 Insulating parts, to which current-carrying
frequency deviation within + 5 per cent of the rated components are fixed, shall be made of materials that
frequency. do not evolve gases as would ignite from an electric
14.1.4.3 A drop of control voltage down to spark at a temperature up to and including 500 C.
70 per cent of the rated value shall not result in 14.2.1.3 The lighting fixtures designed to be
opening the apparatus contacts, or reducing the mounted on or close to combustible materials shall
pressure thereof. be so constructed as not to get heated over 90 C.
14.1.4.4 The design of a motor-actuated switch- 14.2.2 Lampholders.
gear shall embody a provision for manual operation. 14.2.2.1 The design of lampholders fitted with
14.1.5 Coils. screw caps shall be such as to effectively prevent the
14.1.5.1 A conductor or a shoe shall be attached lamps from getting loose in service.
to a coil winding so as to avoid the mechanical 14.2.2.2 No switches are allowed to be fitted in
stresses of the connection affecting the coil turns. The lampholders.
tapping of voltage coils shall be made from flexible 14.2.2.3 Each lighting lampholder shall be
stranded conductor, except where the contact term- marked to indicate rated voltage and allowable
inals are secured directly to the coil frame. current or load.
14.1.5.2 The coils of electromagnetic apparatus 14.2.3 Plug and socket connector.
shall bear notations giving particulars of their 14.2.3.1 The pin jacks of socket outlets shall be so
characteristics. constructed as to ensure permanent pressure in
14.1.6 Resistor elements. contact with the plug pins.
14.1.6.1 Resistor elements shall be easily 14.2.3.2 Plugs with slotted pins are not allowed for
replaceable, in sections or in total. use. The pins of plugs designed for currents in excess of
14.1.6.2 Resistors shall be so disposed and 10 A shall be cylindrically shaped, solid or hollow.
ventilated that they do not heat other devices beyond 14.2.3.3 Socket outlets and plugs for voltages
the permissible limits. exceeding the safety level shall have contacts for
14.1.6.3 The joints between resistor elements or connecting the earth continuity conductors of the
between these and terminals shall be effected by welding incoming cables from current consumers.
14.2.3.4 Socket outlets having protective enclo- 14.2.3.7 Socket outlets and plugs shall be so
sures shall be so constructed that the required degree designed that it is not possible to insert only one live
of protection is ensured regardless of whether the contact pin into the socket outlet, or insert a live
plug is in or out of the socket outlet. contact pin into the earthing contact. Besides, the
14.2.3.5 Socket outlets rated at over 16 A shall be design of the outlets intended for connecting the
provided with built-in switches. Provision shall be motors (gears), the direction of rotation (operation)
also made for interlocking such socket outlets to of which depends on the change of the sequence of
prevent the possibility of the plug being inserted or phases or poles connected, shall exclude the possibi-
withdrawn when the socket switch is in the "closed" lity of the sequence change. When the plug is inserted
position. into the socket outlet, the earthing part of the plug
14.2.3.6 Where socket outlets are not interlocked, shall make contact with the earthing part of the
the clearance between contacts in air or across the socket outlet before connecting the live pins.
insulation surface shall be such that no short circuit is 14.2.3.8 In socket outlets, plugs and branched pin
possible due to arcing over when the plug is jacks, no fuses shall be fitted.
withdrawn while carrying a load 50 per cent above
the rated current at rated voltage.
15 ELECTRICAL COOKING AND HEATING APPLIANCES
15.1 GENERAL 15.2.3 The enclosures of electric heating appli-

ances shall be so constructed as to prevent the
15.1.1 Only stationary-type electrical cooking possibility of any objects being placed upon them.
and heating appliances are permitted for use. 15.2.4 Stationary heating appliances rated at
15.1.2 Electrical cooking and heating appliances 380 V and upwards and admitted for use in
shall be supplied from the main switchboard or from accordance with Table 4.2.3 shall be protected
distribution boards intended for this purpose. against access to live parts, except with the aid of
15.1.3 The supporting structural parts of elec- special tools. The enclosures shall bear notices giving
trical cooking and heating appliances, as well as the the voltage value.
internal surfaces of enclosures, shall be fabricated 15.2.5 Electric cooking appliances forming part
entirely from non-combustible materials. of galley equipment shall be so constructed as to
15.1.4 In heated condition, permissible loss avoid the possibility of cooking utensils being
current shall not exceed 1 mA per 1 kW of rated brought into contact with live parts, and to prevent
power for a separately connected heating element or short circuits or damage to insulation due to liquid
10 mA for the appliance as a whole. spilling or leakage.
15.1.5 Electric cooking and heating appliances 15.2.6 Sauna shall be fitted with the temperature
shall be so designed that the temperature of their limiter, which shall cut off the electrical heater from
components, which shall be handled by the personnel the mains (at that, electrical heater control circuits
or which can be touched inadvertently, does not shall also be de-energized), if the temperature in the
exceed the value indicated in Table 15.1.5. area of 0,3 m from the ceiling exceeds 140 C. In this
T a b l e 15.1.5
area the electrical heater control devices (thermostats
Nos Item Permissible
and temperature limiters) and associated cables
temperatures, C withstanding a temperature not less than 170 C
1 Control handles and other parts to be
may only be installed.
handled during long periods of time
Metallic 55
Non-metallic 65 15.3 OIL, FUEL AND WATER HEATERS
2 Same, but where short-time contact is
possible:
metallic 60
non-metallic 70 15.3.1 In addition to the requirements of the
3 Enclosures of electric space heating and 80 Chapter, heaters shall meet the requirements of
cooking appliances at ambient tempe- Section 6, Part X "Boilers, Heat Exchangers and
rature of 20 C
4 Air coming out from electric space 110
Pressure Vessels".
heating appliances into heated spaces 15.3.2 Oil and fuel having a flash point above
60 C may be heated by means of electric heaters,
provided the requirements of 15.3.3 and 15.3.4 are
fulfilled.
15.3.3 Electric heaters for pipelines shall be
15.2 HEATING APPLIANCES equipped with devices for temperature control, light
signals for indication of operating conditions and
15.2.1 Electric heating appliances intended for also with light and sound signals for indication of
space heating shall be of stationary type. These fault conditions and inadmissible temperature rise.
appliances shall be provided with devices for discon- 15.3.4 Electric heaters for oil and fuel heating in
nection of the supply source when the temperature rise tanks shall be equipped with devices for temperature
of the enclosure exceeds the permissible limit. control of the heated medium, temperature sensors
15.2.2 If built-in disconnecting devices are not for surfaces of heating coils, low level indicators and
provided in the heating and cooking appliances, such means for disconnection of power supply to the
devices shall be installed in the rooms wherein these heaters in case the upper temperature limit or the
appliances are located. lowest permissible level is exceeded.
Switches shall disconnect power supply at all 15.3.5 Oil and fuel heaters shall be fitted up with
poles or phases. devices for temperature control of the medium
heated. Irrespective of those devices, a manually 50 W/m for guard rails with internal heating.
disengaged device shall be provided for de-energizing The heating capacity for other areas and spaces is
the heaters as soon as their surface temperature subject to special consideration by the Register.
reaches the value at least 15 C lower than the flash 15.4.3 In the systems utilising electrical heating
point. cables, particular attention shall be paid upon
For self-regulating heaters protection may be the heat transfer between the cable and the equip-
omitted. ment (space) to be heated to provide efficient
heating.
15.4.4 The switchboard for the said systems shall
15.4 SYSTEMS UTILISING HEATING CABLES
be equipped with:
wattmeter or amperemeter to indicate the total
load;
15.4.1 Systems utilising heating cables for remov- name plate indicating the rated load of each
ing ice and avoiding icing shall be provided for ship's circuit and the switchboard as a whole;
arrangements, equipment and spaces intended for: residual-current device for each circuit;
performing by the ship its purpose (descriptive load signal lamps for each circuit.
notation in the class notation); 15.4.5 The heating cables shall be protected
maintaining manoeuvrability; against overload exceeding 125 per cent of the rated
maintaining stability; current of the circuit. For cables of self-regulating
safety of crew (rafts, boats, ladders, guard rails, type the overload protection may be omitted.
etc.). 15.4.6 The use of heating cables for heating of
15.4.2 Heating capacity of such systems shall not pipelines carrying combustible media, as well as for
be less than: pipelines and valves located in dangerous rooms and
300 W/m 2 for the spaces of open decks, helidecks, spaces, is only allowed when fitted with the appro-
ladders and gangways; priate type of explosion protection proved by a
200 W/m 2 for superstructures; competent body certificate.
16 CABLES AND WIRES

T a b l e 16.3.1
16.1 GENERAL Type of insulating Abbreviated Maximum rated
compound designation temperature
16.1.1 The requirements of this Section do not during normal
apply to radio frequency, telephone cables, and to operation, "C1
power cables designed for voltages above 1000 V. Thermoplastic
Polyvinyl chloride or copoly- PVC 70
mer of vinyl chloride and vinyl
acetate
16.2 CABLE CONDUCTORS Elastomeric or thermoset
Ethylene-propylene rubber or EPR 90
16.2.1 Cables intended for supplying essential similar (EPM or EPDM)
services shall have stranded conductors (refer also to Hard grade ethylene prorylene HEPR 90
16.8.1.2). Table 16.2.1 specifies the minimum number rubber
Cross-linked polyethylene XLPE 90
of wires per conductor. Silicon rubber S 95 95
T a b l e 16.2.1 Ethylene-propylene rubber or
similar (EPM or EPDM) halo- HF EPR 90
Nominal Minimum number of wires gen-free
cross-sectional per conductor Hard grade halogen-free ethy-
area of conductor, circular tightened lene propylene rubber HF HEPR 90
mm 2 non-tightened sector and circular Halogen-free cross-linked poly-
conductors conductors etylene HF XLPE 90
Halogen-free silicon rubber
0,5 to 6 7 Halogen-free cross-linked poly- HF S 95 95
10 to 16 7 6 olefin HF 90 90
25 to 35 19 6 ^ i r e temperature for calculating the permissible contin-
50 to 70 19 15 uous load of cable.
95 37 15
120 to 185 37 30
240 to 300 61 30 16.4 CABLE SHEATHING
N o t e . The ratio between nominal diameters of any two
wires in the mechanically tightened cable conductor shall not
exceed 1:1,3, and for conductors formed geometrically, but not
tightened, 1:1,8. 16.4.1 Protective sheathing of cables and wires
may be manufactured of non-metallic materials as
16.2.2 Connections of separate wires of the specified in Table 16.4.1, lead, cooper.
conductor shall be displaced from one another by not T a b l e 16.4.1
less than 500 mm along the length of the conductor. Type of non-metallic Abbreviated Temperature
Such connections shall not impair the mechanical
and electrical properties of the wire nor change the cross- solid sheathing compound designation limit of the
cable, C
sectional area of wires or the conductor as a whole. Thermoplastic
16.2.3 Separate wires of rubber-insulated copper
conductors shall be tinned or coated with suitable alloys. Polyvinyl chloride or copolymer of
vinylchloride and vinyl-acetate
ST 1
ST 2
60
85
Tinning or other anticorrosive coating of external Halogen-free SHF 1 85
stranding or of all wires of a rubber-insulated core Elastomeric or thermoset
may be dispensed with, if the manufacturer takes Polychloroprene rubber
Chlorsulphonated polyethylene or
SE 1
SH
85
85
steps to guarantee that the rubber insulation does not chlorinated polyethylene rubber
affect adversely the metal of the conductor. Halogen-free SHF 2 85
No tinning is required for conductors provided
with other types of insulation.
Application of alternative sheathing materials is
subject to special consideration by the Register in
16.3 INSULATING MATERIALS each case.
16.4.2 Sheathing shall be of uniform thickness
16.3.1 For conductors of cables and wires, insula- within allowable limits, throughout the manufactur-
ting materials specified in Table 16.3.1 may be used. ing length of cable, and shall envelope the cable cores
Application of other insulating materials is subject concentrically. The sheaths shall form an impervious
to special consideration by the Register in each case. covering in tight contact with the protected cores.
16.4.3 Lead cable sheaths shall be made of 16.8 CABLING

appropriate alloys specified by the national standards.
Pure lead sheaths may only be used when the lead 16.8.1 General.
sheath is covered with an additional protective envelope. 16.8.1.1 Use shall be made of flame-retarding or
non-combustible cables and conductors with copper
cores manufactured and tested in compliance with
16.5 PROTECTIVE COVERINGS this Part of the Rules, national standards, as well as
with the relevant requirements of IEC 60092-350,
16.5.1 Metal shielding braid shall be made of 60092-352, 60092-353, 60092-354, 60092-360,
tinned copper wire. If plain copper wire is used, it 60092-370, 60092-376.
shall be protected by suitable sheath. Non-shielding Cables manufactured and tested in compliance
braids may be made of galvanized steel wires. The with the standards other than those specified above
braid shall be uniform and its density shall be such shall be accepted provided they are in compliance
that its mass is at least equal to 90 per cent of the with international or national standards and are of
mass of tube of equal diameter made of the same an equivalent or higher safety level than those.
material and with a wall thickness equal to the Use of flexible or optical fibre cables used for
braiding wire diameter. special purposes may be allowed provided they are
16.5.2 Metal armour shall be made of annealed and manufactured and tested according to the approved
galvanized steel wire or tape, wound helically, with a standards.
suitable pitch, over the cable sheath or an intermediate In this case, IEC 60331-23 for data transfer cables
bedding over the sheath in such a way that a and IEC 60331-25 for optical fibre cables may be used.
continuous cylindrical layer is formed to assure As far as the fire resistance testing of cables is
adequate protection and flexibility of the finished cable. concerned, use shall be made of IEC 60331-1 for
On special demand, the armour may be made of non- cables with outside diameter more than 20 mm and
magnetic metals, using the techniques described above. IEC 60331-21 or 60331-2 for other cables.
16.5.3 Cable armour or braid made of steel tape or 16.8.1.2 Cables and wires having stranded con-
wire shall be effectively protected against corrosion. ductors shall be used, the cross-sectional area of the
16.5.4 Armour bedding shall be made of moist- conductors being not less than:
ure-resistant materials. .1 1,0 mm 2 for power, control and signalling
circuits of essential services and for power circuits of
other services;
16.6 MARKING .2 0,75 mm 2 for control and signalling circuits;
.3 0,5 mm 2 with the number of cores in the cable
16.6.1 Rubber- or polyvinylchloride-insulated not less than four for instrumentation and internal
cables having a limiting temperature at core 60 C communication circuits.
shall be marked in such a manner as would enable For power circuits supplying non-essential services,
their identification. the use is permitted of cables with single-wire conduc-
16.6.2 Cable cores shall be marked in such a tors having a cross-sectional area of 1,5 mm2 and less.
manner as to assure adequate preservation of the 16.8.1.3 In circuits with heavy inductive and
markings. capacitive loads, the use shall be made of cables
In multi-core cables with cores arranged in designed for working voltages approximately equal
several concentric layers at least two adjacent cores to twice the rated voltage of the circuit.
in each layer shall be marked with different colours. 16.8.1.4 Maximum permissible temperature for
16.6.3 Cables of fire resistant type shall be clearly the insulating material of the cable cores or wires
marked. shall be at least 10 C higher than the maximum
specified ambient temperature.
16.8.1.5 In locations affected by the action of
16.7 HOOKUP WIRES petroleum products or other aggressive medium, the
use shall be made of cables having a sheath resistant
16.7.1 For internal wiring of distribution boards to such medium. Cables not having such properties
and electric devices, single-wire insulated conductors may be installed in such locations only fitted in
may be used (refer also to Table 16.3.1). metallic pipes (refer to 16.8.8).
16.7.2 Non-insulated wires and busbars are per- 16.8.1.6 In locations where cables may be
mitted for use only for internal wiring of electrical subjected to mechanical damage, the use shall be
devices. The external wiring with non-insulated wires or made of cables having an appropriate armour, while
busbars is not allowed unless they are reliably guarded. other types of cables in such locations shall be
protected with special reliable covers or shall be services shall be so designed or installed that the
installed in metallic pipes (refer to 16.8.8). likelihood of the device failing in case of fire in any
16.8.1.7 Cables supplying the electric drives of one such space or area is minimised.
the sprinkler system and of the fire pump from the 16.8.1.11 Among the services required for opera-
emergency source of electrical power and running tion under fire conditions are the following:
through casings of machinery spaces of category A, general alarm;
galleys, drying rooms and other similar fire-hazar- fire extinguishing systems;
dous spaces, shall be of fire-resisting type or fire detection and alarm systems;
protected from the action of flame. warning alarm of fire extinguishing system release;
The above requirements cover the remote-control controls offiredoors with door-position indicators;
cables of those devices as well. control of watertight doors with door-position
16.8.1.8 Cables for services required for opera- indicators and warning alarm;
tions under fire conditions, including cables for their emergency lighting;
power supply (refer to 16.8.1.11) shall be routed clear public address system;
of high fire risk spaces (refer to 16.8.1.9), and in low-location lighting;
addition to passenger ships, main vertical fire zones, remote emergency shutdown arrangements for
except for cases, when the services themselves are systems, which operation may support the propaga-
installed in such spaces. tion of fire and/or explosion.
Where such installation of cables is necessary, the 16.8.1.12 Use of fire resistant cables for devices
cables shall be of fire resistance type according to listed in 16.8.1.11 is not mandatory provided that:
16.8.1.1. .1 fail safe functioning of devices is provided by, at
16.8.1.9 The high fire risk spaces include: least, two-loop or radial laying of cables spaced apart as
machinery spaces of category A; far as practical so that if one loop or radial section fails,
spaces containing fuel treatment equipment and the rest sustain operability of the devices;
other highly flammable substances; .2 the devices are provided with self-monitoring
galleys and pantries containing cooking appliances; with such damages like a short circuit, an open-
laundries containing drying equipment; circuit fault, earth fault, or trouble-free functioning
accommodation spaces of high fire risk; of these devices is ensured by duplicating cables laid
paint rooms, store rooms and similar spaces for in separate runs spaced apart as far as practical.
storage of flammable liquids; 16.8.2 Choice of cables and wires for loads required.
enclosed and semi-enclosed spaces requiring 16.8.2.1 Permissible continuous loads on single-
installation of safe-type electrical equipment. core cables and wires with different insulation
16.8.1.10 Cables, distribution gear, switch appa- materials shall comply with the values specified in
ratus and protective devices associated with these Table 16.8.2.1.
T a b l e 16.8.2.1
Current ratings in continuous service of single-core cables and wires with different insulation materials for ambient temperatures of + 45 C
Insulating material
Nominal Ethylene-propylene rubber of cross- Silicone rubber or
cross-sectional area Polyvinylchloride Heat-resistant Butyl
polyvinylchloride rubber linked polyethylene mineral insulation
of conductor, mm 2
Maximum permissible conductor operating temperature, C
60 75 80 85 95
1 8 13 15 16 20
1,5 12 17 19 20 24
2,5 17 24 26 28 32
4 22 32 35 38 42
6 29 41 45 48 55
10 40 57 63 67 75
16 54 76 84 90 100
25 71 100 110 120 135
35 87 125 140 145 165
50 105 150 165 180 200
70 135 190 215 225 255
95 165 230 260 275 310
120 190 270 300 320 360
150 220 310 340 365 410
185 250 350 390 415 470
240 290 415 460 490
300 335 475 530 560
The current ratings given in the Table are 16.8.2.3 The permissible current ratings for
applicable to the following cases of cable installation: double-, triple- and quadruple-core cables shall be
when installing not more than 6 cables in one determined by reducing the values given in
bunch or in one row closely adhering to one another; Table 16.8.2.1 for the given cross-sectional area with
when installing cables in two rows, regardless of the use of correction factors:
the number of cables in one row, on condition that a 0,85 for double-core cables;
free space for air circulation is provided between each 0,7 for triple- and quadruple-core cables.
group or bunch of 6 cables. 16.8.2.4 The permissible current ratings for cables
When installing more than six cables in one and wires in circuits of intermittent or shorttime
bunch, which may be under rated current simulta- service shall be determined by multiplying the current
neously or when no free space for air circulation ratings for continuous service stated in Table 16.8.2.1
between them is provided, the permissible current or chosen according to 16.8.2.2 by the correction
ratings for the given cross-sectional area shall be factors given in Table 16.8.2.4.
reduced by 15 per cent (factor 0,85). 16.8.2.5 The permissible current ratings given in
16.8.2.2 Current ratings in amperes for cross- Table 16.8.2.1 refer to the ambient temperature
sectional areas given in Table 16.8.2.1 and also for of +45 C.
any other cross-sectional areas shall be calculated The correction factors for converting the permis-
from the formula sible current ratings to be introduced depending on
the ambient temperature are stated in Table 16.8.2.5.
I=aS'625 (16.8.2.2) 16.8.2.6 In choosing the cables for final branch
where a = factor corresponding to the maximum permissible
service temperature of the conductor obtained from
circuits of lighting and cooking appliances correction
Table 16.8.2.2; factors or simultaneity factors are not applicable.
5 = nominal cross-sectional area of conductor. 16.8.2.7 The cables shall be so designed that they
T a b l e 16.8.2.2 could withstand maximum short-circuit current
Maximum Factor a for nominal
occured in the circuit considering time and current
permissible cross-sectional area 5, mm 2 ratings of the protective devices and peak value of the
conductor operating prospective short-circuit current of the first onehalf
temperature, C >2,5 S2,5 period.
60 9,5 8 16.8.2.8 Cables installed in parallel and belonging
65 11 10 to the same phase or pole shall be of the same type,
70 12 11,5 be laid together and have the same cross-sectional
75 13,5 13 area of at least 10 mm 2 and the same length.
80 15 15
85 16 16
90 18 20
T a b l e 16.8.2.4
Correction factors for cables and wires with or without metal sheathing
Nominal cross- Intermittent service, Short-time service, Short-time service,
section of intermittence ratio, 40 % 30 min 60 min
conductor,
mm 2 Cable and wire
with metal without metal with metal without metal with metal without metal
sheathing sheathing sheathing sheathing sheathing sheathing
1 1,24 1,09 1,06 1,06 1,06 1,06
1,5 1,26 1,09 1,06 1,06 1,06 1,06
2,5 1,27 1,10 1,06 1,06 1,06 1,06
4 1,30 1,14 1,06 1,06 1,06 1,06
6 1,33 1,17 1,06 1,06 1,06 1,06
10 1,36 1,21 1,08 1,06 1,06 1,06
16 1,40 1,26 1,09 1,06 1,06 1,06
25 1,42 1,30 1,12 1,07 1,06 1,06
35 1,44 1,33 1,14 1,07 1,07 1,06
50 1,46 1,37 1,17 1,08 1,08 1,06
70 1,47 1,40 1,21 1,09 1,09 1,06
95 1,49 1,42 1,25 1,12 1,11 1,07
120 1,50 1,44 1,28 1,14 1,12 1,07
150 1,51 1,45 1,32 1,17 1,14 1,08
185 1,36 1,20 1,16 1,09
240 1,41 1,24 1,18 1,10
300 1,46 1,28 1,20 1,12
T a b l e 16.8.2.5
Maximum permissible conductor Correction factors depending on ambient
Ambienttemperature
temperature, C
operating temperature,
C 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85
60 1,29 1,15 1,00 0,82
65 1,22 1,12 1,00 0,87 0,71
70 1,18 1,10 1,00 0,89 0,77 0,63
75 1,15 1,08 1,00 0.91 0,82 0,71 0,58
80 1,13 1,07 1,00 0,93 0,85 0,76 0,65 0,53
85 1,12 1,06 1,00 0,94 0,87 0,79 0,71 0,61 0,50
90 1,10 1,05 1,00 0,94 0,88 0,82 0,74 0,67 0,58 0,47
95 1,10 1,05 1,00 0,95 0,89 0,84 0,77 0,71 0,63 0,55 0,45
16.8.3 Selection of cable cross-sectional areas .1 fire-retarding divisions shall be used, B-0 class
for permissible voltage drop. at least, (refer also to 2.1.2.5, Part VI "Fire
16.8.3.1 Voltage drop on the cable connecting the Protection") where bunches enter the main and
generators of the main switchboard or the emergency emergency switchboards, central control stations
switchboard shall not exceed 1 per cent. and consoles for the main propulsion plant and for
16.8.3.2 Voltage drop between busbars of the important auxiliaries, as well as at each entry and exit
main or emergency switchboard and any points of the point of cable runs in fully enclosed metal conduits
installation shall not exceed 6 per cent of the rated (Fig. 16.8.4.3.1);
voltage under normal operating conditions; for
consumers supplied from the accumulator battery
with the rated voltage up to 50 V this value may be
increased to 10 per cent.
For circuits of navigation lights it may be
required to limit the voltage drop by a lesser value
in order to ensure necessary luminous intensity.
At short-term loads (e.g. when starting the
electric motors) the greater voltage drop may be B-0 penetration
permitted if it does not cause disturbance of normal
operation of the ship's electrical installation.
16.8.3.3 The cables used for feeding the directly-
started alternating current electric motors shall be
computed in such a manner that the voltage drop on
motor terminals at starting is not over 25 per cent of
the rated voltage.
16.8.4 Installation of cables.
16.8.4.1 Cables shall be installed in runs, which
shall be, as far as possible, straight and accessible.
The cable runs shall pass through locations where
cables are not exposed to oil, fuel, water and
excessive external heating. Fig. 16.8.4.3.1
Cable runs shall be installed not closer than Fully enclosed cable run protected with B-0 fire-retarding
100 mm to sources of heat. divisions
16.8.4.2 No cables shall be installed at a distance
less than 50 mm from the double bottom and from .2 in closed and semi-enclosed rooms and spaces,
the fuel and oil tanks. bunches installed in partly enclosed and open cable
Cable runs shall be installed at a distance not less runs shall be protected by: flameproof coatings over
than 20 mm from the shell plating, as well as from the entire length of vertical cable runs and over a
fireproof watertight and gastight bulkheads and length of 1 m every 14 m apart on horizontal cable
decks. runs (Fig. 16.8.4.3.2-1); or
16.8.4.3 For bunches of cables consisting of cable B-0 fire-retarding divisions at least at every
types, which have not been subjected to a bunch fire second deck or every 6 mm apart for vertical cable
test, the following measures shall be taken during runs and every 14 m apart for horizontal cable runs
installation to limit the propagation of fire: (Fig. 16.8.4.3.2-2). Fire-retarding divisions shall be
Vertical Vertical
Partly enclosed conduits Open cable runs
A
Horizontal
Open cable runs 1-a 14 m
i
la.
Horizontal
14 m
Partly enclosed
conduits
Flameproof coatings
Fig.16.8.4.3.2-1 Cable runs protected with flameproof coatings
Deck
made of steel plates at least 3 mm thick and having Deck
dimensions as shown in Fig. 16.8.4.3.2-2; a
.3 bunches installed in cargo holds shall be
protected by B-0 fire-retarding divisions at least at
the entry and exit points of cable runs.
16.8.4.4 Cables having external metallic sheaths Fig. 16.8.4.3.2-2 Cable runs protected with B-0 fire-retarding
may be installed on structures of light metal or be divisions
fastened in position by means of cable clips of light
metal only in cases where reliable anticorrosive such a manner that the cables are not heated above
protection is provided. their permissible temperature.
16.8.4.5 In the holds of dry cargo ships intended 16.8.4.10 Cables with different protective cover-
for the carriage of dangerous cargoes, no through ings the less hard of which may be damaged shall not
runs of cables shall, generally, be installed. be installed in one common pipe, one common duct
Where such cable-laying is necessary the require- or in other runs of not supported common laying.
ments of 2.9 shall be fulfilled. 16.8.4.11 Cores in multi-core cables shall not be
16.8.4.6 Cables installed in fishing vessels at used for supplying power and control currents to
locations subjected to the action of salt shall be essential services not associated with one another.
adequately protected with casings or be provided Multi-core cables shall not be used simulta-
with salt-resistant sheaths. neously for safety voltage and service voltages
16.8.4.7 No cables are recommended to be exceeding the safety level.
installed under the flooring of machinery spaces. If 16.8.4.12 When machinery is energized through
such installation is required, cables shall be laid in two separate feeders, these feeders shall be installed in
metallic pipes or in closed conduits (refer to 16.8.8). different runs as far apart as possible in horizontal
16.8.4.8 Cables installed across expansion joints and vertical directions.
in the hull structure shall be provided with expansion 16.8.4.13 When installing cables in ducts or other
loops having a radius adequate for such joint. The structures of combustible material, the ways of cable
inside diameter of a loop shall not be less than installation shall be protected from igniting by means
12 outside diameters of the cables. of suitable fire protection, such as lining, coating or
16.8.4.9 Installation of cables having insulation impregnation.
intended to withstand different permissible tempera- 16.8.4.14 Cables shall not be embedded into
tures in the common cable runs shall be effected in thermal or acoustic insulation in case it is made of
combustible materials. Cables shall be separated The fastener surface shall be sufficiently wide and to
from such insulation by the lining of non-combus- have no sharp edges. The fasteners shall be selected in
tible materials or shall be installed at a distance at such a manner that the cables are securely fastened in
least 20 mm from it. position without damage to their protective coverings.
When cables are laid in thermal or acoustic 16.8.5.2 Distances between cable fastening points
insulation made of combustible materials, they shall in case of horizontal installation shall not exceed the
be computed with relevant reduction in current rating. values given in Table 16.8.5.2.
16.8.4.15 Cables installed in refrigerated spaces T a b l e 16.8.5.2
shall be provided with protective sheath of metal, External diameter of Distance between fastening points for
polychloroprene composition, or of any other mate- cable, mm cables, mm
rial resistant to the exposure of the cooling agent. over up to without with with mineral
If cables are provided with armour, this armour armour armour insulation
shall be adequately protected against corrosion. 8 200 250 300
16.8.4.16 Cables in refrigerated spaces shall be 8 13 250 300 370
installed on perforated panels or bridges and fastened 13 20 300 350 450
in position in such a manner that a free space is 20 30 350 400 450
reserved between the cables and the walls of the 30 400 450 450
room. Panels, bridges and cable clips shall be
protected against corrosion. When laying cable runs on cable ladders inside
If cables cross the thermal insulation of a refriger- spaces the distance between cable fastening points
ated space, these cables shall run at right angles through may be enlarged up to 900 mm. Meanwhile, the
an appropriate gland pocket on both ends. distance between the supports of cable runs (ladder
16.8.4.17 When installing the cables, minimum rung) shall not exceed 400 mm.
internal bending radii shall be maintained in accor- For vertical runs of cables these distances may be
dance with Table 16.8.4.17. increased by 25 per cent.
16.8.4.18 Cables and earthing conductors of 16.8.5.3 Cables shall be fastened in such a
equipment mounted on shock absorbers shall be manner that mechanical strains in cables, if any, are
installed in such a manner that they cannot be not transmitted to their inlets or connections.
damaged in service. 16.8.5.4 Cable runs and cables installed parallel
16.8.4.19 Cables laid on the open parts of the ship to shell plating shall be fastened to ship's structures.
and masts shall be protected against direct exposure On watertight bulkheads and masts, cables shall
to sun radiation. be fastened on special supports (saddles, tray plates,
16.8.5 Fastening of cables. chocks, etc.).
16.8.5.1 Cables shall be adequately fastened in 16.8.5.5 Cables running parallel to bulkhead
position by means of clips, holders, hangers, etc., subject to sweating shall be installed on bridges or
manufactured of metal or other non-combustible on perforated panels in such a manner that free space
material. is reserved between cables and bulkheads.
T a b l e 16.8.4.17
Type of cable External diameter Minimum bending
of cable, radius of cable
Insulation material of cable Protective covering of cable in mm
Armoured with metal tape or wire Any lOrf
Rubber or polyvinylchloride
Protected with metal sheath Any 6d
Lead alloy and armour Any 6d
Other sheaths Up to 9,5 3d
9,5 25,4 Ad
Over 25,4 6d
Varnished cambric Any Any 8d
Mineral insulation Metal Up to 7 2d
712,7 3d
Over 12,7 Ad
Ethylene-propylene rubber or Semiconducting and/or metal 25 and over lOrf
cross-linked polyethylene
16.8.5.6 Cable runs shall be installed with a 16.8.8 Installation of cables in pipes and con-
minimum number of crossings. Bridges shall be used duits.
at places where cables cross each other. An air gap of 16.8.8.1 Metallic pipes and conduits wherein
not less than 5 mm shall be left between the bridge cables are installed shall be protected from corrosion
and the cable run crossing it over. on the inside and the outside surfaces. The inside
16.8.5.7 For ships constructed from non-con- surface of pipes and conduits shall be even and
ducting materials it is permitted, due to the techno- smooth. Ends of pipes and conduits shall be
logy of hull construction from these materials, the machined or protected in such a manner that no
properties of the materials used, etc., to accept the damage is caused to the cables when they are being
equivalents to the requirements for the installation, pulled in.
fastening and sealing of penetrations of cables and Cables with lead sheaths not having any addi-
cable runs specified in the Rules for steel ships. tional protective covering shall not be installed in
16.8.6 Cables penetrating decks and bulkheads. pipes and conduits.
16.8.6.1 Cable penetrations through watertight, 16.8.8.2 Pipe bending radius shall not be smaller
gastight and fire-resisting bulkheads and decks shall than the permissible radius for cable of the largest
be sealed. diameter installed in this pipe (refer to 16.8.4.18).
Sealings where cables penetrate through the 16.8.8.3 The total cross-sectional areas of all
above bulkheads and decks shall not reduce their cables measured on their outside diameters shall not
tightness; no force shall be transmitted to cables exceed 40 per cent of the inside cross-sectional area
resulting from elastic deformations of ship's hull. of the pipe and the conduit.
16.8.6.2 When installing the cable through non- 16.8.8.4 The pipes and conduits shall be me-
tight bulkheads or elements of ship's structure less chanically and electrically continuous and securely
than 6 mm thick, linings or bushings that will prevent earthed if the earthing has not been already effected
damage to cables shall be provided. by the method itself of pipe and conduit installation.
When bulkheads or ship's structure is 6 mm or 16.8.8.5 The pipes and conduits shall be installed
more thick, no linings or bushings are required, but in such a manner that no water can accumulate
the edges of holes shall be rounded. therein. When required, ventilation holes shall be
16.8.6.3 Installation of cables over watertight provided in the pipes and conduits, as far as possible,
decks shall be effected by one of the following in the highest and lowest points, so that circulation of
methods: air is ensured and vapour condensation is prevented.
.1 in metal pipes (shafts) protruding above the Holes in pipes and conduits are permissible only at
deck to a height of not less than 900 mm in locations places where it will not enhance the danger of
where mechanical damage to cable is possible and to explosion or fire.
a height not less than that of the door sill in spaces 16.8.8.6 Cable pipes and conduits installed
where there is no risk of such damage; alongside ship's hull, which can be damaged due to
.2 in common metal sockets or boxes with deformation of ship's hull, shall be provided with
additional protection of cables by enclosures having compensation devices.
the height specified in 16.8.6.3.1. 16.8.8.7 If in accordance with 16.8.1.1, the use is
Cable boxes shall be packed with cable com- allowed of cables with combustible covering, these
pound, while the pipes shall be provided with glands cables shall be installed in metallic pipes.
or be stuffed with cable compound. 16.8.8.8 Cables installed in pipes and conduits
16.8.7 Packing compounds. vertically shall be fastened so that they are not
16.8.7.1 To fill the cable boxes in watertight damaged under tension due to gravity.
bulkheads and decks, the use shall be made of 16.8.8.9 It is allowed to use cable trays/protective
packing compounds having good adhesion to the casings of the approved type made of reinforced and
inside surfaces of cable boxes and cable sheath that plain thermoplastic polymeric materials like poly-
will withstand the action of water and oil products, vinylchloride (PVC) or fiber reinforced plastic (FPR).
will not shrink and lose its tightness in continuous The protective casing shall have round or other
service under conditions specified in 2.1.1 and 2.1.2. closed cross-section.
16.8.7.2 Packings of cable penetrations through 16.8.8.10 Cable trays/protective casings made of
fire-resisting bulkheads shall withstand standard fire polymeric materials shall be supplemented by metal-
test specified for the given type of bulkhead in 2.1.2, lic fixing and straps such that in the event of a fire
Part VI "Fire Protection". they, and the cables affixed, are prevented from
16.8.7.3 The inside cross-section of each cable falling and causing an injury to personnel and/or an
penetration shall be filled by cables to not more than obstruction to any escape route.
40 per cent. When cable trays/protective casings made of
polymeric materials are used on open deck, they shall 16.8.9.2 Where single-core cables pass through
additionally be protected against UV radiation. bulkheads or decks, there shall be no magnetic
16.8.8.11 The load on the cable trays/protective material between cables belonging to the same circuit.
casings made of polymeric materials shall be within The clearance between the cables and the magnetic
the safe working load (SWL). The support spacing material shall not be less than 50 mm.
shall not be greater than the manufacturer's recom- 16.8.9.3 When single-core cables having a current
mendation nor in excess of spacing at the SWL test. rating greater than 250 A are installed near steel
In general the spacing shall not exceed 2 m. structures, the clearance between the cables and the
The selection and spacing of cable tray/protective structure shall be at least 50 mm.
casing supports shall take into account: 16.8.9.4 When single-core cables of a conductor
cable trays/protective casings' dimensions; me- cross-section of 185 mm 2 or over are installed, a
chanical and physical properties of their material; transposition of phases shall be effected at intervals
mass of cable trays/protective casings; loads due not exceeding 15 m. Where cable length is below
weight of cables, external forces, thrust forces and 30 m, no transposition is necessary.
vibrations; maximum accelerations to which the 16.8.9.5 Multicore cables with conductors in
system may be subjected; combination of loads. parallel shall be installed as single-core cables, and
16.8.8.12 The sum of the cables installed in cable all the requirements for single-core cables apply in
trays/protective casings made of polymeric materials this case.
total cross-sectional area shall not exceed 40 per cent 16.8.10 Connection and tapping of cables.
of the protective casing's internal cross-sectional 16.8.10.1 Ends of rubber-insulated cables to be
area. This does not apply to a single cable in a introduced into machines, apparatus, switchgear and
protective casing. other equipment shall be provided with contact,
16.8.9 Special precautions for single-core cables protection and packing terminals that will ensure
for a.c. wiring. reliable electrical contact, will not permit moisture to
16.8.9.1 A.c. wiring shall not be carried out, as penetrate inside the cable and will protect the
far as possible, in single-core cables. When, however, insulation of cable cores from mechanical damage
it is necessary to use single-core cables for circuits and effects of air and oil vapours.
rated in excess of 20 A, the following precautions At places of connection, rubber-insulated cable
shall be observed: cores shall be provided with protective insulation
.1 the cables shall be armoured with non- against damage (wear, etc.).
magnetic material; 16.8.10.2 Protective covering of a cable inserted
.2 cables belonging to one circuit shall be placed into a device shall enter not less than 10 mm inside.
in the same run or metal pipe and shall be as short as 16.8.10.3 At places of tappings, connection of
practicable. Each of such cables may be installed cables shall be effected in junction boxes by means of
separately under a non-magnetic screen (in a pipe) clamps.
earthed at one point and isolated from the screens of 16.8.10.4 If during the installation of cables it is
other cables and from the hull; necessary to make additional connections, these shall
.3 cable clamps, unless they are made of non- be effected in suitable junction boxes provided with
magnetic material, shall include all the single-core clamps. The joint as a whole shall be protected from
cables of a circuit; ambient conditions. Other methods of cable connec-
.4 the distance between the cables shall not be tion approved by the Register may be allowed.
greater than one cable diameter.
17 ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANTS

17.1 GENERAL ure and condensate, in particular, while being idle for a
long time, in casings of electric propulsion motors,
generators, semiconductor frequency converters and
17.1.1 The requirements of this Section apply to other electric propulsion plant components. These
all electric propulsion plants and their equipment, as arrangements may be electric heaters, air dryers, etc.
well as to manufacture, installation and tests includ- 17.1.10 Electric propulsion plant shall be fitted
ing: with an arrangement for insulation resistance mon-
.1 generators and their prime movers; itoring complying with the requirements of 2.11.
.2 switchboards;
.3 transformers/reactors;
.4 semiconductor frequency converters; 17.2 DEFENrnONS AND EXPLANATIONS
.5 electric propulsion motors;
.6 excitation arrangements (units); 17.2.1 For the purpose of the present Section the
.7 arrangements (units) of control systems of following definitions and explanations have been
electric propulsion plants, monitoring systems (alarm adopted.
system, indication and logging systems), as well as A z i m u t h d r i v e drive which moves the
safety devices; propulsion unit around the vertical axis.
.8 power bus ducts and cable runs of production M a i n c o n t r o l s t a t i o n of t h e e l e c t r i c
systems and power distribution in electric propulsion p r o p u l s i o n p l a n t control station of the
plants. main propulsion plant which is attended under
17.1.2 The requirements of the present Section do seagoing condition.
not apply to bow and aft thrusters being auxiliary E l e c t r i c p r o p u l s i o n p l a n t set of
arrangements for ship's steering. equipment for distribution and conversion of elec-
17.1.3 The requirements of the present Section trical power into mechanical one in order to
and applicable requirements of other Sections of the reproduce a predetermined torque by one propeller
present Part are mandatory for ships with the propulsion.
character of classification supplemented with the D o u b l e s e n s o r a sensor with two sensor
mark EPP in compliance with the requirements of elements in one housing.
2.2.12, Part I "Classification". U n i f i e d E l e c t r i c p o w e r p l a n t elec-
17.1.4 The electrical equipment of the electric tric power plant united with the propulsion plant
propulsion plant shall meet the requirements of other which ensures ship propulsion.
sections and chapters of the present Part unless L o c a l c o n t r o l s t a t i o n control station
otherwise specified in the present Section. located where a system intended for selection and
17.1.5 In electric circuits of electric propulsion input of reference values for semiconductor fre-
plants the voltage used shall not exceed those quency converters or electric propulsion system
specified in 4.2 and Section 18. external devices (units) control intended for semi-
17.1.6 It is recommended to provide electric conductor frequency converters which is indepen-
heating in spaces enclosing electrical machines, dent from reference values for remote control system
switchboards and control panels. and any external are installed.
17.1.7 Stationary lighting shall be provided P o d d e d d r i v e propulsion plunt in which
underneath generators and motors of the electric the electric propulsion motor is located in a
propulsion plant. dedicated, submerged unit (pod housing) of the ship.
17.1.8 Parts of electric propulsion machines R e d u n d a n t s e n s o r two single sensors in
(motors and generators) located under the floor shall separate housings to control the same parameter.
have the degree of protection not below IP56. E l e c t r i c p r o p u l s i o n s y s t e m coherent
Where they are installed in a dry compartment or set of interrelated functional units implemented in
protected against the ingress of water by a watertight electric power plant, interacting with a source of electric
foundation, and additionally, an alarm operating power to control the focus with the specified dynamic
with the ingress of water in that compartment is performance and set algorithms.
provided, degree of protection IP23 may be allowed. E l e c t r i c p o w e r p l a n t complex of
17.1.9 Provisions shall be made for arrangements marine electrical equipment united by the process of
preventing the generation and accumulation of moist- production, distribution and conversion of electrical
power into other forms of power (mechanical, 17.3.6 Provision shall be made for a warning
thermal, light, chemical, etc. alarm at all active control stations when any failure
occurs in the electric propulsion plant.
17.3.7 For all auxiliary machinery and essential
17.3 CONFIGURATION OF ELECTRIC PROPULSION services, provision shall be made for local control
PLANTS stations to which control is transferred if the remote
automated control system of the electric propulsion
17.3.1 The electric propulsion plant includes the plant fails.
following devices:
.1 main generators of electric propulsion plant
with its control devices at least 2; 17.4 EXCITATION SYSTEMS
.2 main switchboard separated in two parts with
a section circuit breaker or break switch; 17.4.1 General.
.3 power transformers for a galvanic isolation or 17.4.1.1 Every excitation system shall be supplied
conversion of the main switchboard voltage to that of by a separate feeder. The obtainable current and
semiconductor frequency converters one per each voltage of the excitation system, as well as source of
converter; power shall fully comply with the requirements for all
.4 power semiconductor frequency converters to electric propulsion plant modes including manoeuvr-
supply the electric propulsion motor, at least 2; ing, overcurrent and short circuit, as well as the
.5 arrangements (units) of control or controller of capsizing moment conditions.
electric propulsion plants; 17.4.1.2 Power supply of excitation systems shall
.6 electric propulsion motor stator with two be protected against short circuits only. The activation
systems of stator windings supplied from the relevant of an electromagnetic release at short circuit shall be
semiconductor frequency converter. supplemented with an alarm at control stations.
17.3.2 For electrical propulsion plants with one 17.4.1.3 If the built-in short-circuit monitoring
electric propulsion motor, synchronous, asynchro- device of the excitation system trips, the respective
nous and electronically commutated main propulsion circuit breaker of the generator or propulsion motor
motors shall have two systems of stator windings shall also trip.
supplied from the relevant semiconductor frequency 17.4.1.4 If the excitation system is fitted with
converter. independent safety devices against underfrequency and
Each converter shall be designed for at least over-voltage or U/f-functions, they shall be adjusted in
50 per cent of the rated power of the electric such a way that the system protection reacts first.
propulsion plant. If some electric propulsion plants 17.4.1.5 Excitation circuits shall be provided with
are available at the common shaft with a propeller of means for suppressing voltage rise when an excitation
the electric propulsion plant or some electric propul- switch is opened (field suppression system).
sion plants, one system of stator windings and that 17.4.1.6 Means (filters, etc.) shall be provided to
conforming to terms of power supply redundancy limit harmonic distortions and reduce a power factor.
may be designed onboard being subject to special 17.4.2 Generator excitation.
consideration by the Register. 17.4.2.1 Excitation systems shall be supplied from
17.3.3 Propulsion DC motors shall be of the the generator, the generator shall be self-excited.
double-armature (double-commutator) type with The voltage built up shall be done without the aid
each armature winding designed for at least 50 per cent of external sources of electrical power.
of the rated power of the plant. Each armature 17.4.2.2 External source of electrical power may
winding shall be supplied from its independent be used for exciter control circuits, as well as for
converter. Any single failure in one converter shall initial excitation, provided it is redundant.
not result in complete loss of power. The external source of power shall be supplied
17.3.4 Provision shall be made for braking or from the main and emergency switchboards and,
locking devices for a propulsion shaft to prevent its additionally, from the standby accumulator battery.
free rotation with a switched-off propulsion motor At least two external sources of power for all electric
(shaft) at any environmental conditions or during propulsion plant generators shall be provided.
ship towing. 17.4.3 Electric propulsion motor excitation.
17.3.5 Electric Propulsion System structure and 17.4.3.1 The exciter shall be supplied directly
control algorithm provided by some electric propul- from the same main switchboard section supplying
sion plants shall follow the one failure principle, i.e. if the stator winding.
any component of the electric propulsion plant fails, 17.4.3.2 Excitation systems and automatic con-
a ship shall be underway at least at the partial power. trol systems shall protect electric propulsion motors
from overspeeding in the event of the propeller on consumed active power from generators to define
breaking down or working clear of water. switching threshold of baking resistors shall be
provided.
17.6.3 Reverse power.
17.5 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC)
17.6.3.1 When the propulsion motor is braking or
reversing in emergency from full ahead running to
full speed astern, the prime movers of an independent
17.5.1 The electric propulsion plant shall operate electric propulsion plant shall be capable of absorb-
without malfunctions and failures being exposed to ing a proportion of the recuperated energy without
electromagnetic interference, and comply with the tripping due to overspeed or reverse power.
requirements of 2.2. 17.6.3.2 To absorb a proportion of the recuperated
17.5.2 Equipment producing transient voltage, energy and to retard the speed of the electric
frequency and current variations shall not cause propulsion motor of an independent electric propul-
malfunctions and failures of other equipment on sion plant, braking resistors may be used ensuring the
board, neither by conduction, induction or radiation. necessary limits on the prime movers and the electric
17.5.3 If a total harmonic distortion value of propulsion plant generators speed. The amount of
10 per cent is exceeded when operating the propul- recuperated work shall be limited by DMS controllers.
sion plant, the appropriate filtering and interference-
free operation of any consumers shall be ensured.
17.7 ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANT GENERATORS
17.6 PRIME MOVERS OF ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANT
GENERATORS 17.7.1 General.
17.7.1.1 Generators (shaft generators) operating
17.6.1 Permissible speed deviations. with semiconductor converters shall be designed for
17.6.1.1 If electric propulsion plant generators are the expected harmonics of the system. While design-
also used for supplying the ship network, frequency ing the Electric power plant and selecting the
deviations with the relevant load variations shall generators' rated power, a sufficient output reserve
meet the requirements specified in 2.11.3, Part IX shall be provided to prevent the generator tempera-
"Machinery". ture rise, compared with the sinusoidal load.
17.6.1.2 Where the speed control of the propeller 17.7.1.2 Stator windings of generators with rated
requires speed variation of prime movers of the power output above 500 kVA shall be provided with
electric propulsion plant generators, the governors temperature sensors.
shall be provided with means for local control as well 17.7.1.3 Electric propulsion plant generators shall
as for remote control. be fitted with cooling air cleaning filters open-circuit
17.6.1.3 The prime movers rated power and and closed-circuit ventilation. For alternating current
overload capacity of the Unified Electric power plant brushless generators with closed-circuit ventilation
generators shall be adequate to supply the power the cooling air cleaning filters are not mandatory.
needed in the range of the operating conditions of the Ventilation ducts shall be arranged so as to prevent
electrical equipment, as well as the electric propulsion water ingress into the machine.
plant load variations due to manoeuvring, at sea, 17.7.1.4 Electric propulsion plant generators may
including severe weather conditions. be used for supplying auxiliary electrical machinery
17.6.2 Parallel operation. and services provided voltage and frequency are
17.6.2.1 In case of parallel operation of gen- stable under all conditions, including manoeuvring,
erators, the control system used shall ensure stable in compliance with the requirements of 2.1.3.
proportional distribution of loads over the entire 17.7.1.5 No circuit breakers shall be fitted in
output range of the prime movers as specified in excitation circuits of generators except those which
3.2.2. remove excitation of machinery at short circuits or
17.6.2.2 In case the Unified Electric power plant damages in the main current circuit.
generators (shaft generators) are used simultaneously 17.7.1.6 Means of protection of generators shall
for power supply and the electric propulsion plants comply with the requirements specified in 8.2. For
containing reversible semiconductor frequency con- generators with the ratings more than 1500 kVA,
verters adapted to recover the power at braking of protection against internal faults shall be provided.
the electric propulsion motor and to retard the speed 17.7.2 Generator bearings and lubrication.
of the electric propulsion motor in reverse, the power 17.7.2.1 Sliding bearing shells shall be easily
plant control system shall ensure transmitting data replaceable. Provision shall be made for checking the
bearing lubrication. Adequate lubrication shall be 17.9.1.2 Provision shall be made for at least two
provided even at the maximum potential trim. independent power transformers for the electric
Provision shall be made for relevant seals to prevent propulsion plant. Only transformers with separate
oil ingress inside the generator. windings shall be used.
17.7.2.2 In case of bearings with forced lubrica- 17.9.1.3 The winding temperatures of transfor-
tion (under pressure), the following alarms, as a mers used in electric propulsion plants shall be
minimum, shall be provided at the Electric propul- monitored with a sensor and indicator system.
sion plant control stations: 17.9.1.4 For current measurements on the pri-
.1 failure of lubricating system (no flow of mary side in each phase supplying the Electric
lubricating oil, failure of lubrication pump, loss of propulsion plant transformer, ammeters shall be
pressure in the lubrication pipe, etc.); provided on the main switchboard.
.2 maximum temperature of each bearing. 17.9.1.5 Each Electric propulsion plant transfor-
17.7.2.3 Generators shall be fitted with backup mer shall have overcurrent and short circuit protec-
(emergency) devices for bearings lubrication which, tion on the primary and secondary side.
in the event of malfunction or failure of the main For protection on the secondary side, Electric
(working) lubricating system, provide adequate lu- propulsion plant semiconductor converter may be
brication until the machine full stop. used.
17.7.2.4 To avoid damage to bearings, provision 17.9.2 Liquid cooled electric propulsion plant
shall be made to ensure that no currents can flow transformers.
between the bearing and the shaft for which purpose 17.9.2.1 Windings of liquid cooled transformers
one of the bearings shall be galvanically isolated from shall be completely covered by liquid, even for
the machine housing. inclinations up to and including 22,5.
17.7.3 Generators cooling. 17.9.2.2 Transformers shall be provided with the
17.7.3.1 In addition to thermometers, tempera- necessary collecting and accumulating arrangements
ture sensors of cooling air shall be provided which for coolant leaks.
shall initiate an alarm with the excess of a permissible Fire detectors and fire-fighting equipment shall
temperature. be installed in the vicinity of the transformer. The
17.7.3.2 For machines with a closed circuit fire-fighting equipment may be manually operated.
cooling and heat exchanger, the flow of primary 17.9.2.3 Transformers shall be fitted with protec-
and secondary coolants shall be monitored. An alarm tion against gassing of coolant.
shall be initiated with the flow failure. 17.9.2.4 The coolant temperature shall be mon-
17.7.3.3 Leakage-water and condensed moisture itored with a sensor system. A pre-alarm shall be
shall be kept away from the machine windings. Provision actuated before the maximum permissible temperature
shall be made for an alarm to monitor leakage. is attained. When the maximum permissible tempera-
ture limit is reached, a separate sensor shall activate
protection which switches off the transformer.
17.8 ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANT SWITCHBOARDS
17.9.2.5 The coolant level shall be monitored by
two sensors, one of them shall actuate an alarm and
the other set up to the maximum permissible level
17.8.1 Electric propulsion plant switchboards shall switch off the transformer.
shall meet the requirements of 4.6 and 18.6. 17.9.3 Air cooled electric propulsion plant trans-
17.8.2 Electric propulsion plant system shall be formers.
fitted with an arrangement for insulation resistance 17.9.3.1 The operation of fans for transformers
monitoring (refer to 2.11). cooling, as well as the cooling air temperature shall
17.8.3 Switches for routine switching in de-ener- be monitored with a sensor system.
gized circuits of the electric propulsion plant shall be An alarm shall be given at the excess of
provided with an interlocking device to prevent their temperature or fan failure.
tripping under voltage, or false switching. 17.9.3.2 Where a closed circuit cooling air system
with an air cooler is used, in addition to the requirements
of 17.9.3.1, the following shall be monitored:
17.9 ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANT POWER .1 the minimum flow of primary and secondary
TRANSFORMERS coolants (air and water);
.2 heat exchanger leakage to be alarmed.
17.9.1 General. The heat exchanger shall be so installed that
17.9.1.1 Transformers and reactors shall meet the water leakages and condensed moisture are kept
requirements of Section 11 and 18.4. away from the windings.
17.10 ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANT provided. In case of a failure of the cooling system,
SEMICONDUCTOR CONVERTERS measures shall be taken to prevent the overheat and
failure of the converter.
17.10.1 General. 17.10.2.2 The cooling system shall be provided
17.10.1.1 Converters shall meet the requirements with an alarm system. The alarm signal shall be
of Section 12. generated by the reducing of a coolant flow or by
17.10.1.2 At least two entirely independent high temperature of semiconductors.
separate semiconductor converters shall be provided 17.10.2.3 Single failures in the converter cooling
to feed separate winding systems of Electric propul- system shall not result in tripping all converters of the
sion plant (or separate Electric propulsion plants). ship's electric propulsion plant.
17.10.1.3 Each converter shall be provided with a 17.10.3 Protection of semiconductor converters.
separate unit or a control system. 17.103.1 Operational overvoltages in a supply
17.10.1.4 There shall be provided two galvani- system of converters shall be limited by suitable devices
cally isolated speed sensors for each unit or device of to prevent breakdown of the components of the
control system. Common housing of both sensors is semiconductor frequency converters power circuit.
permitted. 17.10.3.2 A suitable control system shall ensure
17.10.1.5 If the converter feeds a permanently that the rated current of semiconductor elements
excited electric propulsion motor of direct of alter- cannot be exceeded under all normal and most severe
native current (including those of permanent mag- conditions.
net), a switch disconnector shall be fitted in the 17.10.3.3 Power circuit and the converter com-
"motor - converter" line which opens automatically ponents shall be protected against damage and failure
in case of an inverter or rectifier fault. Devices shall due to direct short-circuit at the terminals. Protec-
be provided for such faults diagnosis. tion by fuses against short circuit currents is
17.10.1.6 Electric propulsion plant converters permitted. The relevant feedbacks of the converter
shall be designed for the nominal torque of the drive shall control (limit) the current in such away, that no
(nominal torque at a propeller shaft). Short - term components are damaged when the converter is
overloads and speed variations (dips) resulting from switched on to a blocked motor.
overloads or the load throwing off at propeller
emergence shall not lead to the activation of
converter protection. 17.11 PROTECTION ARRANGEMENTS
17.10.1.7 The recuperated energy may be received FOR HARMONIC FILTERS
to the Unified Electric power plant at retarding the
speed of the electric propulsion motor in reverse via 17.11.1 A harmonic filter shall be arranged as a
the reversible semiconductor frequency converters to three phase unit with individual protection of each
ensure the quality parameters (refer to 2.1.3) for the phaseon the main switchboard busbars at any step of
ship's power consumers. The excess of the recuper- propulsion.
ated energy shall be absorbed by "braking resistors". 17.11.2 Each individual filter circuits shall be
17.10.1.8 Reactive power may be compensated by protected against overcurrents and short-circuit
means of reversible semiconductor frequency con- currents. The fuses in filter circuits shall be mon-
verters. Thus, the control unit shall receive a signal itored. Any fuse burnout shall be alarmed.
from control system of the Electrical power plant to 17.11.3 When designing and using line filters,
comply with the current value of the reactive power their layout shall be designed for any conceivable line
being generated by the power consumers of the constellations. In particular, self-resonance shall be
Unified Electric power plant. excluded under any load conditions and operating
17.10.1.9 The cabinets for semiconductor con- generators constellations.
verters shall meet the requirements of 4.6 and Sec- 17.11.4 In case of several parallel filter circuits,
tion 18. the current symmetry shall be monitored. An
17.10.1.10 The design of the cabinets for semi- unsymmetrical current distribution in the individual
conductor converters shall provide for the quick filter circuits and the failure of the filter shall be
exchange of power components of the built-in alarmed.
equipment. This may be achieved by use of modular 17.11.5 Consideration shall be given to additional
design for power circuit, its components, control, protection for the individual capacitor element (e.g.
protection and data display units. relief valve or overpressure disconnector) in order to
17.10.2 Cooling of semiconductor converters. protect against damage from rupturing. This con-
17.10.2.1 If converters are fitted with a forced- sideration shall take into account the type of
cooling system, means for its monitoring shall be capacitors used.
17.12 ELECTRIC PROPULSION MOTORS accordance with the characteristics of the overspeed
protection device at its specified operational setting.
17.12.3.4 The motor shall be capable to withstand
17.12.1 General. a sudden short-circuit currents at its terminals under
17.12.1.1 Stator windings of a.c. motors and nominal load without damage.
interpole, mainpole and compensation windings of Steady state short-circuit current of a permanent
d.c. motors of electric machines with a capacity above excited motor shall not cause thermal damages of the
500 kW, shall be provided with temperature sensors. motor and the current carrying components (e. g. slip
17.12.1.2 Regarding the design and lubrication of rings, cables, feeders or busducts).
electric propulsion motor bearings, the requirements
of 17.7.2 shall be met.
17.12.2 Electric propulsion motors cooling. 17.13 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PODDED AZIMUTH
17.12.2.1 The cooling system shall ensure suffi- THRUSTER DRIVES AND STEERABLE PROPELLER
DRIVES
cient cooling under all load and speed conditions.
17.12.2.2 Electric propulsion motors shall be
fitted with built-in temperature sensors which shall 17.13.1 General.
give an alarm signal with the excess of a permissible 17.13.1.1 If the space, where an electrical machine
temperature. and other equipment are located, is inaccessible during
17.12.2.3 For machines with a closed circuit operation and associated with special environmental
cooling system and a heat exchanger, the flow of conditions (high temperature, humidity, etc.), special
primary and secondary coolants shall be monitored. measures shall be taken like use of highly reliable
17.12.2.4 Provision shall be made to alarm materials and components, adequate number of
leakage. The heat exchanger shall be installed so that sensors, as well as special means for protection of
water leakages and condensed moisture are kept components against flooding and damages.
away from the windings. 17.13.1.2 The components, e.g. controls, sensors,
17.12.2.5 If the cooling system of the propulsion slip rings, cable connections and auxiliary drives shall
motor fails, the emergency operation mode to ensure withstand undamaged the strength of vibration, of at
ship's manoeuvring under heavy navigating condi- least Ag from 3 to 100 Hz.
tions shall be provided. Interventions by an operator 17.13.2 Sensors.
for opening of emergency air flaps are permitted. 17.13.2.1 Sensors which can be changed only
17.12.2.6 Air-cooled electric propulsion motors during dry docking shall be fitted with two sensor
shall be fitted with air intake filters and two forced- elements in the same housing with separate data
air fans, each having a capacity sufficient for normal transmission channels.
operation of the electric motor. A visual signal 17.13.3 Bearings.
indicating fans operation and an alarm on their 17.13.3.1 Oil filling levels in bearing housings
shutdown shall be provided. shall be monitored during operation and standstill.
17.12.2.7 A liquid cooling system for multi- Any oil leakage shall activate an alarm.
armature machines shall be independent for each This applies to circulated lubrication systems as
armature. well. These systems shall additionally be equipped
17.12.3 Protection of electric propulsion motor. with lubricating oil flow monitoring. A flow level
17.12.3.1 Over-current protection in the main and monitoring alarm shall be independent from the
excitation circuits shall be set sufficiently high so that electric propulsion motor control system.
there is no possibility of its operating due to the over- 17.13.3.2 The temperature of shaft bearings shall
currents caused by ship's maneuvering, operation in be monitored by an alarm and protection system. The
heavy seas or in broken ice. alarm shall be carried out in two steps: alarm and
17.12.3.2 Short-circuit and over-current protec- engine stop. The protection system shall be indepen-
tion may be provided by the converter. Different dent from the temperature indication system for shaft
electric propulsion motor designs (d.c, synchronous, bearings, and the alarm system.
induction and permanent-magnet excitation motors) 17.13.4 Bilges in a pod housing.
shall be taken into consideration. The water level in pod bilges and associated
17.12.3.3 For electric propulsion d.c. motors spaces shall be monitored with level sensors. In
provision shall be made for an independent over- addition to high level sensors in bilges operating for
speed (runaway) protection device as required in an alarm system, independent sensors to monitor a
2.11, Part IX "Machinery". high emergency level shall be provided which prevent
The electric propulsion motor shall be capable to false operations and automatically stop the propul-
withstand overspeed up to the limit reached in sion.
17.13.5 Fire detection system. 17.13.10.4 At least two independent electric

An effective fire detection system with the drives shall be provided for each azimuthal unit for
adequate number of sensors of the relevant type turn, whereby one drive shall be supplied from the
shall be provided. The general requirements for such main switchboard and the other, from the emergency
systems are specified in 7.5. switchboard.
17.13.6 Accessible spaces (in a pod housing). 17.13.10.5 Azimuth electric drives shall be pro-
Sufficient illumination and ventilation shall be tected against overcurrent (by converter, if applic-
provided for accessible spaces of the pod housing able) and short circuit. They shall be able to supply
where regular maintenance work and equipment 160 per cent of the torque necessary for the rated
inspection are carried out. speed of movement in accordance with the require-
17.13.7 Protection of the propulsion motor. ments of 7.2.3, Part VII "Machinery Installations".
17.13.7.1 Motors of more than 1 MW and all Azimuth drives with different design, e. g.
permanent excited motors shall be provided with hydraulic, shall also be able to fulfill the above
protection against internal faults that also monitors requirements.
the connections between the semiconductor converter 17.13.10.6 The thrust azimuth angle shall be
and the motor. The power supply to the defective limited to 35. At low propulsion power rating and
equipment shall be interrupted with an appropriate thus low ship's speed or crash-stop maneuver these
time delay and an alarm shall be given. limits may be disabled with the control system.
17.13.7.2 Humidity shall be monitored for motors 17.13.10.7 The thrust azimuth angle shall be limited
with closed air cooling systems. The excess of the related to the steps of the set ship's speed that the safety
permissible humidity level shall be alarmed. of the ship is not endangered (due to excessive thrust
17.13.8 Motor supply lines. while turning). The limitation (interlock) shall be
17.13.8.1 Cables operated at high temperature provided redundantly and independently of the control
limits shall be installed separate from other cables. If of the azimuth angle (pod turning).
required, splitters shall be provided to prevent 17.13.10.8 Reaching or exceeding the permissible
contacts between cable sheaths. limitations of the azimuth angle shall be alarmed.
17.13.8.2 IP protection for all terminals, cable After triggering the limitation, it shall be possible to
glands and busbar connections shall be equal to move the azimuth drive back to the permitted angles
motor protection, however, at least IP44. These of the drive turn without manual reset.
requirements also apply to control cables. 17.13.10.9 The operation and indication equip-
17.13.9 Slip rings. ment of the azimuth drive shall be arranged in such a
17.13.9.1 Where data from feedback sensors, way that the set direction of the propeller thrust or
controlled variable sensors, etc. are transmitted via the direction of the ship's moving is clearly indicated.
a data bus of slip rings, the busbar shall be It shall be clear to the operator whether the direction
duplicated. Failure of each single busbar shall be of the ship's moving or the direction of the propeller
alarmed. thrust of the electric propulsion plant was chosen.
17.13.9.2 Slip rings unit fitted with external 17.13.10.10 The local control station for azi-
forced cooling system shall be capable of operation muthal unit shall be equipped with the following:
without a cooling system for a certain period of time. .1 ammeters for each supply system of each load
The cooling system failure shall be alarmed. component;
17.13.10 Azimuth podded drive and Azimuth .2 azimuth angle (turn angle) indicators for each
steerable propeller drive. drive;
17.13.10.1 Azimuth drive shall meet the require- .3 power supply system readiness for operation
ments for steering gear in accordance with the indicators for each drive;
requirements of 5.5. .4 power supply system disturbance indicators for
17.13.10.2 The single failure localization principle each drive;
shall be ensured for all electrical and hydraulic and provide for the following:
components. Safe operation of the ship shall be .5 power limitation (from converter);
ensured independently of the rudder angle and ship's .6 control from main machinery control room;
speed at any time a failure occurs. The designer shall .7 control from the navigation bridge;
develop and submit for approval the "Failure Mode .8 control from local control station;
Effect Analyses" (FMEA). .9 running indication for the associated propul-
17.13.10.3 The position of the azimuth drive shall sion drive.
be mechanically indicated on a scale at the drive The local control station can be activated locally
location (steering compartment). at any time and shall have the highest priority.
17.14 ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANTS CONTROL semiconductor converters. Changes of electric pro-
SYSTEMS pulsion plant modes generated at this station shall be
displayed by the system indicating a preset and
17.14.1 Powerplant control systems. executed commands.
17.14.1.1 For power supply systems of electric 17.14.23 Where several control stations are avail-
propulsion plants with generators operating in able, a control stations switch in the control station
parallel, the automated powerplant control system having a priority shall be provided. Such switch shall
shall be provided which will ensure adequate power provide switching of any, but only one control station
generation being consistent with the needs of specific (central and wing stations on the navigation bridge are
operational modes of the electric propulsion plant, in considered as one control station).
transit/maneuver including. Automatic load based 17.14.2.4 Each control station shall have an
disconnection of generators in maneuver mode is not emergency stop device independent of the control
permitted. system and the active (in "on" condition) control
17.14.1.2 In case of under-frequency on main station.
switchboard busbars, overcurrent or overload and 17.14.3 Main and local control stations.
reverse power, the propulsion power shall be auto- 17.14.3.1 At least two mutually independent main
maticaly limited (to prevent de-energizing of main and local control stations shall be provided for
switchboard busbars). electric propulsion plant.
17.14.1.3 If generators are running in parallel and 17.14.3.2 In case of damage, malfunctioning or
one of them is tripping by protection system, the loss of power supply of the main station control
automated power plant control system shall auto- system, a local control station of the electric
matically reduce the electric propulsion plant load to propulsion plant converters shall be provided.
protect the remaining generators against unaccepta- 17.14.3.3 The bridge shall be fitted with control
ble overloads and ensure their operation at permis- systems such that the steering (azimuth thrust
sible loads. The same requirement applies to the main change) control system can operate independently
switchboard busbars tiebreakers. of the speed and electric propulsion plant electric
17.14.1.4 Tripping of the main switchboard propulsion motor reverse control system.
busbars tiebreaker shall not lead to any malfunction 17.14.3.4 All electric propulsion plant alarms shall
of the system. It is not necessary that the power plant be acknowledged at the local control station. Alarms
control system remains in the automatic mode if the which do not require any further intervention of the
power supply system is split. personnel can be acknowledged at the main control
Any loss of the control system automatic func- station (on the navigation bridge) with the mandatory
tions shall be alarmed. follow-up acknowledgement at the local control station.
17.14.1.5 Electric power plant control system 17.14.3.5 Restart of the electric propulsion plant
shall ensure transfer of information to Electric shall be possible from both (main and local) control
propulsion system as regards the current value of stations, depending on which one has been prese-
active capacity consumption from generators to lected. After the main switchboard de-energizing it
restrict the power recuperated to the Unified Electric shall be possible to restart the electric propulsion
power system and determination of on threshold of plant at the main control station.
"braking resistors". 17.14.3.6 If the electric propulsion plant is
17.14.1.6 Electric power plant control system shall controlled from a panel or desk with the use of
ensure transfer of information to Electric propulsion electric, pneumatic or hydraulic drive, the failure of
system as regards the current value of reactive capacity them shall not result in electric propulsion plant
consumption being generated by the power consumers tripping, and each control station at the panel or desk
of the Unified Electric power plant. shall be immediately ready for manual operation.
17.14.2 Location of the Electric propulsion plant 17.14.3.7 Mechanically linked control stations
control stations. installed in the wheelhouse (on the navigation bridge)
17.14.2.1 Electric propulsion plant control sta- for their synchronous operation may be permitted.
tions may be located at any convenient place 17.14.3.8 The remote control system of the
according to the ship's purpose. electric propulsion plant shall be so designed that
Where control stations are arranged outside the no time delay is needed for the personnel to move a
machinery space, i.e. on the bridge or in other locations, control handle at a control station to a new position.
control stations in the machinery space or main 17.14.3.9 The electric propulsion plant control
machinery control room shall be provided as well. system shall be provided with an interlock to prevent
17.14.2.2 The local control station has a priority the electric propulsion plant activation with a shaft
and shall be located in the vicinity of the drive or turning gear engaged.
17.14.3.10 Each control station shall have a visual CPP blades indicators shall be provided at each
indication on the control system being alive. control station.
17.14.4 Measuring, indicating and monitoring 17.14.4.5 The main machinery control room shall
equipment. be equipped with the following:
17.14.4.1 Failures in measuring, monitoring and .1 speed indicator for each shaft;
indicating equipment shall not result in failure of the .2 each shaft power meter;
electric propulsion plant control system, e. g., failure .3 "Powerplant ready for switching on" (addi-
of the actual value (speed) sensor or of the reference tional generators) indicator;
speed value sensor shall not cause an excessive .4 "Power plant ready for electric propulsion
increase of propeller speed. plant operation" indicator;
17.14.4.2 The local (active) control station shall .5 "Power plant disturbed" indicator;
be equipped with the following: .6 "Electric propulsion plant power limited"
.1 ammeter for each power supply line of each indicator;
load component (stator current of each winding, .7 "Request to reduce power" indicator if not
etc.), and also in the excitation circuit (for adjustible- automatically controlled or "override" button pushed
excitation systems); (cancellation of the plant automated control);
.2 voltmeters for each power supply line of each .8 "Control from the main machinery control
load component, and also for power supply of the room" indicator;
excitation system (for adjustible-excitation systems); .9 "Control from the local control station" indicator;
.3 speed indicator for each shaft; .10 "Control from the navigation bridge" indicator;
.4 "Powerplant ready for electric propulsion plant .11 indication of the generators operating at the
operation" indicator; electric propulsion plant.
.5 "Powerplant disturbed" indicator; The list of parameters controlled by the alarm
.6 "Electric propulsion plant power limited" system is given in Tables 17.14.4.5-1 and 17.14.4.5-2.
(from converter) indicator; 17.14.5 Fail-safety of electric propulsion plant
.7 "Control from the main machinery control control systems.
room" indicator; 17.14.5.1 Electric propulsion plant control sys-
.8 "Control from the navigation bridge" indicator; tems with the use of processors shall comply with the
.9 "Control from the local control station" requirements of Section 7, Part XV "Automation".
indicator. 17.14.5.2 The loss of power or malfunctioning of
17.14.4.3 The main control station (on navigation any other control and monitoring systems shall not
bridge) shall be equipped with the following: result in loss of propulsion and electric propulsion
.1 revolution indicator for each shaft; plant control, ship's steering or azimuth drive.
.2 each shaft power meter; 17.14.5.3 Electric propulsion plant, azimuth
.3 "Powerplant ready for switching on" (addi- drives and their control systems shall have self-check
tional generators) indicator; system and an alarm system to detect failures quickly.
.4 "Power plant ready for electric propulsion 17.14.5.4 The most probable failures, e. g. loss of
plant operation" indicator; power, wire failure or cable and wire short circuits,
.5 "Power plant disturbed" indicator; etc. shall result in the least critical of all possible new
.6 "Electric propulsion plant power limited" conditions of the ship (fail to safety).
indicator;
.7 "Request to reduce power" indicator if not
automatically controlled or "override" button pushed 17.15 ELECTRIC COUPLINGS
(cancellation of the plant automated control);
.8 "Control from the main machinery control 17.15.1 General.
room" indicator; 17.15.1.1 Electric couplings shall be designed so
.9 "Control from the navigation bridge" indi- that they may be dismantled without the disassembly
cator; of a driving motor or reduction gear. The design and
.10 " Control from the local control station" location of couplings shall ensure free access for their
indicator; maintenance, brush replacement and air gap mea-
.11 indication of the generators operating at the surements without dismantling the couplings.
electric propulsion plant; 17.15.1.2 Enclosures and end shields shall be
.12 indication of power reserve (recommended). made of steel or material of equivalent strength (refer
17.14.4.4 When two or more control stations are also to 10.1.1).
provided for change of speed and angle of turn of 17.15.1.3 The rotating parts of couplings, as well
CPP blades, both speed change and angle of turn of as their windings shall be designed and secured so
T a b l e 17.14.4.5-1
List of monitored parameters of the electric propulsion plant with AC synchronous, permanent excited
and induction electric propulsion motors
Monitored parameter Limiting value, Local measuring Alarm, display in the Load Automatic Main control
Max/Min instrument main machinery reduction "Stop" station (bridge),
control room group alarm
Electric propulsion motor:
Lubrication system Malfunction Inspection glass X X X X
Bearing temperature Max Thermometer X X
Stator winding temperature Max X X X
Slip rings (synchronous electric pro- Malfunction Inspection hatch X X
pulsion motor) (electric arc)

Water/air cooling system Malfunction X X
Cooling air temperature at the inlet Max Thermometer X X
Coolant Leakage X X
Speed Max X X X
Voltage regulation (synchronous Failure X X X
electric propulsion motor)

Insulation resistance for stator and Min X X
feeder
Insulation resistance for excitation Min X X
system and feeder (synchronous

electric propulsion motor)
Transformers:
Winding temperature Max X X X
Coolant Leakage X X X
Cooling system Malfunction X X
Converters:
Mains Malfunction X Start X
Cooling system Malfunction X X X
Power units temperature Max x Maxl x Max2 X
Cooling agent flow Min X X
Coolant Leakage X X
Preliminary alarm X
Accident, failure X X X
Rotor speed and position sensor Malfunction X X
(synchronous electric propulsion

motor)
Emergency stop (Converter X X X
switched off)
Semiconductor fuse Malfunction X X X
Semiconductor temperature Max X

Reduction X
Voltage (direct current link) Max X X X
Current (direct current link) Max X X X
Current at the converter outlet Max X X X
Electric propulsion plant main,

shipboard electrical system:
Harmonic trap Accident, X X
damage
that they cannot be damaged in the event of a sudden Where several driving motors operate on a
stop. Electric couplings shall not cause axial forces. common transmission, in order to prevent the
Balance ratio of electric couplings shall meet the simultaneous start of driving motors rotating in
requirements of 4.1.2, Part IX "Machinery". opposite directions, the interlock in the coupling
17.15.1.4 The maximum torque under excitation excitation system shall be used.
forcing conditions shall not exceed the twofold rated 17.15.3 Electric couplings excitation.
torque of the coupling. Excitation windings of electric couplings shall be
The requirements of the present Chapter also protected against overvoltage.
apply to electric couplings fitted in other systems. The excitation circuit of electric couplings shall
17.15.2 Protection and interlocking. include:
The design of the coupling connection system or .1 a two-pole switch;
the interlock used shall be such that the coupling .2 a magnetic field discharging device;
excitation during the main propulsion engine starting .3 short-circuit protection.
and reversing is prevented.
T a b l e 17.14.4.5-2
List of monitored parameters of the electric propulsion plant with DC electric propulsion motors
Monitored parameter Limiting value, Local measuring Alarm, display in the Load Automatic Main control
max/min instrument main machinery reduction "Stop" station (bridge),
control room group alarm
Electric propulsion motor:
Lubrication system Malfunction Inspection glass X X X X
Bearing temperature Max Thermometer X X
Main pole temperature Max X X X
Auxiliary pole/compensating wind- Max X X X
ing temperature
Water/air cooling system Malfunction X X
Cooling air temperature at the inlet Max Thermometer X X
Coolant Leakage X X
Speed Max X X X
Commutator/brushes Malfunction Inspection hatch X X

(electric arc)
Armature current Max X X X
Insulation resistance for armature Min X X
circuit and feeder (earth fault)

Transformers:
Winding temperature Max X X X
Coolant Leakage X X
Cooling system Malfunction X X
Converters:
Mains Malfunction X
Restart X
Cooling system Malfunction X X X
Power units temperature Max x Maxl x Max2 X
Cooling agent flow (direct cooling) Min X X
Coolant Leakage X X
Preliminary alarm X
Accident, failure X X X
Armature speed sensor Malfunction X X
Emergency stop (Converter X X X
switched off)
Semiconductor fuse Malfunction X X X
Electric propulsion plant main,

shipboard electrical system:
Harmonic trap Accident, X X
damage
18 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNED

FOR A VOLTAGE IN EXCESS OF 1000 V UP TO 15 KV
18.1 GENERAL Each part of sections shall be connected to, as a

minimum, one generator.
18.1.1 The requirements apply to three-phase a.c. Where two independent main switchboards
systems with the rated voltage in excess of 1 kV where interconnected by cable jumpers are provided, circuit
the rated voltage means the voltage between phases. breakers shall be fitted at its both sides. All the
Unless otherwise specified in this Section, the duplicated electrical drives shall be supplied from
requirements for design and installation for low- different main switchboards or its split sections.
voltage equipment (up to 1000 V) given in the present 18.2.1.3 Systems with earthed neutral.
Part also apply to high-voltage equipment. 18.2.1.3.1 Neutral points of generators running in
18.1.2 Electrical equipment for a voltage over parallel may be connected to a common bus before
1000 V shall not be housed in the same casing an earthing resistor or reactor fitted in a switchboard
(enclosure) with low-voltage equipment unless the or immediately at the generators.
relevant segregation is provided or appropriate 18.2.1.3.2 In case of an earth fault, the leakage
measures ensuring safe access for low-voltage equip- current shall not exceed the rated current of the
ment maintenance are taken. largest generator or the total rated current of a
18.1.3 Insulating materials used for electrical relevant main switchboard section and shall not be
equipment shall ensure the insulation resistance of less than the triple minimum current required for
1500 ohms per 1 V rated voltage, but at least earth-fault protection activation.
2 megohms during the unit operation. 18.2.1.3.3 When the system is energized, at least
18.1.4 For monitoring of insulation status the one neutral earthing point shall be closed. The
systems for each feeder insulation monitoring shall be electrical equipment in systems with a deadly earthed
used. Such systems shall show direction to the neutral connected to the hull through a high capacity
damaged area and have visible and audible alarm at resistor or reactor shall bear without damage the
decreasing of the monitored value below the specified single plase-to-earth fault current during the time
level. It is recommended to complete feeder monitor- needed for protection device activation.
ing systems with portable devices for search of 18.2.1.4 Neutral opening.
insulation fault location. In the neutral wire of each generator, provision
18.1.5 At the entrance to special electrical spaces, shall be made for a disconnector, which may cut out
a warning notice shall be provided indicating the the neutral from earthing for insulation resistance
voltage. Enclosures of electrical equipment installed measurements and generator maintenance.
outside special electrical spaces shall be provided with 18.2.1.5.1 All earthing impedances of neutral points
warning notices indicating the voltage. shall be connected to the hull. The connection to the
hull shall be so arranged that any circulating currents in
the earth connections do not interfere with radio, radar,
18.2 SYSTEM DESIGN
intercommunication and control equipment circuits.
18.2.1.5.2 It is allowed to connect all resistors or
18.2.1 Distribution design. reactors to the common earthing busbar, which shall
18.2.1.1 The following power distribution sys- be connected to the ship's hull at least at two points.
tems may be used for three-phase a.c. current high- 18.2.1.6 Divided systems.
voltage plants: 18.2.1.6.1 Neutral connections to the hull shall be
insulated three-wire system; provided for each split group of main switchboard
three-wire system with the neutral earthed to the sections in divided systems with an earthed neutral.
ship's hull through a high-capacity resistor or 18.2.2 Degrees of enclosures protection.
reactor; 18.2.2.1 General requirements.
four-wire system with the deadly earthed neutral. Each part of electrical equipment shall have shielded
18.2.1.2 Configuration of network for ensuring enclosures corresponding to its location and effecting
uninterruptible power supply. environmental conditions. The requirements of
The main switchboard design shall provide for IEC 60092-201 may be considered as minimum.
the possibility of its separation into, as a minimum, 18.2.2.2 Electrical machines.
two independent parts by means of a circuit breaker A degree of protection by enclosure for electrical
or disconnector. machines shall be at least IP23. The degree of
protection of machines lead boxes shall not be less When this protection device is activated, the
than IP44. generator shall be shut off from the main switchboard
Motors installed in spaces accessible to unquali- and its excitations shall automatically be removed.
fied personnel shall have the degree of protection of In distribution systems with deadly earthed
at least IP4X to prevent touching of live and rotating neutral, the earth fault of a generator phase shall
parts. also result in the activation of protection.
18.2.2.3 Transformers. 18.2.4.2 Faults to earth.
A degree of protection by enclosure for transfor- 18.2.4.2.1 An audible and visual alarm shall be
mers shall be at least IP23. activated in a system at any earth faults.
Transformers installed in spaces accessible to 18.2.4.2.2 Protection automatically disconnecting
unqualified personnel shall have the degree of a faulted circuit at earth faults shall be activated in
protection of at least IP4X. low-impedance (deadly-earthed) systems.
The requirements of 18.7.1 apply to transformers 18.2.4.2.3 In high-impedance earthed systems
having no enclosure. (systems with a neutral earthed through a high-
18.2.2.4 Switchgear, control panels and conver- resistance resistor), where the feeders outgoing from
ters. the main switchboard can not be disconnected at an
A degree of metal enclosures protection for earth fault, the insulation of electrical equipment
switchgear, control panels, static converter cabinets supplied from these feeders shall be designed for the
shall be at least IP32. Panels installed in spaces line voltage of the system.
accessible to unqualified personnel shall have the N o t e s : 1. The systems to be classified as effectively
degree of protection of at least IP4X. earthed (low impedance) if a coefficient of earthing is below 0,8,
and ineffectively earthed (high impedance), 0,8 and over.
18.2.3 Insulation distances. 2. The efficient of earthing means a ratio between a voltage
18.2.3.1 Air clearances. "phase earth" in a healthy, i.e. intact system, and a line ("phase
Air clearances between live parts with different phase") voltage.
potentials or between live parts and earthed metal 18.2.4.3 Power transformers.
parts or the casing shall not be less than specified in Power transformers shall be protected against a
Table 18.2.3.1. short circuit and overloading with circuit breakers.
T a b l e 18.2.3.1
Where the transformers are intended for running
Nominal voltage, kV Minimum air clearance, mm
in parallel, the activation of protection on the
primary side shall cause their automatic disconnec-
3 (3,3) 55 tion on the secondary side as well.
6 (6,6) 90 18.2.4.4 Voltage transformers for control systems
10 (11)
15
120
160
and instruments.
Transformers intended for supply of control
circuits and instruments shall be protected against
overloading and short circuits on the secondary side.
Minimum clearances for intermediate values of 18.2.4.5 Fuses.
working voltages are assumed as for the next larger Protective fuses shall be used for short-circuit
value of a standard voltage. protection.
Selecting lesser clearance, special high-voltage No fuses for overload protection are allowed.
impulse tests shall be made to confirm admissibility 18.2.4.6 Low-voltage systems.
of such an option. Low-voltage distribution systems (up to 1000 V)
18.2.3.2 Creepage distances. supplied from high-voltage transformers (systems)
Creepage distances between live parts with shall be protected against overvoltages associated
different potentials and between live parts and the with the ingress of a high voltage on the secondary
hull shall be selected on the basis of national and (low voltage) side. This may be achieved by:
international standards with due regard to the rated earthing of the low voltage system;
voltage of the system, insulation material and appropriate neutral voltage limiters;
dynamic overvoltage due to transient processes. earthed screen between the primary and second-
18.2.4 Protective devices. ary windings of the transformer.
18.2.4.1 Faults on the generator side. 18.2.4.7 Protective earthing.
In addition to the types of protection specified in Metal enclosures of electrical equipment shall be
8.2, generators shall be provided with protection earthed by external flexible copper conductors having
devices against an interphase fault in the cables a cross-sectional area designed for a single-phase
connecting the generator and main switchboard, and short-circuit current, but not less than 16 mm2.
against turn-to-turn faults inside the generator. Earthing wires shall be marked.
Earthing conductors may be connected by electrical connection between a machine casing and
welding or by bolts of at least 10 mm in diameter. box body shall be ensured.
18.3.4.5 Motors having the rated power 1000 kW
and over shall be fitted with differential protection
18.3 ELECTRICAL MACHINES
devices. For this purpose, a separate lead box shall be
provided on a motor casing, located on the opposite
side from the main box, in which a sufficient space
18.3.1 Stator windings of generators. for three current transformers and leads of neutral
Generator stator windings shall have accessible winding ends shall be provided.
both phase and neutral ends to ensure the installation 18.3.4.6 Bearings temperature of motors with
of the differential protection. power of 1000 kW and over shall be controlled by
18.3.2 Temperature detectors. local indicators (devices). Temperature detectors for
Electrical machines shall be fitted with built-in remote control shall also be provided for each
temperature detectors in their stator windings to bearing.
actuate an audible and visual alarm whenever the 18.3.4.7 In order to prevent the harmful effect of
temperature exceeds the permissible limit. bearing currents, the bearing on the side opposite to a
For built-in temperature detectors, means shall drive shall be electrically isolated from a casing. The
be provided to protect measurement circuits against possibility of measuring insulation resistance of an
overvoltage. isolated bearing without its disassembly shall be
18.3.3 Tests. provided.
In addition to the tests required for all electrical 18.3.4.8 The design of plain bearings shall
machines, high-frequency testing voltage tests, in provide:
accordance with IEC 60034-15, of individual phase .1 local indicators of the lube oil level;
windings (coils) of the machine shall be provided to .2 separate pump with a local pipeline, tank,
demonstrate a satisfactory level of resistance to turn- cooler, filter and flow-rate indicator when forced
to-turn faults caused by step-fronted switching circulating lubrication is used;
surges. .3 potential fitting of instruments for vibration
18.3.4 Design. control, including pertinent cable lines, as well as of
18.3.4.1 A machine casing, bearing shields, instruments for bearing wear measurements;
guards of air intakes and outlets shall be made of .4 potential use of the motor starting interlock
steel alloys. Aluminium alloys for the above parts are when lubrication fails.
not allowed.
18.3.4.2 A draining arrangement readily accessi-
ble for maintenance shall be provided in the lower 18.4 POWER TRANSFORMERS
part of a machine casing for removal of condensate.
Vertically-designed motors shall be fitted on their
top with a rigidly secured canopy preventing the 18.4.1 General.
ingress of water and foreign objects inside the 18.4.1.1 Dry-type transformers shall meet the
machine. A lower end shield shall be shaped so as requirements of IEC 60076-11.
to prevent accumulation of water in way of a bearing. Dry-transformers in use shall have earthed
18.3.4.3 Lead boxes of machines shall be dimen- screens between high and low voltage windings.
sioned so as to ensure: Liquid-cooled transformers shall meet the re-
necessary insulation distances between current- quirements of IEC 60076.
carrying parts and the casing; Oil-immersed transformers shall, as a minimum,
a sufficient space for arrangement of connecting be provided with the following alarms and protections:
cable terminations and windings ends. "minimum liquid level" alarm and automatic
An individual terminal box shall be provided for trip or load reduction;
instrument current transformers, heating anticonden- "maximum liquid temperature" alarm and
sation elements, temperature detectors, etc. automatic trip or load reduction;
18.3.4.4 The leads of stator winding phases shall "high gas pressure in enclosure" automatic
enter a separate terminal box, which is different from trip.
the ones for lower voltages, through a sealing gasket. 18.4.1.2 Transformers located in spaces accessible
A separate terminal box may be provided for to unqualified personnel shall have a degree of
neutral leads. protection provided by enclosure of at least IP4X.
Terminals for earthing cable cores shall be 18.4.1.3 Where the low-voltage side of transfor-
provided inside terminal boxes. In this case, a reliable mer has an insulated neutral point, a spark fuse shall
be inserted between the neutral point of each Where intended for maintenance, their width shall be
transformer and ship's hull. increased up to 1000 mm and 1200 mm respectively.
The fuse shall be rated for not more than The specified width of these passageways is required
80 per cent of the minimum test voltage of services irrespective of the applied means of protection against
fed through the given transformer. contact, like doors, a net or insulated guardrails.
18.4.1.4 The equipment for monitoring the The doors, continuous bulkheads and net screens
condition of insulation on the lower-voltage side of shall be at least 1800 mm high.
the unit or for detecting locations of this insulation The perforated bulkheads or net screens shall
damages may be connected to the fuse in parallel. ensure a degree of protection not below IP2X.
This equipment shall not interfere with the reliable Two insulated guardrails shall be fitted along the
operation of the fuse. switchboard at the heights of 600 mm and 1200 mm.
18.4.1.5 Effective means (e.g. heating) shall be 18.6.2.1.1.3 Live parts of electrical installation
provided to prevent condensation and moisture accu- shall be located at a distance specified in
mulation inside the transformers when de-energized. Table 18.6.2.1.1.3 away from protection guards.
T a b l e 18.6.2.1.1.3
Nominal Minimum Minimum distances of live electrical
18.5 CABLES voltage, height of parts from various protection guards, mm
kV passa-
18.5.1 General. geway, solidanddoors bulkheads
net doors
insulated
mm guardrails
18.5.1.1 Cables shall be constructed in accordance continuous and screens
with the requirements of IEC 60092-353 and 60092-354 3 (3,3) 2500 100 180 600
or other equivalent standards. 6 (6,6) 2500 120 200 600
18.5.1.2 For three-phase cable systems, triple- 10(11) 2500 150 220 700
core cables with multiwire cores shall be used. The 15 2500 160 240 800
cross-sectional area of the cable conductor for power
circuits shall be at least 10 mm2.
18.5.1.3 The construction, type and permissible 18.6.2.2 Locking facilities.
current loads of the cables used are subject to the Withdrawable circuit breakers used in switch-
special consideration by the Register in each case. boards shall be provided with mechanical locking
facilities in both service and disconnected positions.
For maintenance purposes, key locking of with-
18.6 SWITCHGEAR AND CONTROLGEAR ASSEMBLIES
drawable circuit breakers and other equipment and
fixed disconnectors shall be provided.
Withdrawable circuit breakers shall be located in
18.6.1 General. the service position so that there is no relative motion
Switchgear and controlgear assemblies shall be between fixed and moving portions.
constructed according to IEC 62271-200 and the 18.6.2.3 Shutters.
following additional requirements. The fixed current-carrying contacts of withdrawable
18.6.2 Construction. circuit breakers shall be automatically covered by
18.6.2.1 Mechanical construction. insulating shutters when the circuit breaker is drawn
18.6.2.1.1 Switchgear shall be of the metal- out. Insulating shutters for incoming and outgoing
enclosed type in accordance with the requirements circuits may be done by using colours or labels.
of IEC 62271-200, or of the insulation-enclosed type in 18.6.2.4 Earthing and interphase fault devices.
accordance with the requirements of IEC 62271-201, or In order to ensure the safe maintenance of high-
in accordance with the requirements of national voltage switchgear, an adequate number of devices
standards. for forced busbar fault and earthing for busbars and
18.6.2.1.1.1 Switchboards shall be locked with a outgoing feeders shall be provided.
special key other than for lower-voltage switchboards The device shall be designed for a maximum
and switchgear. Opening of doors and withdrawal of short-circuit current, and may be portable subject to
separate part shall be possible only after disconnection special consideration by the Register.
of the panel or switchboard from the electric network. 18.6.2.5 Internal arc classification (IAC).
18.6.2.1.1.2 Passageways for a switchboard and Switchgears and controlgear assembles shall be
electrical equipment inspection at least 800 mm wide classified according to internal arc classification.
and 1000 mm wide between the bulkhead and switch- Where switchgear is accessible by authorized
board, and between parallel switchboard sections personnel only Accessibility Type A is sufficient.
respectively, shall be provided along the switchboards. Accessibility Type B is required if accessible by non-
authorized personnel (refer to IEC 62271-200, significant potential hazard to the service personnel
Annex AA; AA2.2). during the technical maintenance. In addition, the
Installation and arrangement of the switchgear distance between the switchboard and the above
and contourgear shall comply with their IAC and ceiling/deck shall meet the requirements of internal
arrangement (F - Front side; L - Lateral side; arc classification in compliance with IEC 62271-200.
R - Rear side). 18.7.1.2 Electrical equipment shall be in special
18.6.3 Auxiliary supply system. electrical spaces and shall have a degree of protection
18.6.3.1 Source of supply. at least IP23 (refer also to 18.6).
Where a separate auxiliary electrical or other When justified, the equipment may be installed
source of power is required for operation of circuit outside the above spaces provided its degree of
breakers and other switches, and also for protection protection is the last IP44 and access to current-
devices, in addition to such a main source, a stand-by carrying parts of the equipment will only be possible
one, which an energy supply shall be sufficient for at when the voltage is off and special tools are used.
least two operations of all the components, shall be 18.7.1.3 A diagram of connections and a drawing
provided. of electrical equipment arrangement shall be avail-
However, the circuit breaker releases activated able in the special electrical space.
due to overload, short-circuit or undervoltage shall 18.7.2 Cables.
be independent of any electrical sources of power. 18.7.2.1 Cable run laying.
The requirements does not preclude using the Cables shall not run through accommodation
releases activated by an operating voltage, provided spaces. However, when required due to technological
that the control of tripping circuits and their supply reasons, such laying is allowed in special enclosed
system integrity (continuity) will be ensured, i.e. if the transit systems (structures).
integrity of the circuits is broken or their supply 18.7.2.2 Segregation.
system is faulty (fails), an alarm will be activated. High-voltage cables shall be segregated from
18.6.3.2 Number of supply sources. cables for voltage below 1000 V. In particular, they
At least one independent stand-by source of shall not be run in the same cable bunch, nor in the
power supply for split main switchboards (refer to same ducts or pipes, or in the same boxes with cables
18.2.1.1) for operation of circuit breakers and other for a voltage 1000 V and below.
switches, in addition to their own supply sources each Where high-voltage cables of different voltage
fed from its own busbar system, shall be provided. ratings are installed on the same cable tray, the
Where necessary, an emergency source of electrical insulation distances between the cables shall not be
power intended for activation of the machinery less than those specified for a high-voltage cable as
installation from fully de-energized or dead ship per 18.2.3.1.
condition may be used for this purpose. 18.7.2.3 Installation of cables.
18.6.4 High-voltage tests. High-voltage cables shall be laid in earthed
Every main and other switchboards shall be metallic pipes or metallic ducts, or to be protected
tested by a high voltage of standard frequency. The by earthed metallic enclosures.
test procedure and voltage values shall meet the Open installation of cables (on carrying pressed
requirements of an appropriate national standard or panels) is allowed if they have a continuous metallic
IEC 62271-200. armour, which shall be reliable and repeatedly
earthed.
18.7.2.4 Cable terminations.
18.7 INSTALLATION
Terminations in all conductors of high-voltage
cables shall be effectively covered with a suitable
insulating material. In terminal boxes, if conductors
18.7.1 Electrical equipment. are not insulated, phases shall be separated from
18.7.1.1 Where high-voltage equipment is not earth and from each other by other by durable
contained but a special room forms the enclosure of barriers of a suitable insulating material.
the equipment, the access doors shall be so inter- High-voltage cables, having a conductive layer
locked that they cannot be opened until the supply is between phases to control the electric field within the
isolated and the equipment earthed down. insulation, shall have terminations, which provide
At the entrance of the rooms or spaces where electric stress control.
high-voltage equipment is installed, caution notes Terminations shall be of the type compatible with
shall be placed, which indicate danger of high- the insulation and jacket material of the cable and to
voltage. The relevant free space shall be provided in be provided with means for earthing all metallic
the vicinity of high-voltage equipment to prevent shielding components (metallic tapes, wires, etc.).
18.7.2.5 Marking. b) during 24 hours by nominal voltage of the

High-voltage cables shall be readily identifiable system.
by suitable marking. Or by the d.c voltage being equal to 4Ua during
18.7.2.6 Tests after installation. 15 min.
Before putting into service of a new high - For cables with nominal frequency {UJU) below
voltage cable network or after its updating (repair or 1,8/3 kV (Um = 3,6 kV) testing of the electrical
additional cables installation), each cable and its strength of insulation is made by d.c. voltage equal
accessories (terminations, earthing ends, etc.) shall be to 4Ua during 15 min.
tested by a high voltage. where: Ua is rated a.c. voltage of rated frequency
Tests shall be carried out after an installation for which the cable is intended applicable between the
resistance measurement. phase wires and earthing and a metal screen;
For the cables of a rated voltage ((U0/U) above U is rated a.c. voltage ofrated frequency for
1,8/3 kV (Um = 3,6 kV) testing of electric strength of which the cable was intended applicable between the
insulation shall be performed by a.c. testing voltage phase wires;
in compliance with the Manufacturer's recommenda- Um is maximum voltage value in the high voltage
tions as follows: system when the equipment capable for operation.
a) during 5 min by phase-to-phase voltage of the Upon testing, the cable cores shall be grounded
system being applied between the cable core and a for the certain period of time sufficient for removal
metal screen/braiding; of the obtained electric charge.
Then the repeated measurement of cable insula-
tion resistance shall be made.
19 REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT PROCEEDING

FROM SHIP PURPOSE 1
19.1 PASSENGER SHIPS 19.1.1.6 A fixed fire detection and fire alarm
system shall meet the following additional require-
ments:
19.1.1 Supply and signalling. .1 be capable of remotely and individually
19.1.1.1 Electric drives of sea-water pumps, air identifying each detector and manually operated call
compressors and control-and-signalling devices of point;
automatic sprinkler systems shall be supplied directly .2 one section of automatic and manual detectors
from the main and the emergency distribution boards shall not be located in more than one main vertical
through separate feeders. The feeders shall be zone;
connected to an automatic switch fitted near the .3 when the system is required to sound a local
pump of the sprinkler system. Normally, the switch audible alarm within the cabins where the detectors
shall be connected to the feeder from the main are located, means to silence the local audible alarms
distribution board, and in case of supply failure it from the control panel shall not be permitted.
shall automatically switch over to the supply feeder 19.1.2 Supply from emergency sources of electrical
from the emergency distribution board. At the main power.
and the emergency distribution boards, the switches 19.1.2.1 In passenger ships of unrestricted service
of the feeders shall be clearly marked off and shall be and of restricted area of navigation Rl, the emer-
permanently in the "on" position. No other switches gency sources of electrical power shall simultaneously
shall be fitted to these feeders. supply, during 36 hours, the following services:
19.1.1.2 Supply cables of sea-water pumps, air .1 emergency lighting for:
compressors and control-and-signalling devices of muster and embarkation stations for boarding
automatic sprinkler systems shall not run through life-saving appliances and spaces overboard where
machinery casings, galleys and other enclosed spaces life-saving appliances are launched according to 2.3.4
of high fire hazard, except where the above devices and 2.7.7, Part II "Life-Saving Appliances" of the
and machinery are installed in the spaces in question. Rules for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships;
19.1.1.3 In saloons, in way of stairs, passages and indicators of exits to the boat deck and notice-
ladders to the boat deck, the lighting fixtures shall be plates at the life-saving appliances;
supplied through two independent feeders at least exits from the spaces where a large number of
(refer also to 6.2.3). passengers, special personnel or crew members can
19.1.1.4 The supply systems of essential ship gear gather simultaneously;
shall be so designed that a fire in one of the main alleyways, stairways and exits to the open deck in
vertical fire zone would not damage the above service all accommodation and service spaces as well as
supply systems in another main vertical fire zone. This passenger lift cars;
requirements may be considered satisfied where the machinery spaces and generator rooms with their
main and emergency supply feeders of the services local control stations;
running through any such zone are as distant from each all control stations as well as main and emer-
other as possible both vertically and horizontally. gency switchboards;
19.1.1.5 General alarm system shall consist of emergency diesel generator space;
two independent groups: one for passengers and the wheelhouse;
other for the crew. chartroom and radioroom;
A special alarm, operated from the navigation stowage positions for emergency and fireman's
bridge or fire control station, shall be fitted to outfit and positions where manual fire alarms are fitted;
summon the crew. The alarm may be part of the steering gear compartments;
ship's general alarm system the requirements for positions of attendance upon emergency fire and
which are specified in 7.4. bilge pump, sprinkler pump and starting positions of
In passenger ships with a low-power electrical their motors;
plant or with a number of passengers less than 36, helicopter hangars and landing areas;
one group of general alarms is permitted. gyrocompass space;
medical space.
1 The present requirements are additions and amendments to the .2 navigation lanterns, lanterns of "Vessel not
relevant requirements of Sections 1 to 18. under command" signal and other lanterns required
by Part III "Signal Means" of the Rules for the .1 driven by an internal combustion engine (refer
Equipment of Sea-Going Ships; to 2.2.5, Part IX "Machinery");
.3 radio equipment and navigational equipment .2 automatically started in case of supply failure,
according to the requirements of Parts IV "Radio and automatically switched over to the busbars of the
Equipment" and V "Navigational Equipment" of the emergency distribution board; services listed under
Rules for the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships; 19.1.2.7 shall be automatically supplied from the
.4 internal communication, announcing and emergency generator. The total time for starting and
general alarm systems; carrying the board by the generator shall not
.5 fire detection and alarm systems, fire door exceed 45 s;
control devices and indicators showing the position of .3 for an emergency, a transitional source of
fire doors specified in 2.2.3.3, Part VI "Fire Protection"; electrical power shall be provided, which shall be
.6 sound signal means (whistle, gong, etc.), day- activated immediately upon de-energizing.
light signalling lamps, manual summoning signals and 19.1.2.5 Where an accumulator battery serves as
other signals as required under emergency conditions; the emergency source of electrical power, it shall:
.7 one of the fire pumps, a pump of the automatic .1 operate without recharging and with voltage
sprinkler system, an electric-driven pump of the across its terminals within 12 per cent of rated voltage
pressure water-spraying system referred to in 3.4.7, during the whole discharge period, where voltage
Part VI "Fire Protection", as well as electrical equip- variations across the terminals of accumulator battery
ment used to ensure operation of foam generators connected to an electronic voltage converter are
referred to in 3.7.3.7, Part VI "Fire Protection"; determined by the permissible range of voltage
.8 emergency bilge pump and equipment essential variation across the terminals of the converter;
for operation of remote-controlled bilge valves; .2 be automatically connected to the busbars of
.9 services listed in 7.3.6 and 7.3.8, Part VI "Fire the emergency distribution board in case of supply
Protection" for Class INF2 and INF3 ships in failure and supply at least the services listed under
accordance with classification given in 7.3.2, Part VI 19.1.2.7 during the time stipulated by 19.1.2.1.
"Fire Protection", regardless of area of navigation 19.1.2.6 For the emergency transitional source of
and tonnage of the ship; electrical power required by 19.1.2.4.3, an accumu-
.10 other systems, which operation will be lator battery shall be used, which shall operate
considered by the Register to be vital for ensuring without recharging and with voltage across its
the safety of the ship and persons on board. terminals within 12 per cent of rated voltage during
The services indicated in 19.1.2.1.3 to 19.1.2.1.6 the whole discharge period. Voltage variations across
may be fed from its own accumulator batteries the terminals of accumulator battery connected to an
located according to 9.2 and having a capacity electronic voltage converter are determined by the
sufficient for their supply for a period of 36 hours. permissible range of voltage variation across the
For ships of restricted areas of navigation R2, terminals of the converter, which shall not be above
R2-RSN, R2-RSN(4,5), R3-RSN and R3, the period values specified in 2.1.3.1.
of 36 h may be reduced to 12 h. 19.1.2.7 The capacity of the battery serving as
19.1.2.2 Emergency sources of electrical power transitional source of electrical power shall be
shall ensure the supply of steering gear in accordance sufficient for supplying the services listed below
with 5.5.6. during 30 min:
19.1.2.3 Emergency sources of electrical power .1 lighting and necessary navigation lights ac-
shall supply, for a period of 30 min, the following cording to 19.1.2.1.1 and 19.1.2.1.2;
services: .2 internal communication and announcing sys-
.1 electrical drives of watertight doors together tems required in an emergency;
with their indicators and warning signals. Sequential .3 general alarm system, fire detection and alarm
operation of the doors may be permitted providing systems, control devices of fire doors and indicators
all doors can be closed in 60 s; showing the position of fire doors specified in 2.2.3.3,
.2 emergency electric drives of passenger lifts. Part VI "Fire Protection";
Passenger lifts may be operated sequentially; .4 daylight signalling lamps, sound signal means
.3 supplementary lighting shall be provided in all (whistles, gongs, etc.) and other types of signals
cabins to clearly indicate the exit. Such lighting may required under emergency conditions;
be connected to an emergency source of power or .5 arrangements for closing watertight doors, their
have a self-contained source of electrical power in position indicators and signals warning of their closing.
each cabin. Sequential closing is permitted;
19.1.2.4 Where a generator serves as the emer- .6 ship's security alarm system and AIS installa-
gency source of electrical power, it shall be: tion required by Part IV "Radio Equipment" and
Part V "Navigational Equipment" of the Rules for the direction of viewing for the sources located on a
the Equipment of Sea-Going Ships. vertical plane, i.e. on the bulkheads (e.g. for marking of
Services listed under 19.1.2.7.2 to 19.1.2.7.6 may be the door handles) shall be within a cone with an angle
supplied from their own accumulator batteries, which of 60, the axis of which is perpendicular to the source
shall ensure their supply during the time necessary. installation plane (refer to Fig. 19.1.3.4.2-2);
19.1.3 Electrically powered low-location lighting
(refer to 8.5.5, Part HI "Equipment, Arrangements and Light
Outfit").
19.1.3.1 The low-location lighting system shall be Vertical
connected to the busbars of the emergency switch- installation
plane
board so as to be powered by the main source of Direction
t
electrical power under normal circumstances and also of

by the emergency source of electrical power when the viewing
latter is in operation.
The low-location lighting system shall function at
all times.
19.1.3.2 Where an accumulator battery is the
emergency source of electrical power, its capacity
shall be sufficient for powering the low-location Fig.19.1.3.4.2-2
lighting system for at least 60 min.
19.1.3.3 The additional emergency lighting required
by 19.3.3 may be accepted to form partly or wholly the spacing between sources shall be not more than
low-location lighting system, provided that such system 300 mm.
complies with the requirements of 19.1.3. 19.1.3.5 Power supply of the LLL system shall be
19.1.3.4 The electrically powered low-location such that a failure of any single light or fire in one fire
lighting system shall ensure the following minimum zone or on one deck do not result in lighting and escape
standards of luminance: route marking in another fire zone being ineffective.
.1 for luminous surface of the planar source 19.1.3.6 Failure or damage, other than short
10 cd/m2, the light band being not less than 15 mm in circuit, of any single light, shall not result in loss of
width; visible delineation of the escape route at a length of
.2 for the point source 35 mcd in the directions more than 1 m.
of approach and viewing, along with that: 19.1.3.7 The electrical equipment (lights) shall be
the direction of viewing for the sources located provided with a minimum degree of ingress protec-
on a horizontal plane, i.e. on the deck, shall be within tion of IP55.
a cone with an angle of 60, the axis of which is 19.1.4 Additional requirements for passenger ships
inclined at 30 to the source installation plane (refer having a safety centre.
to Fig. 19.1.3.4.2-1); 19.1.4.1 Internal communication shall comply
with the requirements of 2.2.8.3 and 2.2.8.5, Part VI
Direction of viewing "Fire Protection".
19.1.4.2 General alarm shall comply with the
requirements of 2.2.8.6.4, Part VI "Fire Protection".
19.1.4.3 Indication of closing watertight and fire
doors shall comply with the requirements of 2.2.8.6.3,
Part VI "Fire Protection".
19.1.4.4 Flooding detection system shall comply with
the requirements of 2.2.8.6.8, Part VI "Fire Protection".
19.1.4.5 Indication of closing doors on passenger
ro-ro ships shall meet the requirements of 2.2.8.6.7,
Part VI "Fire Protection".
19.1.5 Additional requirements for passenger ships
having length, as defined in 1.2.1 of the Load Line
Rules for Sea-Going Ships, of 120 m or more or having
Horizontal installation plane Light three of more main vertical zones.
19.1.5.1 Steering systems and steering-control
systems shall comply with the requirements of
Fig. 19.1.3.4.2-1 2.2.6.7.2 and 2.2.6.8, Part VI "Fire Protection".
19.1.5.2 Lighting of safety areas shall comply Zone 2, in which an explosive gas/air mixture is
with the requirements of 2.2.6.13.7, Part VI "Fire not likely to occur, and if it occurs it will only exist
Protection". for a short time.
19.1.5.3 Lighting along escape routes, at assem- 19.2.3.2 Division of spaces and areas into zones.
bly stations and at embarkation stations of life-saving 19.2.3.2.1 Zone 0:
appliances, shall comply with the requirements of .1 internal areas of cargo compartments and tanks,
2.2.7.4.2, Part VI "Fire Protection". cargo piping and transfer systems of recovered oil;
19.1.5.4 Internal communication shall addition- 2 open areas lying at a height up to 1 m from oil-
ally comply with the requirements of 2.2.6.7.6, 2.2.6.8 covered water surface (for ships operating in the oil spill).
and 2.2.7.4.4, Part VI "Fire Protection". 19.2.3.2.2 Zone 1:
19.1.5.5 Flooding detection system shall comply .1 cofferdams and segregated ballast tanks
with the requirements of 2.2.6.7.7 and 2.2.6.8, Part VI adjoining cargo tanks as well as the forepeak, if
"Fire Protection". served by a system connected to ballast tanks
installed in the cargo area;
.2 enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces containing
19.2 OIL TANKERS AND Oil RECOVERY SHIPS cargo pumps or cargo piping, provided the latter is
not all-welded;
19.2.1 General. .3 enclosed and semi-enclosed spaces above the
The requirements of the Chapter cover the deck of cargo compartments and tanks, which have
electrical equipment of oil tankers and oil recovery their bulkheads above or level with the bulkheads of
ships intended for the carriage of petroleum products the cargo compartments and tanks;
having a flash point 60 C and below and petroleum .4 enclosed and semi-enclosed spaces immediately
products having a flash point 60 C and above, which above cargo pump rooms and also above vertical
require heating up to a temperature less than 15 C cofferdams adjoining cargo compartments and tanks
below the flash point. unless separated by a gastight deck and provided with
The electrical equipment of oil tankers ( > 60 C), mechanical ventilation;
oil recovery ships ( > 60 C) and bilge water removing .5 areas and spaces other than cofferdams
ships (>60 C) is covered by the requirements of adjoining cargo compartments and tanks and located
19.2.3.2.3.2, 19.2.5, 19.2.6.2 (refer also to 9.6.5, below cargo compartment and tank top;
Part VIII "Systems and Piping"). .6 areas and semi-enclosed spaces on the open
The requirements of this Chapter specify the deck within 3 m of any outlets other than ventilation
boundaries of dangerous zones, the division of ship's outlets, cargo tank manholes and hatches, pump
spaces and areas into zones, the installation of rooms and cofferdams adjoining cargo tanks, of
electrical equipment in hazardous spaces and areas cargo valves and cargo piping flanges, as well as areas
in compliance with IEC 60092-502 "Electrical In- on open deck within 3 m of cargo vapour outlet
stallations in Ships - Tankers - Special Features". (small volumes) and of the pump room ventilation
19.2.2 Distribution of electrical power. outlets mentioned in 9.7.4 and 12.4.6, Part VIII
For distribution of electrical power on board the "Systems and Piping";
ship, only the following systems may be used: .7 areas on open deck, or semi-enclosed spaces on
.1 two-wire insulated system for direct current; open deck in the vicinity of any cargo gas outlet
.2 two-wire insulated system for single-phase arranged according to 9.7.11, Part VIII "Systems and
alternating current; Piping", equipped with high-speed devices to ensure
.3 three-wire insulated system for three-phase the passage of large volumes of gas or vapour
alternating current (also for voltage above 1000 but mixture at the rate of 30 m/s at least during cargo
not in excess of 11000 V a.c); loading and ballasting or during discharging, within a
.4 three-wire system with neutral earthed through vertical cylinder of unlimited height and 6 m radius
a high-value resistor for voltages above 1000 but not centred upon the center of the outlet, and within a
in excess of 11000 V a.c, provided that any possible hemisphere of 6 m radius below the outlet;
resulting current does not flow directly through any .8 areas on open deck, or semi-enclosed spaces on
dangerous spaces and areas. open deck, within 1,5 m of cargo pump room
19.2.3 Dangerous zones, spaces and areas. entrances, cargo pump room ventilation inlet, open-
19.2.3.1 Classification of dangerous zones. ings into cofferdams or other zone 1 spaces;
Zone 0, in which an explosive gas/air mixture is .9 areas on open deck within spillage coamings
continuously present or present for long periods. and trays surrounding cargo manifold valves and 3 m
Zone 1, in which an explosive gas/air mixture is beyond these, up to a height of 2,4 m above the
likely to occur in normal operation. deck;
.10 areas on the open deck above cargo compart- .2 simple electrical apparatus and components
ments and tanks over the full breadth of the ship and (for example, thermocouples, photocells, strain
3 m fore and aft of their boundary bulkheads up to a gauges, junction boxes, switching devices, included
height of 2,4 m above the deck as well as enclosed in intrinsically-safe circuits of category (ia), not
and semi-enclosed spaces within this area. For ships capable of storing or generating electrical power or
operating in the oil spill, this area is extended to cover energy for ignition of explosive mixture even in case
the whole length of the ship; of disconnection, short circuit or earth fault in the
.11 storage spaces for cargo hoses and equipment intrinsically-safe circuit.
for collecting spilt oil (oil collectors); 19.2.4.2 Only the following electrical equipment
.12 enclosed and semi-enclosed spaces having may be considered for zone 1 spaces:
direct access or other openings into one of the above .1 any type that may be considered for zone 0;
areas and spaces; .2 certified intrinsically-safe apparatus of cate-
.13 spaces and areas above cofferdams adjoining gory (ib);
cargo compartments and tanks, which are not divided .3 simple electrical apparatus and components
by oil- and gastight bulkheads and decks, not (for example, thermocouples, photocells, strain
adequately ventilated and entered from an upper deck. gauges, junction boxes, switching devices, included
19.2.3.2.3 Zone 2: in intrinsically-safe circuits of category (ib), not
.1 areas above zone 1 over the full breadth and capable of storing or generating electrical power or
length of the ship to a height of 6 above the deepest energy for ignition of explosive mixture at normal
load waterline (for ships operating in the oil spill); operating conditions;
.2 internal areas of cargo compartments and .4 certified flameproof type (d);
tanks, slop tanks, cargo piping, transfer systems of .5 certified pressurized type (p). In this case
recovered petroleum products having a flash automatic shutdown is required when values of over-
point > 60 C and their ventilation systems; pressure fall below minimum prescribed values;
.3 areas on open deck or semi-enclosed spaces .6 certified increased safety type (e). In this case the
4 m beyond the cylinder and 4 m beyond the sphere electric motors with voltage of 3kV and above require an
with the radius of 6 m defined in 19.2.3.2.2.7; addition protection such as air purging prior to the start
.4 areas or spaces within 2 m of the areas defined to reduce the risk of spark striking in the air gap;
in 19.2.3.2.2.6. .7 with compound sealing (m) ;
19.2.3.2.4 Spaces and areas not included in .8 special explosion protection (s);
zones 0, 1 and 2 are considered safe. .9 echo sounder transducers and their cables in
19.2.3.3 Enclosed spaces having direct access to or compliance with the requirements of Part V "Naviga-
other openings into areas listed under 19.2.3.2.2.10 are tional Equipment" of the Rules for the Equipment of
not regarded as dangerous if provision is made for two Sea-Going Ships, cables of an impressed current
self-closing gastight doors forming an air lock and, cathodic protection system, housed within corrosion-
additionally, for mechanical supply ventilation with air resistant steel pipes with gastight connections up to
suction from locations outside dangerous zones. the upper deck and not located adjacent to a cargo
19.2.3.4 In the case of ships operating in the oil tank bulkhead (refer also to 16.8.4.2);
spill, entrances, ventilation openings (both for suc- .10 through runs of cables.
tion and discharge) and other openings of safe spaces 19.2.4.3 The electric motors driving the arrange-
such as accommodation, service spaces and machin- ments located in pump rooms shall be installed in
ery spaces, control stations and wheelhouse, which adjacent flameproof spaces (refer also to 4.2.5,
have no gastight closures, shall not be located more Part VII "Machinery Installations"). The electric
than 6 m below the deepest waterline and, under all motors shall be fitted with remote shut-down devices
circumstances, shall be outside dangerous zones. located outside the spaces where the motors are
Entrances to safe spaces lying more than 6 m installed and above the cargo tank deck (refer also to
below the deepest waterline or within dangerous 9.4.4, Part VIII "Systems and Piping").
zones shall be provided with air locks. In such 19.2.4.4 Lighting in pump rooms shall be
spaces, openings more than 6 m below the waterline interlocked with ventilation of these spaces in such
shall bear gastight closures when operating in the a way as to ensure the possibility of the lighting
oil spill. switching on with ventilation in operation only.
19.2.4 Electrical equipment in hazardous areas. Failure of the ventilation system shall not result in
19.2.4.1 Only the following electrical equipment the lighting switching off. Emergency lighting, if
may be considered for zone 0 spaces: fitted, shall not be interlocked with ventilation.
.1 certified intrinsically-safe apparatus of cate- 19.2.4.5 Only the following electrical equipment
gory (ia); may be considered for zone 2 spaces:
.1 any type that may be considered for zone 1; the gangway or platform provision shall be made for
.2 tested specially, for example type (n) protec- expansion loops having the inside radius of not less
tion; than 10 diameters of the thickest cable;
.3 the type which ensures the absence of sparks .4 cables shall be protected from direct exposure
and arcs and of "hot spots" during its normal to solar radiation, sea waves, oil products carried on
operation. board the ship and from mechanical damage;
19.2.5 Portable electrical equipment used for .5 cables shall be separated from sources of heat
collecting spilt oil. by a distance specified in 16.8.4.1;
19.2.5.1 Portable equipment for collecting and .6 cables runs on the passageway platform or in
transfer of oil shall be of safe type. pipes inside spaces within zone 1, as well as expansion
19.2.5.2 Distribution boards and socket outlets loops shall not be located below 300 mm from the
for supplying portable oil-collecting and transfer cargo tank deck;
equipment on deck shall be permanently fitted in .7 metal sheaths or armours of cables shall be
such a way that a cable connected to them would not earthed at both ends. For final subcircuits earthing of
pass through door coamings or other closed openings the metal sheath may be effected only at the supply end.
serving as a boundary of dangerous spaces and zones. 19.2.6.3 In systems with voltages specified in
The design of such distribution devices and 19.2.2.1.4, only cables having copper screens with
socket outlets shall provide for an interlock that additional insulation covering may be used. The
would rule out the possibility of the portable cross-sectional area of a screen shall be at least the
electrical equipment being connected to them when cross-sectional area of a conductor.
energized and ensure protection from short-circuit 19.2.7 Integrated cargo and ballast systems.
currents and overvoltage in each phase. 19.2.7.1 These requirements are applicable to
19.2.5.3 Flexible cables for connection of porta- integrated cargo and ballast systems on tankers,
ble electrical equipment used for collecting spilt oil irrespective of the size or type of the tanker.
shall have a metallic braid (screen) covered by an Within the scope of these requirements, inte-
external proof sheathing of an oil-resistant material. grated cargo and ballast system means any integrated
19.2.6 Installation of cables. hydraulic and/or electric system used to drive both
19.2.6.1 On the decks of oil tankers and oil cargo and ballast pumps (including active control
recovery ships, cables shall run on flying bridges in and safety systems and excluding passive compo-
suitable conduits (grooves). Single cables may be laid nents, e.g. piping).
in pipes. Where the flying bridges are within zone 1, 19.2.7.2 Measures shall be taken to prevent cargo
cables complying with the requirements of 2.9.11 and ballast pumps becoming inoperative simulta-
shall only be installed. neously due to a single failure in the integrated cargo
Cases not covered by this paragraph are subject and ballast system, including its control and safety
to special consideration by the Register. systems.
19.2.6.2 When cables are installed in conduits 19.2.7.3 The emergency stop circuits of the cargo
(grooves), the following requirements shall be met: and ballast pumps shall be independent from the
.1 cables in conduits (grooves) shall be loosely circuits for the control systems. A single failure in the
laid in rows on separators of non-metallic materials; control system circuits or the emergency stop circuits
in this case, the possibility of lateral displacement of shall not render the integrated cargo and/or ballast
the row (cable) shall be excluded. It is permitted to system inoperative.
use methods of fixed pipeless installation of cables (in 19.2.7.4 Manual emergency stops of the cargo
cable hangers, under clips), which shall be approved pumps shall be arranged in a way that they are not
by the Register from the viewpoint of the design cause the stop of the power pack making ballast
features; in case of fixed installation cables shall be pumps inoperable.
laid not more than in two rows; 19.2.7.5 The control systems shall be provided
.2 cables shall not be in contact with metal parts with a duplicate power supply from the main
of the conduit (groove); switchboard. The failure of any power supply shall
.3 cables shall not be subjected to constant or provide audible and visible alarm activation at each
variable tensions due to deformation of the ship's pump control location.
hull and shall be protected from this deformation, 19.2.7.6 In the event of failure of the automatic or
especially in way of detachable or sliding connections remote control systems, a secondary means of control
between the gangway or platform and superstruc- shall be made available for the operation of the
tures. In way of detachable or sliding connections of integrated cargo and ballast system. This can be
achieved by manual overriding and/or redundant following safe types: intrinsically safe (Exi), with
arrangements within the control systems. pressurized enclosure (Exp), with flameproof enclo-
sure (Exd) or increased safety (Exe).
19.3.3 Special requirements for passenger ships
19.3 SHIPS INTENDED FOR CARRIAGE OF MOTOR having ro-ro cargo spaces.
VEHICLES WITH FUEL FN THEIR TANKS INCLUDING 19.3.3.1 In passenger ships with roll-on/roll-off
COMPRESSED HYDROGEN OR NATURAL GAS cargo spaces or special-category spaces as mentioned
FOR THEIR PROPULSION under 1.5, Part VI "Fire Protection", apart from
emergency lighting required by 19.1.2.1.1, additional
19.3.1 General. emergency lighting shall be provided in all public
19.3.1.1 The requirements of the present Chapter spaces and corridors, that shall serve for 3 hrs at least
are applicable to electrical equipment of holds and under any heel of the ship and when all other
other spaces and areas intended for the carriage of electrical power sources fail.
motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks necessary for This lighting shall make the escape routes clearly
their propulsion. visible (or ensure an illumination intensity of 0,5 lx).
19.3.1.2 The holds and spaces specified in Any damage to a lighting fixture shall be clearly
19.3.1.1 belong to the category of dangerous spaces visible.
and zones. 19.3.3.2 As electrical power sources for this
19.3.1.3 Cables shall be protected against me- additional lighting, accumulator batteries shall serve
chanical damage. Cables installed horizontally shall fitted in lighting fixtures, continuously recharged
be positioned at a distance not less than 450 mm from the emergency distribution board and replaced
above the continuous deck or platform preventing a within the period established by the manufacturer
free propagation of gases in the downward direction. with regard to their service conditions.
The sealings where cables penetrate bulkheads and 19.3.3.3 In each corridor of crew spaces, in crew
deck shall be gastight. recreation rooms and in each space where the crew
19.3.1.4 Electrical equipment installed in ventilation members generally work, a hand lamp (lantern) shall
ducts shall be of the following safe types: increased be provided supplied from an accumulator unless
safety (Exe) or with flameproof enclosure (Exd) and be additional emergency lighting stipulated by 19.3.3.1
able to operate in the explosive gas environment and and 19.3.3.2 is installed in the space.
comply with IIC (compressed hydrogen) or IIA 19.3.4 Installation of electrical equipment in holds
(compressed natural gas) gas mixture. and spaces intended for carriage of motor vehicles with
19.3.1.5 The lighting system in holds and spaces fuel in their tanks in cargo ships.
specified in 19.3.1.1 shall be arranged at least in two 19.3.4.1 In holds and compartments, in spaces
groups, each supplied separately from an indepen- located at a height of more than 450 mm above the
dent circuit. cargo deck or platform preventing free penetration of
19.3.2 Installation of electrical equipment in holds gases downwards, it is allowed to install electrical
and spaces intended for carriage of motor vehicles with equipment:
fuel in their tanks in passenger ships and ferries. with the degree of protection at least IP55
19.3.2.1 In holds and compartments, in spaces provided the ventilation system ensures at least
located at a height of more than 450 mm above the 10 air changes per hour;
cargo deck or platform preventing free penetration of specially designed for use in Zone 2.
gases downwards, it is allowed to install electrical 19.3.4.2 In holds, spaces and zones less than
equipment: 450 mm above the cargo deck or platform preventing
with the degree of protection at least IP55 a free propagation of gases in the downward
provided the ventilation system ensures at least direction, electrical equipment installed shall be of
10 air changes per hour; the following safe types: intrinsically safe (Exi), with
specially designed for use in Zone 2. pressurized enclosure (Exp), with flameproof enclo-
19.3.2.2 In holds and spaces above the bulkhead sure (Exd) or increased safety (Exe).
deck, in zones less than 450 mm above the deck or
platform preventing, a free propagation of gases in the
downward direction, electrical equipment installed shall 19.4 SPECIAL PURPOSE SHTPS
be of the following safe types: intrinsically safe (Ext),
with pressurized enclosure (Exp), with flameproof 19.4.1 Supply of essential services.
enclosure (Exd) or increased safety (Exe). In special purpose ships carrying more than
19.3.2.3 In holds and spaces below the bulkhead 60 persons, the power supply of essential services
deck all the electrical equipment shall be of the shall comply with 19.1.1.4.
19.4.2 Emergency sources of electrical power. 19.4.4.3.3 Distribution gear and start, control and
19.4.2.1 In special purpose ships carrying not protection devices of electrical equipment specified in
more than 60 persons, the emergency source of 19.4.4.3.1 shall be installed in special electrical spaces.
electrical power shall comply with 9.3. 19.4.4.3.4 Cables installed in spaces subjected to
Ships having a length above 50 m shall addition- prolonged influence of salt and other products of fish
ally comply with 19.1.2.3.1. processing shall be provided with sheaths resistant to
19.4.2.2 In ships carrying more than 60 persons, such influence or be adequately protected.
the emergency source of electrical power shall comply 19.4.4.4 Composition and capacity of main
with 19.1.2. electrical power source.
19.4.3 Electrical equipment in storerooms 19.4.4.4.1 Determination of the composition and
for explosives. capacity of the main source of electrical power shall
19.4.3.1 Except for lighting fixtures in glass determined with regard to the following operating
hoods and protection gratings and cables in gastight conditions of the ship:
pipes, no electrical equipment shall be installed in running conditions;
storerooms for explosives specified in 2.1.7, Part VI manoeuvring;
"Fire Protection". in case of fire, hole in the ship's hull or other
19.4.3.2 Switches of lighting circuits shall be conditions affecting the safety of navigation, with the
fitted outside storerooms for explosives and shall be main source of electrical power in operation;
provided with light signals to indicate the presence of processing.
voltage in the lighting fixtures. 19.4.4.4.2 The capacity of generators composing
19.4.3.3 In storerooms for explosives, the devices the main electrical power source shall be such that if
for connection of portable electrical equipment to the any of them fail, the rest will ensure power supply of
ship's mains shall be provided with nameplates electrical equipment under conditions specified in
indicating the rated electrical parameters and shall 19.4.4.4.1, as well as minimal habitable conditions to
have a protective enclosure not below IP56 type. persons on board.
19.4.4 Ships used for processing the living 19.4.4.5 Distribution of electrical power.
resources of the sea and not engaged in their catching. 19.4.4.5.1 Where the main electrical power source
19.4.4.1 Survey of electrical equipment. incorporates shaft generators not intended for opera-
In addition to the requirements of 1.3.2, the tion in parallel with the independently driven gen-
electrical equipment of processing machinery (catch erators, the machinery and systems ensuring
processing) is subject to survey on board the ship propulsion, manoeuv-rability and safety of navigation
(refer also to 1.3.2.4.1). shall be supplied from the busbars of independently
19.4.4.2 Survey during manufacture of electrical driven generators, while the electrical equipment of
equipment. processing refrigerating plant and machinery shall be
The electrical equipment of processing machinery supplied from the busbars of shaft generators.
specified in 19.4.4.1 is subject to survey during 19.4.4.5.2 The electric drives of processing refrige-
manufacture in addition to that listed in 1.3.3.1. rating compressors shall be supplied by separate feeders
Use of electrical equipment specified in 19.4.4.1, from the busbars of the main switchboard. It is
which does not meet the requirements of Sections 1 admissible for these drives to be fed from a separate
to 18 in full measure, is subject to special considera- switchboard supplied by two feeders connected to
tion by the Register. different sections of the main switchboard.
19.4.4.3 Structural requirements and protection 19.4.4.5.3 Electrical circuit for supplying switch-
of electrical equipment of processing machinery and boards of the processing machinery (catch proces-
refrigerating plants. sing) shall be separated electrically (galvanically)
19.4.4.3.1 The electrical equipment installed in from the ship's mains.
catch processing spaces shall be resistant to seawater 19.4.4.5.4 If provision is made for electrical
and fish processing products influence or shall be power transmission to other ships, a power transmis-
adequately protected against it. sion switchboard separated electrically (galvanically)
19.4.4.3.2 The electric motors of the processing from the ship's mains shall be installed.
refrigerating compressors, fans of the refrigerated 19.4.4.5.5 Where portable tools and movable
holds and freezing apparatus and, in well-grounded mechanization facilities not permanently installed are
cases, the electrical equipment of other processing supplied from a circuit of more than 50 V, a safety
machinery shall be provided with heating arrange- isolation device in combination with a separating
ments to maintain a temperature which is at least by transformer shall be used for each consumer. Such
3 C higher than the ambient temperature. device shall interrupt power supply if the hull leakage
current exceeds 30 mA.
19.4.4.6 Lighting. containers shall be supplied by separate outgoing

19.4.4.6.1 Catch processing spaces and refrigerat- feeders from the special distribution gear (switch-
ing machinery rooms shall be illuminated by sta- boards) specified in 19.5.2.4 and 19.5.3.3.
tionary lighting fixtures, which shall be supplied and 19.5.2.6 The electrical circuit of socket outlets
arranged in accordance with 6.2.3. intended for supply of the electrical installations of
19.4.4.6.2 Fish storage holds shall be illuminated thermal containers shall be rated for 220/380 V
with stationary lighting fixtures, which shall be voltage at 3-phase alternating current, 50 Hz in
supplied in accordance with 6.2.7. frequency, or for 240/440 V voltage at 3-phase
19.4.4.7 Signalling. alternating current, 60 Hz in frequency.
A "Man-in-Hold" signal push-button shall be 19.5.2.7 For each isolated network of sockets
located inside the refrigerated holds at each exit to monitoring of insulation resistance shall be provided
actuate signal at the wheelhouse or another perma- (refer to 2.11).
nent attended space. 19.5.3 Distribution gear and transformers.
19.4.4.8 Emergency electrical installations. 19.5.3.1 The distribution gear (switchboards) of
19.4.4.8.1 The emergency source of electrical thermal containers, electrical converters, if any, and
power shall comply with the requirements of 9.3. transformers with separate windings shall be installed
19.4.4.8.2 In addition to the requirements of in special electrical spaces.
9.3.1.1, the emergency source of electrical power shall 19.5.3.2 The secondary winding of transformers with
supply the emergency lighting for the catch proces- separate windings shall have an isolated zero point.
sing spaces and the exits therefrom as well as for the 19.5.3.3 Each distribution gear (switchboard)
deck in way of fishing machinery. shall be equipped with appliances, which ensure:
19.4.4.8.3 Where a generator is used as the .1 visual signalling to indicate the presence of
emergency source of electrical power, an emergency voltage;
transitional source of electrical power (accumulator .2 connection and disconnection of each outgoing
battery) shall be provided, the capacity of which shall feeder supplying the socket outlets;
be sufficient to supply the consumers specified in .3 short-circuit protection at the outgoing feeders
9.3.7 and 19.4.4.8.2 during 30 min. supplying the socket outlets;
.4 measuring of insulation resistance with visible
and audible alarm at the main machinery control
19.5 CONTAINER SHIPS room at decreasing of the controlled value below the
specified level.
19.5.1 General. 19.5.4 Socket outlets.
The requirements of the Chapter are applicable 19.5.4.1 In holds containing thermal containers it
to the electrical equipment of ships intended for the is allowed to install socket outlets used only for
carriage of thermal containers. power supply of containers with the degree of
19.5.2 Supply and distribution of electrical power. protection not less than IP55 type, and on open
19.5.2.1 As the rated power of electrical equipment decks IP56 type.
of thermal containers their prescribed power shall be When the electrical systems of remote control over
taken. The consumed power of the electrical equipment temperature, humidity, ventilation and other characte-
of thermal container shall not exceed 15 kW ristics of thermal containers are used, it is permitted to
(18,75 kVA) under rated operating conditions. install additional socket outlets for connection of these
The application of correction factors is subject to control devices in holds or on decks.
special consideration by the Register in each case. 19.5.4.2 Socket outlets for power supply of the
19.5.2.2 The overload protective device of sources electrical equipment of thermal containers shall, in
of electrical power prescribed in 8.2.3 shall ensure addition to requirements of 6.6, be fitted with an
disconnection of thermal containers from the main isolating switch interlocked so that the plug cannot
switchboard in the last turn (refer also to 20.2.1). be inserted or withdrawn while the switch is in the
19.5.2.3 The electrical circuit supplying the "on" position. A nameplate indicating the voltage
equipment of thermal containers shall be separated shall also be fitted.
from the ship's mains by transformers with separate 19.5.4.3 The electrical installation of thermal
windings, fed from the main switchboard. containers shall be supplied from the ship's mains at
19.5.2.4 The electrical installations of thermal the direct sequence of phases A(R), B(S), C(T)
containers shall be fed from special distribution gear according to the scheme given in Fig. 19.5.4.3.
energized by separate feeders. 19.5.4.4 Socket outlets intended for supply of the
19.5.2.5 Socket outlets installed in cargo holds or electrical installations of thermal containers shall be
on open decks in areas of stowage of thermal rated at the following currents:
C (T) c (T) practicable, under the relevant requirements of the

present Chapter.
19.7.2 For self-driven floating cranes, the capa-
city of the main source of electrical power shall be
sufficient for the selective operation of the crane both
underway and during cargo-handling operations.
19.7.3 Accumulator rooms, accumulator boxes
and spaces containing emergency sources of electrical
Plug (front view) ^ont
power may be located below the bulkhead deck,
Socket view)
provided all the requirements of 9.2 and 13.2 are
satisfied.
Fig. 19.5.4.3 19.7.4 To produce sound signals during cargo-
handling operations, a sound-signal means shall be
fitted on the crane, activated from the operator's cabin.
63 A for voltage of 220 V, 50 Hz or 240 V, 60 Hz;
32 A for voltage of 380 V, 50 Hz or 440 V, 60 Hz.
19.5.4.5 Socket outlets shall be designed so as to 19.8 FLOATING DOCKS
prevent connection of plugs rated for one voltage to
socket outlets rated for another voltage.
19.5.4.6 Design and dimensions of plugs and 19.8.1 General.
sockets shall correspond to international standards. The requirements of the present Chapter cover
19.5.5 Protection earthing. the electrical equipment of steel floating docks in
The receptacle intended for connection of the addition to the relevant requirements set forth in
earthing conductor in the flexible cable of the thermal Sections 1 to 18.
container shall be grounded through the earthing 19.8.2 Survey of electrical equipment.
conductor in the supply feeder, where the distribution 19.8.2.1 In addition to requirements of 1.3.2.1,
gear (switchboard) is installed for supply of socket the following kinds of equipment, systems and
outlets of thermal containers. devices are subject to survey on board the floating
dock:
.1 electric drives and their systems of control and
19.6 CATAMARANS monitoring of the mechanisms ensuring submersion
and emersion of the dock;
19.6.1 In each hull of the ship at least one .2 earthing of the docked ship.
generator being a part of the main source of electrical 19.8.2.2 All kinds of electrical equipment used in
power shall be provided. steel floating docks and listed under 1.3.3.1 and
19.6.2 In each hull of the ship, a main distribu- 19.8.2.1 are subject to survey during manufacture.
tion board shall be installed. One of the boards may In particular cases, subject to special agreement
be installed above the bulkhead deck. with the Register, for machinery and gear of non-
19.6.3 The busbars supplying the ship hulls shall autonomous docks, it is allowed to use the electrical
be sectioned. equipment manufactured out of full conformity with
19.6.4 The emergency services of each hull shall Sections 1 to 18 and without the Register survey.
be supplied from the emergency source of electrical 19.8.3 Protective enclosures of electrical equip-
power through separate feeders. ment.
19.6.5 The disconnecting switches of electrical Protective enclosures of the electrical equipment
equipment specified in 5.7.1, 5.7.2, 5.8.1, 5.8.2 and shall be in compliance with Table 2.4.4.2 considering
5.8.3 shall be grouped separately for each hull. that dry compartments of the dock wing walls refer
to the spaces of increased humidity, and dry
compartments of pontoons, tunnels in pontoons
and other similar spaces refer to the extra humid
19.7 FLOATING CRANES AND CRANE SHIPS category.
19.8.4 Earthing.
19.7.1 Where systems similar to those mentioned 19.8.4.1 Each docked ship shall be earthed to the
in Section 17 are used for crane machinery of floating dock hull through at least two special flexible cable
cranes and crane ships, the requirements of this connectors having a cross-sectional area not less than
Section being also applicable to the electric drives of 70 mm 2 each, and devices for connection thereof to
crane machinery, such systems fall, so far as the dock hull shall be provided at the dock.
19.8.4.2 To connect the dock hull to the shore .1 system of monitoring, signalling and control of
earthing system, it is necessary to provide at least two the dock submersion and emersion;
flexible copper cables, having a cross-sectional area .2 switchboards for electric drives of the ballast
not less than 70 mm 2 each, and also a device for system sluice valves associated with safe operation of
connection of these cables to the dock hull. the dock;
No metal earthing of the dock hull is allowed if a .3 switchboards for supply of welding outfit;
system of cathodic protection from corrosion is .4 switchboards for supply of the docked ship.
applied, and circuits of the dock are electrically 19.8.6.3 Essential consumers and electric drives
separated from the shore circuits. of machinery situated at the wing wall where no
19.8.4.3 All sections of the dock hull, pontoons, source of electrical power is installed shall be supplied
wing walls and similar structures shall be electrically from the switchboard located therein. This switch-
connected by reliable means. board shall be considered as a separate part of the
19.8.5 Number and output of sources of electrical main switchboard and shall be fed from the main
power. switchboard by two feeders. The cross-section of each
19.8.5.1 Main sources of electrical power for docks feeder shall be sufficient for supply of the wing wall
may be as follows: essential consumers in case of failure of one feeder.
.1 for autonomous docks intrinsic generators; The supply feeders shall run between wing walls in
.2 for non-autonomous docks shore electrical different spaces if it is permitted by the dock design.
power system. In separate cases, installation of both feeders in
19.8.5.2 At least two generators and, in addition, one space may be allowed.
a shore electrical power system, if necessary, shall be 19.8.6.4 Signal marker lights may be supplied
provided as main sources of electrical power on from lighting switchboards.
autonomous docks. 19.8.6.5 In case of high-voltage electrical power
For non-autonomous docks it is allowed to use supply of the non-autonomous dock from the shore
only a shore electrical power system. electrical power system, in addition to the high-
19.8.5.3 The power of main generators of voltage feeder a device shall be fitted for connection
autonomous docks or the power available from a of the low-voltage supply feeder. This device shall be
shore electrical power system shall be sufficient to designed for continuous transmission of electrical
ensure the following operating conditions of the energy required at the idle dock when no repairs are
dock: carried out. In this case, provision shall be made for
submersion of the dock; continuous supply of at least one electric drive of
docking of the ship; maximum capacity fire pump when fully loaded and
emersion of the dock; also for supply of all electric motors of sluice valve
emergency condition; drives and lighting of main spaces.
other conditions in accordance with the dock's When high-voltage electrical power is supplied to
purpose. the non-autonomous dock by two independent
19.8.5.4 The power of main generators of the feeders, a low-voltage supply feeder need not be
autonomous dock shall be such that in case of failure provided.
of any generator the rest of the generators ensure safe 19.8.6.6 When the dock is supplied from the
submersion and emersion of the dock and also shore low-voltage electrical power system, it is
docking and undocking of ships. required to provide two feeders and two devices for
19.8.6 Distribution of electrical power. reception of electrical power, one of them supplying
19.8.6.1 The following systems of electrical power the consumers specified in 19.8.6.2 and the other
distribution are allowed for use in docks in addition at least the consumers referred to in 19.8.6.5.
to those specified in 4.1.1: 19.8.6.7 Arrangement and design of devices for
.1 three-phase four-wire alternating current sys- connection of cables used for power supply from the
tem with earthed neutral wire; shore electrical power system shall be such as to
.2 one-wire system, both alternating and direct ensure:
current, with dock's hull return only for welding circuit .1 installation of cables at an adequate distance
(refer also to 19.8.4), and also for devices of monitoring from one another to prevent simultaneous damage of
and measurement of insulation resistance. high-voltage and low-voltage feeders;
19.8.6.2 In addition to 4.3.1 the following .2 absence of mechanical stresses in cables during
consumers shall be supplied by separate feeders from submersion and emersion of the dock;
the main switchboard busbars energized directly by .3 prevention of transmission of mechanical
the generators proper or through the transformer, or stresses to the terminals intended for connection of
by the shore electrical power system: cables or wires.
It is recommended that the devices for reception of 19.8.9 Service telephone communication.
electrical power from the shore electrical power system 19.8.9.1 In the absence of other types of voice
shall be located on different wing walls of the dock. communication provision shall be made for telephones
19.8.6.8 A bright and clear warning inscription of the ship's control group, which ensure clear two-way
indicating the voltage shall be made on the hull in a communication between the following spaces:
prominent position or on the door of the external main machinery control room warping cap-
supply switchboard. stans;
19.8.6.9 The maximum permissible level of the main machinery control room emergency
short-circuit power shall be determined for each dock, diesel-generators space;
which may be supplied from the shore electrical power main machinery control room main switch-
system. This level shall be marked on the warning board space;
inscription of the external supply switchboard. main machinery control room main diesel
19.8.6.10 The docked ships shall be fed from the generator space;
stationary supply switchboards installed in the dock. main machinery control room high-voltage
19.8.6.11 Each supply switchboard of the docked transformer space;
ship shall be fitted with: main machinery control room spaces of
.1 switchgear and protective devices, terminals or location of hand drives for sluice valves of the dock
plug and socket connectors for flexible cables submersion and emersion system;
connected to the docked ship. All the terminals of main machinery control room fire-extinguish-
the switchboard shall bear a mark indicating a phase ing station.
or pole; Besides, two-way independent voice communica-
.2 a pilot lamp indicating the presence of voltage tion shall be provided between the main machinery
across switchboard terminals; control room and machinery space.
.3 a nameplate indicating the nominal voltage, 19.8.9.2 In docks provision shall be made for
nature of current, its permissible value and frequency. connection of at least one telephone set to the shore
19.8.6.12 At the supply switchboard of the telephone system.
docked ship provision shall be made for the device 19.8.10 General alarm system.
for fastening the ends of the flexible cable feeding the General alarm system shall be actuated from the
docked ship. main machinery control room and from the space
19.8.6.13 Cross-sectional area of the flexible intended for the personnel on watch, if such a space is
supply cable of the docked ship shall be chosen for provided.
rated current of the protection setting fitted in the 19.8.11 Installation of cables.
outgoing feeders of the supply switchboard of the 19.8.11.1 If the pontoon deck is illuminated with
docked ships. lighting fixtures of submersible type and if the cables
19.8.7 Transformers. used are not light, they shall run to the lighting
In floating docks one transformer of adequate fixtures in water- and gastight pipes.
power may be used for supply of the lighting circuit The pipes and their packings shall be selected with
and circuits of essential consumers. In this case, it is regard to operation under pressure not less than the
recommended to provide for possible reserve supply permissible pressure of submersible lighting fixtures.
of these consumers from the transformer intended for 19.8.11.2 On special agreement with the Register,
feeding the docked ships. cables may be installed on tray plates (saddles)
19.8.8 Lighting. welded directly to the dock plating.
In addition to provisions of 6.6.1, socket outlets 19.8.12 Distribution of electrical power and
for portable lighting fixtures shall be installed at cabling with the use of one-wire system.
least: 19.8.12.1 Relevant terminals of sources and
in dry compartments of wing walls where consumers of electrical power shall be reliably
equipment and outfit for the system of submersion connected to the dock hull. This connection shall
and emersion of the dock is located; not be made in pipelines, tanks and cylinders
in spaces of safety deck where the equipment for containing compressed gases, petrol and oil.
the system of submersion and emersion of the dock is 19.8.12.2 For direct-current circuit the insulated
located; wire shall be connected to the positive poles and
in the space where the central control console of terminals of sources and consumers of electrical
the dock submersion and emersion is located; power.
in the area of location of the mooring machinery Instruments, switchgear and protective devices
electric drives. shall be set to the positive pole.
19.8.12.3 Conductors used for connection of 19.8.14 Emergency electrical installations.

terminals of the electrical equipment and the dock 19.8.14.1 Each floating dock shall be provided
hull shall be equal in cross-sectional area to the with an emergency source of electrical power ensur-
conductors isolated from the hull. ing power supply of all the necessary consumers for
19.8.12.4 Points of connection of conductors to not less than 3 hours.
the steel hull of the dock shall be situated in areas and 19.8.14.2 Emergency source of electrical power
positions readily accessible for control and main- shall ensure supply of consumers as per 9.3.1, which
tenance of contacts. are installed on board the dock, and also supply of
These points shall be located on structures, which the following consumers:
are reliably joined by welding to the dock hull. .1 electrical drives essential for sluice valves of the
19.8.12.5 Working earthing conductors shall be system of the dock submersion and emersion (at least
joined in such a manner that reliable electrical 2 closings and openings of the sluice valves);
connection to the hull is ensured. .2 indication and control circuits of the system of
It is recommended to use high-power busbars, the dock submersion and emersion;
which are connected to the dock hull in several .3 command service communication.
points. 19.8.14.3 If the emergency source of electrical
19.8.12.6 Regardless of the system of electrical power is a diesel generator with an automatic starting
power distribution used for welding circuit, the welding system, provision shall be made for local starting of
station in the docked ship shall be supplied by two-wire the diesel generator.
system from the welding circuit of the dock. 19.8.14.4 All the emergency consumers shall be
Hull return system of the docked ship is not supplied from the emergency switchboard.
permitted. In well-grounded cases, the emergency diesel
19.8.12.7 When carrying out welding operations generator and emergency switchboard may be in-
on the hull of the docked ship, a cable with a stalled in different spaces, and also one section of the
potential opposite to that of the electrode shall be main switchboard may be used as an emergency
connected to the hull as close to the part being welded switchboard, provided the main switchboard is
as possible. located above the level of the margin line of the dock.
19.8.13 Busbar conduits. 19.8.15 Electric drives of submersion and emersion
19.8.13.1 The application of busbar conduits is system of the dock.
allowed for floating docks. The degree of protection 19.8.15.1 Electric drives for sluice valves of the
of busbar conduits depending on the place of submersion and emersion system shall not hinder
installation shall comply with the requirements of manual opening and closing of sluice valves. Inter-
2.4.4.2. locking device shall be also provided to prevent the
19.8.13.2 Busbar conduits shall be designed for electric drive from operation in case of sluice valve
adequate load and shall withstand, along with change-over to manual control.
insulators and holders, mechanical stresses resulting 19.8.15.2 Electric drives for sluice valves shall be
from short-circuit current directly at busbars. fitted with local and remote-controlled (in the main
19.8.13.3 At alternating current exceeding machinery control room, etc.) indicators of sluice valve
1500 A, provision shall be made for reduction of limit positions. For electric drives of sluice valves
the current loss in busbar holders, fixtures, insulators intended for water distribution in the pontoon com-
and structures which results from the influence of partments it is also recommended to provide for devices
magnetic fields. indicating the extent to which the sluice valve is open.
19.8.13.4 All protective devices and switchgear 19.8.15.3 For sluice valves intended for water
connected immediately to the busbar conduit shall be distribution in the pontoon compartments it is
installed in places accessible for inspection and recommended to provide for separate control of each
repair. sluice valve, as well as for group control of port and
Cables and busbars connecting the protection starboard sluice valves.
devices and the busbar conduit shall not be more 19.8.15.4 Control circuit for electric drives of the
than 2 m in length. drain (ballast) pump shall provide for local and
19.8.13.5 Busbar conduits with the degree of remote control from the main control station with
protection IP20 and below shall be installed at a indication of the pump operation or control of
height not less than 2,5 m above the floor level. electric motor load on the ammeter.
19.8.13.6 Warning inscriptions indicating the 19.8.16 Connection of electrical power supply
voltage shall be made on the protective enclosure of sources.
the busbar conduit at 3 to 5 m intervals throughout When generators of the autonomous dock or
the whole length. transformers of the shore power supply are connected
directly to the distribution busbar conduit, and the operation of services in accordance with 19.1.2.3
main switchboard is not installed, provision shall be during 30 min.
made for a common control desk fitted with control For other types of berth-connected ships, provi-
gear for circuit breakers of generators or transfor- sion of an emergency power source is subject to the
mers and with instruments and devices of control, special consideration by the Register in each case.
signalling and protective systems. 19.9.7 As regards the automatic starting of the
These instruments and devices are listed in 4.6. emergency source of electrical power and provision of
19.8.17 High-voltage electrical installation an emergency transitional source in floating hotels
of the dock. and hostels, the requirements of 19.1.2.4 to 19.1.2.7
19.8.17.1 High-voltage electrical installation of shall be complied with.
the dock shall comply with the requirements of
national standards and rules applicable to the shore
electrical installations. 19.10 FISHING VESSELS
19.8.17.2 High-voltage electrical installation of
the dock shall be located in separate special electrical 19.10.1 Survey of vessel's electrical equipment.
spaces. 19.10.1.1 In addition to the requirements of 1.3.2
the following kinds of equipment, systems and
devices are subject to survey on board the ship (refer
19.9 BERTH-CONNECTED SHIPS
also to 1.3.2.4.2):
.1 electrical equipment of fishing machinery;
.2 electrical equipment of processing machinery
19.9.1 For berth-connected ships, the following (catch processing).
sources may be used as main sources of electrical 19.10.2 Survey during manufacture of electrical
power: equipment.
generators; The electrical equipment specified in 19.10.1.1 is
shore electrical power system. subject to survey in addition to that listed in 1.3.3.1.
19.9.2 On independent berth-connected ships, Use of electrical equipment specified in 19.10.1.1.2,
provision shall be made for at least two generators as which doesn't meet the requirements of Sections 1 to 18
main sources of electrical power. in full measure, is subject to special consideration by the
In addition, the ship mains may be supplied from Register.
the shore electrical power system. 19.10.3 Structural requirements and protection of
Berth-connected ships that are not independent electrical equipment of fishing and processing machi-
may be supplied from the shore electrical-power nery.
system only. 19.10.3.1 The electrical equipment installed in
19.9.3 On independent berth-connected ships, the catch processing spaces shall be resistant to sea water
power of generators of the main power source or the and fish processing products influence or shall be
power supplied by the shore electrical power system adequately protected against it.
shall be sufficient for the operation of services in 19.10.3.2 Electrical equipment distribution gear
accordance with the ship purpose, in case of fire, hull and start-protection devices specified in 19.10.3.1
leakage or other circumstances adversely affecting shall be installed in special electrical spaces.
the safety of the berth-connected ship while the main 19.10.3.3 Cables installed in spaces subjected to
source of electrical power is in operation. prolonged influence of salt and other products of fish
19.9.4 The main generator power of an indepen- processing shall be provided with sheaths resistant to
dent berth-connected ship shall be sufficient to ensure such influence or be adequately protected.
operation in accordance with 19.9.3 in the case of 19.10.4 Composition and capacity of main
failure of any of the generators. electrical power source.
19.9.5 In floating hotels and hostels, power 19.10.4.1 The composition and capacity of the
supply and signalling functions of essential systems main source of electrical power shall be determined
and gear shall be effected in conformity with 19.1.1.1 with regard to the following operating conditions of
to 19.1.1.4. the vessel:
The side, bow and stern lights may be supplied .1 running conditions;
from lighting switchboards. .2 manoeuvring;
19.9.6 Each floating hotel or hostel shall be .3 in case of fire, hole in the ship's hull or other
provided with an independent emergency source of conditions affecting the safety of navigation, with the
electrical power to ensure the operation of services in main source of electrical power in operation;
accordance with 19.1.2.1 during 12 h, as well as the .4 fishing.
19.10.4.2 The capacity of generators composing 19.10.8.3 Where a diesel generator is used as the
the main electrical power source shall be such that if emergency source of electrical power, an emergency
any of them fail, the rest will ensure power supply of transional source of electrical power (accumulator
electrical equipment necessary under conditions battery) shall be provided, the capacity of which shall
specified in 19.10.4.1 as well as minimal habitable be sufficient to supply the consumers specified in
conditions to persons on board. 9.3.7 and 19.10.8.2 during 30 min.
In well-grounded cases, in vessels of less than
500 gross tonnage the capacity necessary to ensure
fishing operations and/or catch processing may be 19.11 SHIPS CARRYING DANGEROUS GOODS
neglected.
19.10.5 Distribution of electrical power.
19.10.5.1 Where the main electrical power source 19.11.1 General.
incorporates shaft generators not intended for 19.11.1.1 The requirements of this Chapter, in
parallel operation with the independently driven addition to the requirements of 7.2, Part VI "Fire
generators, the machinery and systems ensuring Protection", apply to the electrical equipment of
propulsion, manoeuv-rability and safety of naviga- ships and cargo spaces intended for the carriage of
tion shall be supplied from the busbars of indepen- dangerous goods, in compliance with IEC 60092-506.
dently driven generators, while the electrical 19.11.2 Dangerous zones, spaces and areas.
equipment of fishing and processing machinery shall 19.11.2.1 Classification of dangerous zones.
be supplied from the busbars of shaft generators. Zone 1, in which an explosive gas/air mixture is
19.10.5.2 The electric drives of refrigerating likely to occur in normal operation.
compressors shall be supplied by separate feeders Zone 2, in which an explosive gas/air mixture is
from the busbars of the main switchboard. It is not likely to occur, and if it occurs, it will only exist
admissible for the electric drives of refrigerating for a short time.
compressors to be fed from a separate switchboard Typical examples of arrangement of the danger-
supplied by two feeders connected to different ous zones are given in Table 19.11.2.1.
sections of the main switchboard. 19.11.2.2 For packaged dangerous goods,
19.10.5.3 Where portable tools and movable Class 1, except of subclass 1.4S, the dangerous zones
mechanization facilities not permanently installed, encompass the following spaces and areas classified
are supplied from a circuit of more than 50 V, a as Zone 1:
safety isolation device in combination with a separ- .1 enclosed spaces of cargo compartments/holds
ating transformer shall be used for each consumer. as well as open or enclosed ro-ro cargo spaces;
Such device shall interrupt power supply if the .2 integral storerooms for the ship's stock of
hull leakage current exceeds 30 mA. explosives.
19.10.6 Lighting. 19.11.2.3 For dangerous goods carried in bulk,
19.10.6.1 Catch processing spaces and refrigerat- Class 4.1, 4.2, 9 and MHB (Materials Hazardous in
ing machinery rooms shall be illuminated by sta- Bulk) capable of producing explosive dust/air mix-
tionary lighting fixtures, which shall be supplied and tures, the dangerous zones encompass the following
arranged in compliance with 6.2.3. spaces and areas classified as Zone 1:
19.10.6.2 Fish storage holds shall be illuminated .1 enclosed spaces of cargo compartments/holds;
by stationary lighting fixtures, which shall be .2 air ducts of ventilation systems for spaces of
supplied in accordance with 6.2.7. cargo compartments/holds specified in 19.11.2.3.1.
19.10.7 Signalling. 19.11.2.4 For dangerous goods carried in bulk,
A "Man-in-hold" signal push-button shall be Class 4.3, capable of producing explosive gaseous
located inside the refrigerated holds at each exit to mixture, the dangerous zones encompass the follow-
actuate signal at the wheelhouse or another perma- ing spaces and areas:
nently attended space. 19.11.2.4.1 Zone 1:
19.10.8 Emergency electrical installations. .1 enclosed spaces of cargo compartments/holds;
19.10.8.1 The emergency source of electrical .2 air ducts of ventilation systems for spaces of
power shall comply with the requirements of 9.3. cargo compartments/holds specified in 19.11.2.4.1.1;
19.10.8.2 In addition to the requirements of .3 areas on open deck or semi-enclosed spaces on
9.3.1.1, the emergency source of electrical power open deck within 1,5 m of any ventilation outlets of
shall supply the emergency lighting for the catch cargo compartments/holds specified in 19.11.2.4.1.1;
processing spaces and the exits therefrom as well as .4 enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces having direct
for the deck areas where the fishing machinery is access to or other openings into spaces and areas
installed. specified in 19.11.2.4.1.1, 19.11.2.4.1.2, unless ap-
T a b l e 19.11.2.1 19.11.2.4.1.2 and separated from these spaces by

Dangerous zones for dangerous goods gastight self-closing doors as well as directly within
Subparagraphs Typical examples Comments
air lock, if any;
19.11.2.2 .2 areas within 1,5 m of areas and spaces on open
19.11.2.3.1 deck specified in 19.11.2.4.1.3;
19.11.2.4.1.1 .3 closed spaces (e.g. pipe tunnels, pump rooms
19.11.2.5.1.1 with bilges, etc.) with piping specified in 19.11.2.4.1.5
19.11.2.3.2 along with their flanges, valves, pumps, etc. except
19.11.2.4.1.2
19.11.2.5.1.2
cases when special methods of pressure buildup
approved by the Register are used in those spaces.
19.11.2.4.1.4 19.11.2.5 For packaged dangerous goods, Class
19.11.2.5.1.4 2.1 and also Classes 3, 6.1 and 8 (liquids with
7/?osA^23 C ), the dangerous zones encompass the
19.11.2.4.2.1 natural
following spaces and areas.
19.11.2.5.2.1 ventilation 19.11.2.5.1 Zone 1:
.1 enclosed spaces of cargo compartments/holds;
.2 air ducts of ventilation systems for spaces of
space under
cargo compartments/holds specified in 19.11.2.5.1.1;
overpressure, .3 areas on open deck or semi-enclosed spaces on
visual and open deck within 1,5 m of any ventilation outlets of
audible alarm in cargo compartments/tanks specified in 19.11.2.5.1.1;
control stations .4 enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces having direct
to be actuated
when pressure access to or other openings into one of the above
drops areas specified in 19.11.2.5.1.1 and 19.11.2.5.1.2,
unless appropriate measure are taken to prevent the
19.11.2.4.2.1 natural explosive mixture from penetration into these spaces;
19.11.2.5.2.1 J/|\L ventilation .5 air ducts of ventilation systems, pipelines of
- only for bilge systems, etc. where open ends of this piping
fore room directly face dangerous Zone 1.
19.11.2.5.2 Zone 2:
19.11.2.4.1.3 .1 enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces with natural
19.11.2.5.1.3
19.11.2.4.2.2
ventilation having direct access to or other openings
19.11.2.5.2.2 into spaces specified in 19.11.2.5.1.1, 19.11.2.5.1.2
and separated from these spaces by gastight self-
closing doors, as well as directly within air lock,
if any;
.2 areas within 1,5 m of areas or spaces on open
p** - gastight self-closing door deck specified in 19.11.2.5.1.3;
.3 enclosed spaces (e.g. pipe tunnels, pump rooms
+ non-dangerous space
with bilges, etc.) containing pipes specified in
19.11.2.5.1.5 along with their flanges, valves, pumps,
dangerous zone 1
etc. Except for the cases where forced ventilation with
6-time air change is used in those spaces.
19.11.3 Installation of electrical equipment in
dangerous zone 2 dangerous spaces and zones.
19.11.3.1 Electrical equipment installed in spaces
and areas where only explosive dust is likely to occur
prop-riate measure are taken to prevent the explosive due to bulk cargoes, shall comply with the following
mixture from penetration into these spaces; minimum requirements, unless otherwise specified
.5 air ducts of ventilation systems, pipelines of (refer to Table 19.11.3.2):
bilge systems, etc. where open ends of this piping .1 protection level IP55 and the maximum surface
directly face dangerous Zone 1. temperature of 200 C or,
19.11.2.4.2 Zone 2: .2 certified safe type with temperature class T3
.1 enclosed or semi-enclosed spaces with natural and protection level IP55.
ventilation, having direct access to or other openings 19.11.3.2 Electrical equipment installed in areas
into spaces and areas specified in 19.11.2.4.1.1, where only explosive gas atmosphere is likely to
occur shall be of certified safe type and comply with Where the spaces certified for Zone 2 is protected
the following minimum requirements, unless other- with redundant mechanical ventilation capable of
wise specified (refer to Table 19.11.3.2): starting automatically electrical equipment not certified
.1 temperature class T3; for Zone 2 may be installed provided its automatically
.2 sub-group of equipment IIB. disconnected following loss of ventilation. In addition
The certified safe-type electrical equipment shall be to the above, the manned stations shall be provided
at least with protection suitable for operation in Zone 1. with audible and visual alarms activated at the failure in
19.11.3.3 Electrical equipment installed in spaces the ventilation system.
and areas where only solid bulk cargoes and MHB For primary essential services such as bilge and
(Materials Hazardous in Bulk) are carried shall ballast ones, the electrical equipment shall be with the
comply with the requirements of 19.11.3.1, 19.11.3.2 certified safe-type electrical equipment with protec-
and the minimum requirements of Table 19.11.3.2. tion suitable for operation in dangerous Zone of
19.11.3.4 Electrical equipment installed in spaces category 2.
and areas where explosive gas atmosphere and dust 19.11.3.7 Portable electrical equipment shall, in
are likely to occur shall comply with the requirements general, have its own independent source of electrical
of 19.11.3.1, 19.11.3.2. power (except for intrinsically safe electric circuits)
19.11.3.5 Electrical equipment installed in spaces and be of certified safe type with protection suitable
and areas where dangerous goods of Class 1, except for operation in Zone 1.
for Class 1.4S, are likely to be carried, shall comply Where in the spaces belonging to dangerous Zone
with the following requirements: of category 2 of the reserved forced ventilation system
.1 protection level IP65; of with automatic switching on, the installation of non-
.2 the maximum surface temperature 100 C. certified for this category electrical equipment provided
19.11.3.6 Electrical equipment installed in dan- its automatic switching off and interlocking of switch-
gerous zone of category 2 shall be: ing on during failure of ventilation. In addition to the
.1 of type suitable for use in adjacent spaces in above, the manned stations shall be provided with
accordance with 19.11.3.1 to 19.11.3.5; or audible and visual alarms activated at the failure in the
.2 of special design for protection class "n" and ventilation system.
appropriate temperature class, sub-group and protec- For primary essential services such as bilge and
tion level in accordance with 19.11.3.1 to 19.11.3.5; or ballast ones, the electrical equipment shall be with the
3 of such design that does not generate arcs or certified safe-type electrical equipment with protec-
sparks in service and which surfaces do not reach unac- tion suitable for operation in dangerous Zone of
ceptable high temperatures under normal conditions. category 2.
T a b l e 19.11.3.2
Requirements for electrical equipment
depending on specific solid bulk cargoes
IMO Dominant risk1 Protection against Protection against explosive gas
Dangerous goods explosive dust atmosphere
class
Subgroup A Temperature
class
Aluminium dross 4.3 Hydrogen IIC T2
Aluminium ferrocilicon powder 4.3 Hydrogen IIC T2
Aluminium cilicon powder, uncoated 4.3 Hydrogen IIC T2
Ammonium nitrate fertilizers: Refer to footnote 2
type A 5.1
type B 9
Coal MHB Dust, methane IP55 IIA T4
Direct-reduced iron MHB Hydrogen IIC T2
Ferrophosphorus (no briquettes) MHB Hydrogen IIC Tl
Ferrocilicon 4.3 Hydrogen IIC Tl
Iron oxide, spent. Sponge iron, spent 4.2 Dust IP55 IIA T2
Seed cake, expelled 4.2 Hexane IIA T3
Silicomanganese MHB Hydrogen IIC Tl
Sulfur 4.1 Inherent IP55 T4
Zinc slag 4.3 Hydrogen IIC T2
1 This column relates to the possible evolution of substances, which may affect the installations of electrical equipment and cables.
2 Provision shall be made to disconnect all electric circuits terminating within cargo spaces in accordance with the provisions of 2.9.9.
20 REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

OF REFRIGERATING PLANTS
20.1 GENERAL The apparatus for emergency remote disconnec-

tion shall be installed in such a manner that it cannot
20.1.1 The requirements of the Section cover be actuated inadvertently.
the electrical equipment of classed refrigerating 20.2.4 The apparatus for emergency remote
plants. disconnection of the switchboard of the refrigerating
The requirements of 20.2.3, 20.2.4, 20.3.1 plant working with Group II refrigerant shall
and 20.4 apply to unclassed refrigerating plants as simultaneously switch off the electric drives of
well. refrigerating compressors if they are fed from the
main switchboard (refer to 20.2.1), main lighting of
the refrigerating machinery compartment and switch
20.2 POWER SUPPLY AND SWITCHING
on the emergency ventilation, water screens and
reserve lighting.
Additionally, near the device for emergency
20.2.1 The electric drives of refrigerating plants remote disconnection of the refrigerating plant
shall be powered through separate feeders from the switchboard at locations stated in 20.2.3.1 and
switchboard of the refrigerating plant. 20.2.3.2, devices shall be installed for remote starting
The electric drives of refrigerating compressors in any sequence of emergency ventilation, water
may be supplied directly from the main switchboard. screens, and reserve lighting, without disconnection
The refrigerating fans may be supplied from the of the refrigerating plant switchboard.
switchboard of the refrigerating plant or other 20.2.5 It is recommended that the electrical
switchboard energized directly from the main switch- heating appliances for hatches and doors to refrige-
board. rated spaces and freezing chambers shall be supplied
For each method of power supply it is necessary at safety voltage.
to provide that in case of generator overload the
refrigerating plant electric drives are disconnected in
the last turn. 20.3 VENTILATION
The emergency ventilation system shall be
supplied through a separate feeder from the switch-
board energized from the main switchboard or 20.3.1 If the refrigerant of Group II is used, the
directly from the main switchboard. exhaust fan electric motors of the emergency ventila-
20.2.2 Power supply of electric drives of thermal tion in the refrigerating machinery rooms, installed in
containers shall comply with the requirements of the exhaust ducts, shall be of safe type.
19.5.2. 20.3.2 The electric motors of fans located in the
20.2.3 When using the refrigerants of Group II stream of air coming from the refrigerated cargo spaces
according to Table 2.2.1, Part XII "Refrigerating shall have a degree of protection not below D?55.
Plants", a device shall be provided for emergency
remote disconnection of the refrigerating plant
switchboard operated from the following locations: 20.4 LIGHTING
.1 from the permanent control post of the
refrigerating plant in the refrigerating machinery
room; 20.4.1 If the refrigerant of Group II is used, safe-
.2 from a location outside the space that may type reserve lighting fixtures shall be installed in the
be contaminated with the refrigerant of Group II in refrigerating machinery room in addition to the main
case of breakdown in the refrigerating machinery lighting fixtures. The reserve lighting fixtures shall be
room; powered separately from the electrical equipment and
.3 outside, near every exit from the refrigerating main lighting fixtures installed in the refrigerating
machinery room. machinery room.
21 SPARE PARTS
21.1 Every ship shall be provided with spare parts 21.2 Specifying a required minimum of spare
in the amount sufficient for repairing when essential parts, the recommendations of manufacturers of
services fail at any situation, an accident at sea specific kinds of equipment shall be followed.
inclusive, in order to ensure movement, control and
safety of a ship and people on board.
See circular 987c
Reset form 8.3.36
LIST OF CIRCULAR LETTERS AMENDING/SUPPLEMENTING NORMATIVE

DOCUMENT
ND No.2-020101-095-E
RULES FOR THE CLASSIFICATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF SEA-GOING SHIPS, 2017
Part XI Electrical Equipment
(Normative document No. and title)
Item Circular letter No., List of amended and

No. date of approval supplemented paras
1. 315-06-972 dated 30.12.2016 Part XI, 4.6.1.7 - replaced
Part XI, 5.8.4 - replaced
Part XI, 6.2.3 - replaced
2. 315-06-987 dated 22.02.2017 Part XI, Section 22 - supplemented
11/05
Appendix to Circular Letter No. 315-06-972 of 30.12.2016
RULES
FOR THE CLASSIFICATION AND CONSTRUCTION
OF SEA-GOING SHIPS, 2017, ND No.2-020101-095-E
Para 4.6.1.7 shall be amended to read:

4.6.1.7 The generator panels of main switchboards shall be illuminated with lighting
fixtures supplied on the generator side before the circuit breaker of the generator or not
less than from two different systems of busbars in case these systems are provided
according to 3.5.6. When no such systems are provided, the lighting fixtures may be
supplied from the emergency switchboard..
Para 5.8.4 shall be amended to read:

5.8.4 The electric motors of fans in the spaces protected by a smothering system shall
be provided with a disconnecting switch operating automatically when fireextinguishing
medium is discharged into the space. When such spaces are fitted with fire closing
appliances that automatically block the air access therein, the manual switching off the
fans may be permitted. Therewith, the disconnecting switches shall be located outside
the above spaces..
Para 6.2.3 shall be amended to read:

6.2.3 Lighting of corridors, machinery spaces, propeller shaft tunnels, boiler water-level
indicators shall be supplied by not less than two independentfeeders, with the lighting
fixtures arranged in such a manner that even in case of failure of either feeder, as
uniform lighting as possible is ensured. These feeders shall be supplied from different
distribution boards, which in case of application of the lighting subdivided busbars in the
main switchboard, shall be supplied from different busbar sections. One of the feeders
may be that supplying from the emergency switchboard.
For cargo ships with the electrical installation of low power it is allowed that lighting of
the above spaces, except for machinery spaces, be supplied by one feeder from the
distribution board or from the main switchboard directly..
POCCHHCKHH MOpCKOH pefHCTp CyflOXOflCTBa
ripaeHjia KjiaccH(bnKauHH H nocrpoHKH MOPCKBX cyfloe
HacTb XI
3jieKTpHiecKoe oBopvaoBaime
Russian Maritime Register of Shipping
Rules for the Classification and Construction of Sea-Going Ships
Part XI
Electrical Equipment
The edition is prepared
by Russian Maritime Register of Shipping
8, Dvortsovaya Naberezhnaya,
191186, St. Petersburg,
Russian Federation
www.rs-class.org/en/

Part Xi-Electrical Equipment

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part Xi-Electrical Equipment

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part Xi-Electrical Equipment

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RUSSIAN MARITIME REGISTER OF SHIPPING Corr.

Electronic version of printed

ISBN 978-5-89331-346-8 POCCHHCKHH MopcKofi peracTp CyHOXOflCTBa, 2017

PART XL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

8 Protective devices 50 14 Electrical apparatus and accessories . . . . 66

19.4 Special purpose ships 103 20 Requirementsplants

N o n - e s s e n t i a l s e r v i c e s are services, the 1.3.2 Survey of ship's electrical equipment.

.1 description of the principle of operation and .7 busbar calculation of electrodynamic and

2.1 OPERATING CONDITIONS Electrical equipment located on the sources of

T a b l e 2.1.3.1 .3 electrostatic discharges with a voltage ampli-

2.3 MATERIALS heating and also indicated in Section 15 of non-

Premises and spaces IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44

3 MAIN ELECTRICAL POWER SOURCE

4 DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL POWER

T a b l e 4.2.4 provided with adequate switching and protective

5 ELECTRIC DRIVES FOR SHIPBOARD MECHANISMS AND EQUIPMENT

5.2 INTERLOCKING OF MACHINERY OPERATION

7 INTERNAL COMMUNICATION AND SIGNALLING

positioned as to quickly detect the fire in any part of .9.2 a wheelhouse;

8.3.3 In supply circuits of fire pump electric 8.5 PROTECTION OF TRANSFORMERS

9 EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

9.4 DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTRICAL POWER 9.5 STARTING ARRANGEMENTS FOR EMERGENCY

10.4 TEMPERATURE DETECTORS 10.6 ALTERNATING-CURRENT GENERATORS

10.7.1 General. 10.8 ELECTROMAGNETIC BRAKES

12 POWER SEMICONDUCTOR UNITS

13.1 GENERAL 13.2 ARRANGEMENT OF ACCUMULATOR BATTERIES

13.3 HEATING 13.6 INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

14 ELECTRICAL APPARATUS AND ACCESSORIES

15 ELECTRICAL COOKING AND HEATING APPLIANCES

15.1 GENERAL 15.2.3 The enclosures of electric heating appli-

16 CABLES AND WIRES

16.4.3 Lead cable sheaths shall be made of 16.8 CABLING

17 ELECTRIC PROPULSION PLANTS

17.13.5 Fire detection system. 17.13.10.4 At least two independent electric

Bearing temperature Max Thermometer X X

Stator winding temperature Max X X X

Slip rings (synchronous electric pro- Malfunction Inspection hatch X X

pulsion motor) (electric arc)

Cooling air temperature at the inlet Max Thermometer X X

Voltage regulation (synchronous Failure X X X

electric propulsion motor)

system and feeder (synchronous

Cooling system Malfunction X X

Cooling system Malfunction X X X

Power units temperature Max x Maxl x Max2 X

Cooling agent flow Min X X

Rotor speed and position sensor Malfunction X X

(synchronous electric propulsion

Semiconductor temperature Max X

Voltage (direct current link) Max X X X

Current (direct current link) Max X X X

Current at the converter outlet Max X X X

Electric propulsion plant main,

Bearing temperature Max Thermometer X X

Main pole temperature Max X X X

Auxiliary pole/compensating wind- Max X X X

Cooling air temperature at the inlet Max Thermometer X X

Commutator/brushes Malfunction Inspection hatch X X

Insulation resistance for armature Min X X